REESE LIBRARY or i HI: UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. ; Accessions No. (fffiiOJv}. C/.;. MJ. ^ ..^. . -i.. ^ ENGINEERING CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING A Brief Synopsis of the Law of Contracts AND Illustrative Examples OF THE General and Technical Clauses OF VARIOUS KINDS OF Engineering Specifications DESIGNED FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS, ENGINEERS, AND CONTRACTORS BY J. B. JOHNSON, C. E. PROFESSOR OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, ST. Louis, Mo. MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS. MEMBER OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS. MEMBER OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS, ETC. FIRST EDITION. ENGINEERING NEWS PUBLISHING CO., NEW YORK 1895- Entered according to Act of Congress in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-five, by J. B. JOHNSON, C. E., in the office of the Librarian of Congress, Washington, D. C. Printed and bound by E. W. STEPHENS, COLUMBIA, MO. INDEX. PAGE. Abandonment of contract.. . . 109, 295, 391 Acceptance, implied.. 22 Action, right of 63 removal of statutory bar to.. 65 Advertisements 67 information embodied in.. 67 theory of 68 examples of 71, 349, 367 Agreement . . 19 failure of, by mistake 22 to take less than is due ... .32 Alteration of contracts 4& Appliances, suitable 91,391 who must furnish 376 Assent, mutual 19 qualified 22 Assignment of contract. . . 108, 295 Authority of engineer.. . . 96, 273 Belts, leather driving, specifi- cations for 251 Bidders, instructions to. .. v/ ....74 Bids, rejection of 70 Boilers, water tubular (St. Louis), complete specifications for. . . .300 Bond, proposal 84 indemnity 413 contract 299, 41 1 combined with specifica- tions and contract 270 Bonus and discount based on tests 296 Breach of contract 58 Bridge masonry, specifications for 170 Bridge renewals, preliminary surveys for 414 Bridges and viaducts of iron and steel, complete specifications for. . . .330 Bridge superstructure, specifi- cations for 233 Bridging, pile and trestle, spec- ifications for .244 Building, Astor hotel, complete specifications for steel construction of 398 PAGE. Cancellation of contract, .no, 295 Cast iron, specifications for .... 225 Cement concrete, specifications for 150,355,383 Cement mortar, specifications for... 148, 308,353, 383 Changes in plans, 117, 275, 373, 390 Classification, engineer's, final and conclusive 96 Coffer-dams, specifications for. 144 Competency of parties to con- tract 9 I' of individuals 9, 389 in governmental relations.. . .9 of corporations 10 of agents n Completed work, examination of 115 Completion, time of.. 90, 294, 372 cleaning up after. .. 112, 389 Commencement of work 90, 294, 372 Condemned material, removal of 113, 376 Consideration.. . . 30 adequacy of 31 Contract and bond combined with specifications. ..270 Contract bond 411 Contractor not released by sub- contracts 108 Contractors, relations to each other. ... 113 to keep foreman and plans on the ground .... 114 definition of 123, 373 not released by subcon- tracts 108 to furnish working plans. .275 Contracts, essential elements of 7 two general classes of 8 in breach of statute law ... 15 opposed to public policy. . .17 which refer to arbitration. . . 17 misrepresentation in .24 invalidity of, through fraud. 25 through duress 29 INDEX. PAGE. CONTRACTS. Continued. through undue influence 30 classes of 36 parole, oral, and written.. . 37 assignment of 38 notice of, necessary 39 construction of 40 technical terms in 40 rules of construction.. . .41 subsequent changes in 45 illegal ..14 breach of 58 manner of letting 77 involving specific perform- ance 80, 296 including maintenance clauses 81 abandonment of 109 cancellation of no interpreted by engineer. . . 117 subject to change 117 documents composing 123 meaning understood 123 let as a whole or in parts. . .77 let for a fixed sum.. 79 let in specified units 79 specific performance re- quired. 80 to include maintenance 81 for work only 81 subletting 390 Damages for nonperform- ance 58*294 for delay 105, 295 distinction between liqui- dated damages and penalties 59 determination of 97 Dams, earthen, specifications for 142 coffer, specifications for.. 144 stone, specifications for ma- sonry for 164 Boston water works, com- plete specifications for dam for 367 Delay, damages for. 105, 295 Difficulties, unforeseen 105 Discharge of contracts . . .48 by agreement 49 by performance 50 by payment 52 by tender 52 by operation of law 54 by breach 54 Disputes, settlement of 1 20 Drainage, provision for.... ..114 Drawings 401 Duty trials of pumping engines. 291 Earthen dam, specifications for.i42 PAGE. Earthwork, specifications for.. 134 Electrical distribution circuits, specifications for 264 Electric lighting station, speci- fications for 260 Engineer as arbitrator 18, 401 definition of 123 authority of 9 6 > 273>372, 373? 389* 40 * Engine house, complete speci- fications for 307 Estimate, final .95,297 Estimates, monthly 92 provision for inquiring in- to correctness of 93 percentage reserved 94 Examination of completed work 115, 390 Excavation, specifications for 134, 377 boring to determine char- acter of 374 Excavations under water 138 rock ..379 specifications for measur- ing quantities exca- vated 140, 378 Explosives 380 Extra work 121, 390, 402 Faults to be corrected. ... 115, 389 Final estimates 95,297 Finished work, protection of.. 105 Foundation work 380 Frauds, statute of 43 General clauses in specifications. 90 use of in engineering spec- ifications 124 General specifications for en- gineering work. . ..132 Grading, specifications for. 134, 135 Guarantee, the 69 Hotel building, Astor, complete specifications for steel construction 0^1895)398 Hours of labor, limited to eight. 299 Illegal subject-matter 14 Immoral acts 16 Indemnity bond 413 Instructions to bidders. . . . 74, 349 Leather driving belts, specifi- cations for 251 Legal rights waived 35 Lettings, division of work 77 let as a whole or in parts. . .77 let for a fixed sum or per specified units 79 specific performance under. 80 including maintenance. ... Si for the work only Si INDEX. PAGE. Lumber, rules of grading by Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 216 general rule for classify- ing 217, 314 rules for grading finishing. 219 rules for grading rough 221 'thoroughly seasoned," specifications for.. ..224 Masonry, stone, specifications for.... 158, 309, 385, 386 brick 384 specifications for, for stone dam 164, 381 Masonry lock at St. Mary's Falls canal, complete specifications for ...348 Material, condemned, removal of 113, 389 Meaning understood 123 Measurements, engineer's, final and conclusive. .96, 273 Measurements not guaranteed to be correct 1 16 Monthly estimates 93 Nonperformance, damages for 58, 294 Offers, qualified 22 Painting of machinery 290 Patents, protection against claims for use of. 107, 295 Pavement, brick, specifications for . . .176 asphaltum, specifications for 178 asphalt, specifications for. .183 granite, specifications for.. 185 Paving 385 Paving brick, specifications for. 172 Payments, monthly 92 final 95 at specified stages of the work 297 of employees 392 Performance, specific 62 on conditional promises .... 51 impossibility of 53 damages for imperfect 61 Pile and trestle bridging 244 Piling-sheet 380 Plastering 384 Preliminary estimates of quan- tities not guaranteed to be correct 116 Preliminary surveys for bridge renewals 414 Progress, rate of 90, 295 Property and lives, protection of 106, 389 PAGE. Proposals, blank forms of . . 76 example of 82, 369 Proposal bond 84, 365 Protection of finished work 105, 380 of property and lives. . 106, 296 against claims for use of patents 107, 295 Protective work, specifications for 145 Public traffic, provision for. ... 114 Pumping engines (St. Louis), contract and specifi- cations for 271 Pumps, waterworks, to be op- erated by water pow- er, specifications for. 253 Pump well, specifications for. .255 Recovery for imperfect per- formance 6 1 Rejection of bids 70 Remedies for breach of contract.58 damages for nonperform- ance 58 liquidated damages and pen- alties 59 recovery for imperfect or incompleted work. . . .61 Remedy of party defrauded 28 Repairs, reserving percentage of cost for 94 specifications for 293 Riprap 385 Riveted work, specifications for 232 Rules, for grading lumber by Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 216 for classifying lumber. . . .217 for grading finishing lum- ber 219 for grading rough lumber. 221 Sewer pipe, specifications for. . 195 Sewers, brick and tile, specifi- cations for 190 Sewers, tile, specifications for laying 198 Sidewalks, granitoid, specifica- tions for 186 Specifications, essential features of 126 accompanying complete de- tail plans 137 accompanying general plan only 13:* unaccompanied by plans, or general 132 Specifications, engineering defined 86 classes of 86 general and technical clauses87 INDEX. PAGE. Specificationsjgeneral clauses in88 time of commencement, rate of progress, and time of completion of the work 90 as to the character of the workmen to be em- ployed 91 suitable appliances to be used.. 91 monthly estimates of work done and payments to be made 92 provision for inquiring into the correctness of the monthly estimates. . .93 reserving a certain percent- age as a repair fund for a stated period after completion 94 conditions of the final esti- mate 95 engineer's measurements and classifications final and conclusive. .96 determination of damages sustained by failure to complete the work within the time agreed upon or as extended. .97 the discharge of unpaid claims of workmen and materialmen. ... 102 no claims for damages on account of suspension of work. ... . , ..... 104 no claims for damages on account of delay .... 105 no claims on account of un- foreseen difficulties. 105 protection of finished work 105 protection of property and lives ....... 106 protection against claims for the use of patents 107 assignment of contract. . . . 108 contractor not released by subcontracts 108 abandonment of contract. . 109 cancellation of contract for default of contractor. 1 10 workmen's quarters and other temporarybuild- ings 112 cleaning up after comple- tion 112 removal of condemned ma- terial ' . . . . 113 relations to other contract- ors 113 provision for drainage ....114 PAGE. provision for public traffic. 114 contractor to keep foreman or head workman, and also copy of plans and specifications on the ground 114 cost of examination of com- pleted work 115 faults to be corrected at any time before final ac- ceptance .. 115 surveys, measurements, and estimates of quanti- ties not guaranteed to be correct . . , . . . . 116 the contract subject to inter- pretation and change by the engineer ....117 settlement of disputes 120 extra work 121 definition of "Engineer" and u Contractor" 123,273 documents composing the contract 123 meaning understood 123 Specifications, technical clauses in. earthwork, excavation, and grading , 134 grading 135 excavations under water. . . 138 for measuring quantities excavated under water by weight and dis- placement 140 earthen dam 142 coffer dams 144 protective work 145 cement mortar 148 cement concrete 150 stone 156 stone masonry .... 158 stone masonry for large stone dam 164 bridge masonry ..170 paving brick .' 172 brick pavement 176 asphaltum pavement 178 asphalt pavement 183 granite pavement 185 granitoid sidewalks 186 brick and tile sewers 190 sewer pipe 195 laying sewer pipe 198 manufacture and delivery of cast iron water pipe. 202 laying water pipe 210 stop valves 212 rules of the Southern Lum- ber Manufacturers' Association 216 INDEX. PAGE. general rules for classify- ing lumber 217 rules for grading finishing lumber. 219 rules for grading common boards and rough lumber 221 standard dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 223 thoroughly seasoned lum- ber 224 cast iron. . . 225 wrought iron 227 structural steel 228 tests, inspection, and ac- ceptance of medium structural steel ... . 229 riveted work 232 wrought iron and steel rail- road bridge super- structure 233 material and workmanship of a steel stand-pipe. 241 pile and trestle bridging. . .244 steam plant for a small elec- tric light station .... 246 leather driving belts 251 pumps to be operated by water power 253 pump well 255 turbine water wheels ... . 258 electric lighting station in small city 260 electrical distribution cir- cuits for light and power 264 Specifications, complete contract and bond combin- ed in one document.27o large pumping engines (St. Louis) . 271 water tubular boilers and settings 300 engine house 307 highway bridges and via- ducts of iron and steel33O masonry lock at St. Mary's Falls Canal, Mich... 348 dam No. 5, Boston water works, 1893 367 steel construction of Astor hotel, 1895 398 form of contract bond or surety 411 form of indemnity bond. . .413 Specific performance. ... 62, 296 Stand-pipe, steel, specifications for 241 PAGE. Statute of frauds 43 agreements not to be per- formed in one year . . .43 when value is more than $50 44 Steam plant, specifications for for small electric light station 246 Steel, structural, specifications for 228 tests of 229 inspection of 229 acceptance of 229 Steel construction of Astor hotel building, New York, 1895, complete specifications for. 398 Stone, specifications for 156 Stone dam, specifications for masonry for 164 Subject-matter, illegal 14 Surveys for bridge renewals 414 Surveys not guaranteed to be correct . 116 Suspension of work 104, 298 Tests, of steel 229 of paving brick 172 of pumping engines 291 of boilers 306 Tile, sewer, specifications for. .195 Trestles, timber 244 Unpaid claims, discharge of... 102 Valves, stop, specifications for. 212 Viaducts and bridges of iron and steel, complete specifications for . . . 330 Water pipe, specifications for manufacture and de- livery of 202 Water pipe, specifications for laying 210 Water wheels, turbine 258 Water works, complete specifi- cations for dam No. 5, Boston water- works . . . .367 Waiver of legal rights 35 Well, pumping, specifications for 255 Work, general description of -- ; 374,375 suspension of 104,298 Workmanship 304, 338 Workmen, character of 91, 389 Workmen's quarters 112 Wrought iron, specifications for 227 TABLE OF CONTENTS. PACK. Preface 3 Key to Subscript Initials 5 PART I. SYNOPSIS OF THE LAW OF CONTRACTS. ART. 1. Introductory 7 2. Essential Elements of a Legal Contract 7 3. Two General Classes of Contracts 8 COMPETENCY. 4. Of Individuals o, 5. In Governmental Relations 9 6. Of Semi-Public and Private Corporations 10 7. Of Agents. u LEGALITY OF THE AGREEMENT. 8. Kinds of Illegal Subject-Matter I4 9. Contracts in Breach of Statute Law 15 10. Immoral Acts. 16 11. Contracts Opposed to Public Policy 17 12. Contracts Which Refer to Arbitration 17 13. The Engineer as Arbitrator 18 THE AGREEMENT. 14. Mutual Assent 19 15. Qualified Assent 22 16. Qualified Offers 22 17. Implied Acceptance 22 18. Failure of Agreement by Mistake 22 19. Misrepresentation in the Contract : 24 I II TABLE OF CONTENTS, ART. PAGE. 20. Invalidity of Contract through Fraud 25 2 1 . Remedy of Party Defrauded 28 22. Invalidity of Contract through Duress 29 23. Invalidity of Contract through Undue Influence 30 THE CONSIDERATION. 24. Consideration Defined 30 25. Adequacy of Consideration 31 26. Agreement to Take Less than is Due 32 27. As to Waiver of Legal Rights 35 CONTRACTS UNDER SEAL. 28. Classes of Sealed Contracts 36 PAROLE CONTRACTS. 29. Oral and Written Contracts 37 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS. 30. When Assignment Can be Made 38 31. Notice of Assignment Necessary 39 CONSTRUCTION OF THE CONTRACT. 32. The Original Contract 40 33. The Explanation of Technical Terms in Contracts 40 34. Rules of Construction. . 41 CONTRACTS REQUIRED TO BE IN WRITING. 35. The Statute of Frauds 43 36. Agreements Which can not be Performed within One Year. 43 37. Contracts of Sale Where the Value is More than $50 44 SUBSEQUENT CHANGES AND AGREEMENTS. 38. The General Rule 45 39. Results of Alterations of the Contract 46 DISCHARGE OF CONTRACTS. 40. Methods of Discharge 48 41 . Discharge by Agreement 49 42. Discharge by Performance 50 43. Performance on Conditional Promises 51 44. Discharge by Payment 52 45. Discharge by Tender 52 46. Kinds of Impossibility Which Will Discharge a Contract. . . 53 47. Kinds of So-called Impossibilities Which Will not Dis- charge the Contract 53 48. Discharge of Contract by Operation of Law 54 49. Discharge of Contract by Breach 54 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Ill ART. PAGE. REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT. 50. Results of a Breach of Contract 58 51. Damages for Nonperformance 58 52. Distinction between Liquidated Damages and Penalties 59 53. Recovery for Imperfect or Incompleted Work. 61 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. 54. General Rule as to Specific Performance 62 DISCHARGE OF RIGHT OF ACTION UNDER A CONTRACT. 55. The Right of Action 63 56. Removal of Statutory Bar to Right of Action 65 PART II. ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS. 57. General Considerations 66 ADVERTISEMENTS . 58. Information Embodied in the Advertisement 67 59. The Theory of Advertisements 68 60. The Guarantee 69 61. Right of Rejection 70 62. Illustrative Examples 71 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 63. Preliminary Information 74 FORMS OF PROPOSALS. 64. The Object of Blank Forms of Proposals 79 65. Manner of Letting the Work , . . 77 66. Contract Let as a Whole or in Parts 77 67. Contract Let for a Fixed Sum or per Specified Units 79 68. Contract Involving a Specific Performance 80 69. Contract Including Maintenance 81 70. Contract for the Work Only 81 71. Proposal for Building a Dam, Spillway, etc 82 72. Proposal Bond 84 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. 73. Engineering Specifications Defined ... 86 74. Classes of Specifications 86 75. General and Specific Clauses 87 THE GENERAL CLAUSES IN SPECIFICATIONS. 76. List of Subjects Treated in the General Clauses 88 77. Explanatory Note . ... 89 IV TABLE OF CONTENTS. ART. PAGE. 78. Time of Commencement, Rate of Progress, and Time of Completion of the Work go 79. As to the Character of the Workmen to be Employed 91 80. Suitable Appliances to be Used 91 81. Monthly Estimates of Work Done and Payments to be Made 92 82. Provision for Inquiring into the Correctness of the Monthly Estimates 93 83. Reserving a Certain Percentage as a Repair Fund, for a Stated Period after Completion 94 84. Conditions of the Final Estimate 95 85. Engineer's Measurements and Classifications Final and Conclusive 96 86. Determination of Damages Sustained by Failure to Com- plete the Work within the Time Agreed upon, or as Extended 97 87. The Discharge of Unpaid Claims of Workmen and Mate- rialmen 102 88. No Claims for Damages on Account of Suspension of Work. .104 89. No Claims for Damages on Account of Delay 105 90. No Claims for Damages on Account of Unforeseen Diffi- culties 105 91. Protection of Finished Work 10^ 92. Protection of Property and Lives 106 93. Protection against Claims for the use of Patents 107 94. Assignment of the Contract 108 95. Contractor not Released by Subcontracts 108 96. Abandonment of Contract 109 97. Cancellation of Contract for Default of Contractor no 98. Workmen's Quarters and Other Temporary Buildings 112 99. Cleaning up after Completion. 112 100. Removal of Condemned Material 113 101. Relations to Other Contractors 113 102. Provision for Drainage 114 103. Provision for Public Traffic 114 104. Contractor to keep Foreman or Head Workman, and also Copy of Plans and Specifications on the Ground 114 105. Cost of Examination of Completed Work 115 106. Faults to be Corrected at Any Time before Final Accept- ance 115 107. Surveys, Measurements, and Estimates of Quantities not Guaranteed to be Correct . . . . 1 16 108. The Contract Subject to Interpretation and Change by the Engineer 117 109. Settlement of Disputes 120 no. Extra Work .121 in. Definition of "Engineer" and "Contractor" 123 1 12. Documents Composing the Contract 123 TABLE OF CONTENTS, V ART. PAGE. 1 13. Meaning Understood 123 114. The Use of General Clauses in Engineering Specifications. .124 PART III. SPECIFIC DESCRIPTIVE, OR TECHNICAL CLAUSES IN SPECIFICATIONS. 115. Essential Features of Good Specifications 126 116. Specifications Accompanying Complete Detail Plans 131 117. Specifications Accompanying a General Plan Only 132 118. Specifications Unaccompanied by Plans, Known Commonly as General Specifications 132 ILLUSTRATIVE SPECIFICATIONS OF VARIOUS ELEMENTARY PORTIONS OF ENGINEERING WORK. 119. Scope and Purpose 133 SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXCAVATIONS AND EMBANKMENTS. 1 20. Earth-work, Excavating, and Grading 134 121. Grading .135 122. Excavations under Water 138 123. Specifications for Measuring Quantities Excavated under Water by Weight and by Displacement ... 140 124. Specifications for an Earthen Dam 142 125. Specifications for Coffer Dams 144 126. Specifications for Protective Work 145 SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT, MORTAR, CONCRETE, AND MASONRY. 127. Cement Mortar ..148 128. Cement Concrete 150 129. Specifications for Stone 156 130. Stone Masonry 158 131. Specifications for Masonry for a Large Stone Dam 164 132. Specifications for First-class Bridge Masonry 170 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS AND MATERIALS. 133. Specifications for Paving Brick 172 134. Specifications for Brick Pavements 176 135. Specifications for Asphaltum Pavements 178 136. Specifications for Asphalt Pavement 183 137. Specifications for Granite Pavement 185 138. Specifications for Granitoid Sidewalks . . 186 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 139. Specifications for Brick and Tile Sewers .... 190 140. Specifications for Tile Sewer Pipe 195 141. Specifications for Laying Sewer Pipe 198 VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. ART. PAGE. SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE. 142. Specifications for the Manufacture and Delivery of Cast Iron Water Pipe ... 202 143. Specifications for Laying Water Pipe 210 144. Specifications for Stop Valves 212 LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 145. Rules of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 216 146. General Rules for Classifying Lumber 217 147. Rules for Grading Finishing Lumber 219 148. Rules for Grading Common Boards and Rough Lumber. ...221 149. Standard Dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufactur- ers' Association 223 150. Specification for "Thoroughly Seasoned" Lumber ....224 SPECIFICATIONS FOR IRON AND STEEL. 151. Specifications for Cast Iron 225 152. Specifications for Wrought Iron 227 153. Specifications for Structural Steel 228 154. Tests, Inspection, and Acceptance of Medium Structural Steel 229 155. Specifications for Riveted Work 232 156. Specifications for Wrought Iron and Steel Railroad Bridge Superstructure 233 157. Specifications for the Material and Workmanship of a Steel Stand Pipe 241 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS. 158. Specifications for Pile and Trestle Bridging 244 159. Specifications for Steam Plant of a Small Electric Light Station 246 160. Specifications for Leather Driving Belts 251 161. Specifications for Pumps to be Operated by Water Power. .253 162. Specifications for a Pump Well 255 163. Specifications for Turbine Water Wheels 258 164. Specifications for the Installation of an Electric Lighting Station in a Small City 260 165. Specifications for Electrical Distribution Circuits for Light and Power 264 PART IV. ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 166. Contract and Bond Combined in one Document with the Specifications 270 TABLE OF CONTENTS. VII ART. PAGE. 167 & 168. Contract and General Specifications for Large Pump- ing Engines 271 169. Complete General Specifications for Water Tubular Boilers and Settings 300 170. Specifications for an Engine House -37 171. General Specifications for Highway Bridges and Viaducts of Iron and Steel 330 172. Specifications for Building a Masonry Lock at St. Mary's Falls Canal, Michigan 348 173. Specifications and Contract for Dam No. 5, Boston Water Works, 1893 367 174. Specifications for the Steel Construction of the Astor Hotel, 1895 398 175. Form of Contract Bond or Surety 411 176. Form of Indemnity Bond 413 APPENDIX A. Preliminary Surveys and Examinations for Bridge Renewals. . . .414 PREFACE. The leading American Engineering Schools have long needed a text-book on the subject of the Law of Contracts and Engineering Specifications. In the absence of any such text, this department of engineering practice has received scant and meagre treatment at the hands of these schools. This work has been written primarily to serve this purpose. After it was completed, however, it seemed to the author it might prove of value to the profession at large and also to contractors, espec- ially those portions of it treating of the Law of Contracts and of the General Clauses in Specifications. While the author makes no pretension to a knowledge of the law, yet he has had to impart instruction on this subject for many years, and has attended lectures in this field in the St. Louis Law School (a department of Washington University). He has tried to follow strictly the recognized authorities in all he has said in this work, and while he thinks his synopsis may serve as a good general guide to the fundamental principles of-the sub- ject, he recommends that the reader refer all important particu- lar cases to his attorney, or else consult the standard works themselves. If a single volume is desired containing a general review of the Law of Contracts, the layman can not do better than obtain that of John D. Lavvson, of the Law Department of the Missouri State University. Another similar, and perhaps better work for the young lawyer, is that of J. P. Bishop; while Parson's three-volume work is the recognized standard authority for the lawyer. 3 4 PKEFACE. Since this work is designed only for laymen, however, the author may well quote the maxim that "the man who is his own lawyer has a fool for a client." The brief synopsis of the law herein given, therefore, is not intended to remove the necessity of consulting a lawyer on all important matters, but only to enable one to steer clear of some of the legal pitfalls which lie in the way of every business man and especially of engineers. Since custom has laid on engineers and architects the duty of writing specifications and contracts, it is well for them to know something of the legal ground they are forced to traverse. The first part of this work is intended, therefore, to serve as a cautionary warning against legal entanglements, rather than as a counselor or guide through such difficulties. The synopsis of the Law of Contracts as here given has been revised by a very competent legal authority, and the author is indebted to him for many valuable suggestions and corrections. It probably will not mislead one into trouble, though it may not always point the way out. The author also wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to the many prominent engineers who have kindly sent him copies of their latest specifications for use in this work, and he has acknowledged this debt in the body of the book by append- ing to each quotation the initials of the person quoted. A key to these initials is given on page 6. The illustrative examples of engineering specifications given in Part III are selected so as to cover a wide field with as little repetition as possible. They are not given to be blindly copied, but rather as illustrating a good method of treating the subject, and to serve as patterns as to manner as well as to matter. As the best engineers seldom copy their own specifi- cations or use them unchanged a second time, much less can one safely copy unchanged the specifications of another. In fact the writing of engineering specifications is wisely left for engineers of large experience, but as the younger men have to . PREFACE. 5 enforce them and serve as inspectors under them, they should in all cases understand fully why they have been drawn in a particular way. That this somewhat crude effort may serve to help engi- neers and architects to a more efficient and satisfactory per- formance of their professional duties, is the hope and aim of THE AUTHOR. KEY TO SUBSCRIPT INITIALS. The following gentlemen have kindly furnished the author copies of their specifications from which he has freely quoted in parts II and III. In every case he has appended the initials of the writer of the specifications used, the key to which is here given: Onward Bates, Engineer Bridges and Buildings, C., M. & St. P. E'y, Chicago, 111 O. B. A. P. Boiler, Consulting Engineer, New York City A. P. B. G. Bouscaren, Consulting Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio G. B. Wm. H. Bryan, Consulting Engineer, St. Louis W. H. B. Col. Wm. P. Craighill, "Corps of Engineers U. S. Army, and Past President Am. Soc. C. E W. P. C. J. T. Fanning, Consulting Engineer, Minneapolis, Minn J. T. F. Alphonse Fteley, Chief Engineer Aqueduct Commission, New York City, N. Y A. F. E. A. Fuertes, Director School Civil Engineering, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y E. A. F. John W. Hill, Consulting Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio J. W. H. M. L. Holman, Water Commissioner, St. Louis, Mo M. L. H. Johnson & Flad, Engineers, St. Louis, Mo J. & F. Emil Kuichling, Chief Engineer Waterworks, Rochester, N. Y. E. K. Milwaukee City Specifications M. George S. Morison, Consulting Engineer, New York City, N. Y., President (1895) Am. Soc. C. E G. S. M. W. D. Pence, Instructor in Civil Engineering, Champaign, 111.. W. D. P. Pennsylvania Railroad Co., Wm. H. Brown, Chief Engineer, Philadelphia, Pa P. R'y. Col. O. M. Poe, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army O. M. P. St. Louis City Specifications St. L. Union Pacific Railway, George H. Pegram, Chief Engineer, Omaha, Neb U. P. R'y. J. A. L. Waddell, Consulting Engineer, Kansas City, Mo J. A. L. W. 6 ENGINEERING CONTRACTS I SPECIFICATIONS PART I. BRIEF SYNOPSIS OF SUCH PORTIONS OF THE Law of Contracts AS BEAR ON THE CARRYING OUT OF ENGINEERING OR ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION. 1. Introductory. The Law of Contracts is said to be as simple and as readily, comprehended by the layman as any department of the law. Two standard single volume works on the law of contracts are those of Bishop and of Lawson,* to which the reader is referred for a more complete treatment of the subject, and from which the following synopsis has been principally derived. In this synopsis only such rules and prin- ciples are incorporated as may be profitably presented to under- graduate students in our leading engineering schools. The practicing engineer or architect may also find them valuable, however, as furnishing to him certain guiding principles, the recognition of which will frequently enable him to avoid legal complications and inherent weaknesses in the drawing of speci- fications and other documents pertaining to contracts. This work is intended to emphasize the necessity of consulting competent legal authority in all important matters rather than to enable one to dispense with such reliance. 2. Essential Elements of a Legal Contract. A contract is a promise to do or to refrain from doing some act *Thc layman will probably find the 'work of Judge Lawson better suited to his wants. 7 8 LAW OF CONTRACTS. which the law will enforce. The law will not enforce an agree- ment unless the following essentials are fulfilled. First. The parties must be competent to make the agree- ment. Second. The subject-matter must be lawful. Third. The parties must have mutually assented or agreed to the conditions named, or they must have been of the same mind and intention concerning the subject-matter. Fourth. Except in the case of sealed contracts there must be a valuable consideration. The four essentials of a legal contract, therefore, may be grouped under the four words, Competency, Legality, Agree- ment, and Consideration. 3. Two General Classes of Contracts. There are in general two kinds of contracts, namely: contracts made under seal, called sealed contracts or specialties (see Art. 28), and simple written or oral agreements unaccompanied with the formality of a seal, called parole contracts. A sealed contract is a written agreement signed by the parties, the signatures, having appended to them what is com- monly known as a seal. Formerly a seal consisted of "An impression on wax, or paper, or some other tenacious substance capable of being impressed." Now, however, an impression of a seal on the paper itself is commonly construed as a proper seal, and in many states by statute a mere scroll enclosing the word "seal" made opposite the name of the signer is sufficient. Engineering contracts are often executed under seal, though preferably not, while the bond which holds the sureties for the faithful performance of the work by the contractor must be under seal. This is necessary because the agreement of the bondsmen to become responsible for the faithful performance of the contract by the contractor is not usually supported by a valuable consideration. The principal difference between a sealed contract and one not under seal is that in the former case a valuable considera- COMPETENCY. 9 tion is not required to support the agreement, while in the lat- ter case the contract is invalid unless such a consideration can be shown to exist.* The affixing of a seal to a signature implies a special care and deliberation on the part of the signer, more than can be assumed in the case of a simple signature. It is for this reason that a consideration is not required to support a sealed contract. The mere existence on the document of a printed scroll or word "seal" on the lines provided for signatures does not constitute a sealed document unless these words or scrolls were so intended by the signers. COMPETENCY. 4. Competency of Individuals. A sane person who has attained .his majority is competent to make any legal agreement or contract. The disabilities of married women in the matter of contracts are numerous, but will not here be entered upon. Neither will any reference be made to those disabilities pertaining to aliens, convicts, infants, insane per- sons, and drunkards. 5. Competency in Governmental Eolations. The national or any state government may become a party to a contract, and such government may sue on its contracts and enforce them, but the converse of this is not true. Neither the United States nor any state can be sued without its consent.^ The only remedy for a person who seeks the enforcement of a contract with such a government is an appeal to congress or to the state legislature. Many of the states of the south have repudiated bee subject of Consideration, Art. 24. f The state may consent to be a party to a suit in order to hare the rights of the parties passed upon by the courts. 10 LAW OF CONTEACTS. their contracts in the matter of state bonds, issued during the periods of reconstruction, and the bondholders have no remedy. Neither are public officers who negotiate contracts on the part of the state personally liable on contracts made in their own names, when these are signed in their official capacities. This freedom from all legal necessity to carry out its contracts is an essential element of sovereignty, and applies to kings and other more or less absolute rulers in their official relations. All public corporate governments, subordinate to that of the state, as of the county, or township, or village, or city, can be sued upon their contracts, and such contracts enforced when- ever these lie within their legal corporate powers. Thus a county, or town, or city can not repudiate its legal obligations, as the state has the privilege of doing, but these obligations can be enforced through the agency of the courts. For instance, it a county organization should wish to repudiate a particular issue of bonds, which have been issued and sold, because of some real or fancied grievance connected therewith, and if the county commissioners who represent the county in its corporate capacity should refuse to levy taxes for the payment of the interest or principal, the courts could order them to do so, and if they should refuse they could be fined and imprisoned for contempt. In some cases city charters have been repealed by the state legislature and the city changed into a "taxing dis- trict" in order to more readily enforce orders of the courts, in requiring them to fulfill the terms of some legal contract or obligation. 6. Competency of Semi-Public and Private Cor- porations. A corporation has no powers for entering into or performing contracts beyond those given it by the state in its charter. Its capacity for transacting business, however, is not limited to the specific privileges granted in its charter, but is of necessity extended by implication to include such other powers as may be necessary for the complete consummation of its spe- COMPETENCY. 11 cific purposes. For instance, if a corporation requires the use of certain real estate for the transaction of its business, it can evidently buy and sell such property when this is intended for its own uses. It may also borrow money and issue therefor various kinds of obligations, and, in fact, it may make any contract which it is lawful for an individual to make, provided such contract relates to a subject which is within the sphere of its operations. When a contract or agreement on the part of a corpora- tion does not fall within its express or implied powers, it is termed ultra vires, and such contracts can not be enforced. The official acts of the officers or agents of a corporation bind it much the same as such acts would bind an individual when made in a private capacity, and this applies both to oral and to written agreements, unless the corporation charter specifically requires certain kinds of agreements to be in writing. 7. Contracts by Agents.* A contract by an agent is not valid unless the principal is himself competent to enter into a contract. On the other hand, a contract by an agent is valid, provided the principal is competent, even though the agent be incompetent to enter into a contract as a principal. Thus a minor may be a competent agent, but not a competent principal. The agent, however, must have no adverse interest from that of his principal under the contract negotiated. For instance, he must not be interested on both sides of the agree- ment, if these interests are supposed to be adverse. The legality of the acts of an agent is similar to the legal- ity of the acts of a corporation. As a corporation receives its authority for the transaction of a particular kind of business from the state, and its capacity in the formation of contracts is limited thereby to the express and implied powers under its charter, so an agent receives his authority from his principal, * An engineer or architect is the agent of the owner (person or corporation), and as such has the express powers given him in the contract itself or in his agreement with his employer, and also many customary implied powers. 12 LAW OF CONTEACTS. his legal acts are limited to the scope of the authority conferred upon him by his principal, and, as in the case of a corporation, he will be justified in the law in the making of any contract, as agent, which may prove to be necessary or essential to the car- rying out of his more specific instructions, or for the transac- tion of the business for 'which he has received special authority. Unlike a corporation, however, an agent may exceed both his express and implied authority in the making of a contract, and yet this contract will become binding on the ratification of it by his principal. This ratification may also be either express or implied, an implied ratification consisting of a failure to object or protest or to annul the contract on learning of its existence, or of acting under it as though consent had been given. A ratification, whether express or implied, of the acts of an agent operates always so as to include the whole of the agent's acts pertaining to the particular transaction in question, and can not operate for the acceptance of a part, and the rejec- tion of other parts. By adopting a part, the principal is bound by the whole. If it appear, however, that the express or implied ratification was due to a mistake of fact, the principal may repudiate the action of the agent on learning of the facts. If the agent wishes to avoid personal responsibility in the entering into a contract, it must be understood by the other party that he is acting as an agent, and not in his own behalf. He may, however, enter into contract in his own name, not as an agent, when in fact he is the agent of another party. In this case, however, the other party to the contract on learning of the principal, has his option to enforce the contract against the agent or against the principal as he may choose. In all cases of contracts with agents the other party to the contract must know of the agent's authority aside from the agent's own testimony in the case, as this latter is not received as evidence of the fact. Whatever the agent's pretended authority may be, COMPETENCY. 13 if it should prove that he has exceeded both his express and implied authorization, the principal is at liberty to repudiate his acts, and the other party to the contract has no remedy except against the agent himself. The agent's authority is evidenced, however, by the usual and customary transactions of such agent which have been accepted by his principal, and which have become known to the other party in a proposed new contract. Therefore as to third persons the authority of the agent may be implied from previous performances of similar acts which have come to the knowledge and received the consent of the principal. In the case of sub-agency, or of the appointment of an agent by an agent such authorization must proceed originally from the principal, or be afterwards ratified by him before the principal can be bound by the acts of the sub-agent. In order that an agent may relieve himself from responsi- bility in the signing of a contract, the document must reveal, either in its body or in the signature, who the principal is; a mere signing of a contract by a person as "agent" will not relieve the party so signing from personal responsibility unless the document does reveal the principal. If an agent enters into contract in a matter beyond his express and implied authorization, he becomes personally liable to the third party, unless he reveal to such party, at the time of the signing of the contract, the exact relation between himself and his principal in such a way that this third party becomes aware of the dubiousness of the agent's authority. In this case the principal may repudiate the act of his agent and the third party will not be able to hold either principal or agent to the contract. If, however, the agent does not disclose his exact relations with his principal, and assumes authority beyond his authorization, he does become personally liable for such damage as may result from failure of performance on the part of his principal. 14 LAW OF CONTKACTS. The principal is also liable for all the frauds, deceits, and negligent acts of his agent so long as these pertain to the busi- ness he is authorized to perform. In this case, of course, the agent himself is liable both to his principal and to any third party. While if such fraud or deceit or negligent act pertains to matters outside the scope of his authority, the agent alone is liable. Acts of an agent continue to be binding upon the principal as to third persons, even if the agent's authority has been revoked and the agency ended, until such termination of the agency comes to the knowledge of such third person. This applies to all kinds of continuous agencies, but does not apply, of course, to an agency for the performance of a particular act. The death of the principal always acts to terminate the agency, which termination occurs at the instant of the death of the principal. This nullifies even such acts of the agent after the death of his principal as may have occurred before such death came to the knowledge of the agent; but when the agent enters into contracts for his principal after the decease of the latter, with or without the knowledge of such decease, the contract is void as against the estate of the principal, and, gen- erally speaking, as against the agent himself, and the third party is without remedy. In this case no notice of the termi- nation of the agency is required. In a few states, however, the rule has been adopted that the bona fide acts of the agent after the death of his principal and before he becomes aware of the fact, and which do not require the principal's signature are valid in favor of third parties. LEGALITY OF THE AGREEMENT. 8. Kinds of Illegal Subject-Matter. No contract can be enforced in the courts which involves an agreement to perform an act which is (a) forbidden by statutory law, or () LEGALITY. 15 is contrary to the rules of common law, or (c) which is opposed to public policy. 9. Contracts in Breach of Statute Law. This subject will not here be entered upon at length. It may be said, in short, that all acts which are expressly prohibited by statute law, or all acts for which specific penalties are attached in national, state, or municipal laws, if made the subject of a contract, such contract can not be enforced. Without here mentioning the acts which would be criminal or immoral, it may be well to call attention to a certain class of contracts which can not be enforced at law because the plaintiff in the suit has no legal standing in court. Thus where the state stat- ute requires a diploma or license for the practice of medicine or surgery, or a license to act as attorney at law, or as a sur- veyor, or as an engineer, a person not having such legal author- ization can not collect in the courts the price of his professional fees. Under this head also fall agreements to pay usurious inter- est, which in some states involves the forfeiture of the entire interest, and in a few states the entire contract becomes void even to the sacrifice of the principal. In most states all kinds of wagers are declared unlawful by statute and can not be collected. While all contracts for fire or life insurance are in a certain sense wagers, they are valid and lawful when the person for whose benefit the insurance is made can be shown to have a suitable interest in the property or person insured. In all states where Sunday labor, with the exception of "works of necessity and charity," is prohibited, contracts made on Sunday are illegal and can not be enforced. Where contracts in breach of statute law have been fully executed, in other words, where the act has been done and the compensation received, the law will not recognize such trans- actions for the purpose of annulling them. Thus, in the case of a 16 LAW OF CONTRACTS. wager which has been paid, the law will not enforce the return of the money. 10. Immoral Acts. The courts will not enforce an agreement, the object of which is forbidden either by statute or by. common law, or which in law may be regarded as immoral or wrong. Such agreements might relate to such subjects as the commission of crime ; all kinds of frauds upon creditors, either by way of fraudulent assignments, or by way af agree- ments with certain creditors to the disadvantage of others ; all kinds of transactions under false pretenses, as the selling of articles under false labels; fraudulent conveyance of real estate to defraud creditors; changes in contracts after they have been signed, either by one party without the consent of the other, or by the two principals without the consent of the sureties; all acts of officers of corporations in their official capacity, in furtherance of their private ends; fictitious bidding at auctions for the purpose of raising the bids of bona fide pur- chasers ; collusion between the auctioneer and private individ- uals to defraud owner, and the like. The particular class of illegal acts in this category which has especial interest to engineers, is that referring to changes in contracts agreed to by the principals without the consent of the sureties or bondsmen. In all such cases if the changes are material, that is to say, if they are such as may be said to have a money value, then if these changes be made without the con- sent of the surety, such surety can no longer be held for any damage resulting from failure of his principal to fulfill his agreement. Since such changes are almost always made in all contracts after they are signed and before the work is fully executed, and since it is very common to neglect to obtain the consent of the sureties when making all such changes, these sureties or bondsmen are nearly always relieved from liability in the manner here indicated. Furthermore, if such sureties are consulted in regard to the proposed changes and they LEGALITY. 17 should not choose to give their consent, then if they are still to be held for the fulfillment of the contract their consent to such changes must be purchased, the same as must be done with the principal himself as provided for in the specifications or con- tract. Because of this common oversight and the resulting relief of these sureties, or of their opposition to allowing changes to be made in case they are consulted, it is becoming customary to provide some other kind of guarantee of fulfill- ment, other than that of personal sureties. 11. Contracts Opposed to Public Policy. These contracts may relate to all such acts as may be shown to be detrimental to the public welfare. Such as acts which would tend to injure the public service, or to obstruct the course of justice, or to encourage litigation, or as have an immoral tend- ency, or as will restrain the freedom of trade, or as will dimin- ish the security of property and life. As such contracts in general have no immediate bearing upon the work of engineers they will not be further enlarged upon here. There is, however, a class of agreements commonly entered into by the principals to an engineering contract which are often construed in the courts as against the public policy, which will be discussed in the following article. 12. Agreements Which Refer to Arbitration. The following discussion of this subject is taken bodily from Lawson on Contracts, being article 318 of that work. 4 'An agreement that matters which have arisen or may arise between the parties shall be referred to an arbitrator or arbitrators is not binding and either party may have recourse to the courts notwithstanding it. The reason of the rule is by some traced to the jealousy of the courts and a desire to repress any attempt to encroach on the exclusiveness of their jurisdic- tion, and by others to an aversion on the part of the courts from reason of public policy to sanction contracts by which the protection which the law affords the citizen is renounced. "But when a contract contains a condition which provides that disputes arising out of it shall be referred to arbitration, 2 18 LAW OF CONTRACTS. the validity of such a condition depends upon rather a fine dis- tinction. Where the amount of damage sustained by a breach of the contract is to be ascertained by specified arbitra- tion before any right of action arises, the condition is good ; but where all matters in dispute, of whatever sort, are to be referred to arbitrators and to them alone, the condition is ille- gal. The one imposes a condition precedent to a right of action accruing, the other endeavors to prevent any right of action accruing at all. As well put by an English judge: 'If a tenant covenant that he will cultivate the demised land in a husband-like manner and also covenants that if any dispute shall arise in respect thereof it shall be referred to arbitration,, an action may nevertheless be maintained ; but where the cove- nant is to pay such damages as shall be ascertained by an arbi- trator, no action will lie until he has ascertained them.' "The principle is frequently applied in the United States to contracts for the construction of buildings, railroads, canals and other works involving numerous details. These contracts give rise to many questions which a court of law might reasona- bly send to a referee, and the parties may agree that such questions shall be determined by an architect or engineer or by arbitra- tors, and that such determination, or a bona fide effort to obtain it, shall be a condition precedent to the right to bring an action on the contract. Contracts of insurance usually con- tain similar clauses. Thus an insurance policy provided that, in case of differences arising touching any loss or damage, the matter might at the request of either party be submitted to impartial arbitrators whose award in writing should be binding on the parties to the amount of such loss or damage, 'but shall not decide the liability of the company under this policy;' also, 'it is furthermore mutually agreed that no suit or action against this company for the recovery of any claim by virtue of this policy shall be sustainable in any court of law or chancery until an award shall have been obtained fixing the amount of such claim in the manner hereinabove provided.' It was held that no suit could be sustained against the objection of the company until an award had been made, although neither party previous to the suit had requested arbitration. But it must be expressly stipulated in all cases that the award or determination is a condition precedent to the right of action en the contract, or the agreement to arbitrate will be of no effect. Agreements of a similar nature have been held illegal, as aiming to oust the jurisdiction of the courts; as, for example, a provision in the by-laws of a benefit association that the decision of the officers on the claim of a member shall be final and conclusive. And parties are not allowed by contract to vary the procedure in the courts prescribed by statute. In Illi- AGREEMENT. 19 nois a lease contained a provision that the landlord should have the right to take immediate judgment against the tenant in case, of a default on his part without giving the notice and demand for possession and riling the complaint required by the statute. It was held that such a provision was illegal." 13. The Engineer as Arbitrator. In the carrying out of engineering and building contracts, the specifications are usually so written as to make the engineer or architect an arbitra- tor on almost all questions which can possibly arise under the contract, and it is usual to specify that his decisions thereon shall be final and conclusive. In view of what is given in the previous article it is evident that such a clause can not operate to prevent a case being brought before the courts under such a con- tract, but when it has been so brought it evidently will operate to sustain the decisions of the engineer on all points which may be construed by the court as ^'conditions precedent''' to final settlement. On all questions of fact, however, which the court can pass upon as well as the engineer, and on all ques- tions of law the court would retain its jurisdiction notwithstand- the agreement of both parties to submit all questions to the arbitration of the engineer, whose decisions were to be "final and conclusive." On all questions which the engineer is, from the circumstances of the case, especially competent to deter- mine, as to quantities and classification, as well as all questions which are more or less matters of opinion as classification of materials and perfection of work done, the decision of the engineer will be sustained under such a clause, provided it be not shown that he has acted fraudulently in the matter. See Articles 85 and 108. AGREEMENT. 14. Mutual Assent. In order that a contract shall be binding on both parties to an agreement it must have been under- 20 LAW OF CONTEACTS. stood and assented to by both in the very same sense. How- ever clear the agreement would appear to be on its face, if it can be shown that the proposition was not mutually understood in the same sense it can not, in general, be enforced. It must not be understood, however, that all pleas of having misunder- stood the plain and express provisions of a written contract will relieve the party making such claim from liability under it. In other words the mental agreement is evidenced by the language used in expressing such agreement, and the law will presume that such words were understood, provided their meaning is plain and evident. Furthermore whatever a man's real inten- tion may be, if he so acts as to lead another person to reasona- bly suppose that he was assenting to a given proposition, and this person proceeds on this assumption, the other party so act- ing becomes bound by the proposition. The agreement is not consummated until each party has communicated to the other, either orally, by letter, or by overt acts, his intention in the matter. The secret or mental acceptance of a proposition by one or both of the parties to it does not complete a legal agreement, until this mental act has been communicated to the other party. A person making an offer, whether orally, by messenger, by mail, or by telegraph, or by public advertisement, must allow a reasonable time for its acceptance, provided n6 time limit is stated in the proposition. If the acceptance is returned by the same agency used in sending the offer, the contract is completed at the time such acceptance is delivered to such agency, whether the party sending the offer ever receives such acceptance or not. A person is bound by the acts of the agent of his own selection, and the failure of this agent to deliver to him the acceptance does not operate to prevent the completion of the contract. For instance, a proposition sent by mail is accepted at the time the letter of acceptance is deposited in the postoffice or letter box, and a proposition sent by telegraph is AGREEMENT. . 21 accepted and the contract completed at the time of the delivery of a telegraphic reply at the telegraph office or to a telegraphic messenger. If the person receiving the offer wishes it to remain open for a definite length of time, longer than might be construed a's reasonable, if no time is specified, he must pay to the other party something which may be construed as a consideration for the privilege of acceptance for such specified time. On the other hand, the party accepting can withdraw his acceptance if he can succeed in having his withdrawal presented to the first party before his acceptance has been received. Thus an accept- ance by mail may be withdrawn by telegraph, provided the telegram is received before the letter. A mere offer may be withdrawn at any time before it is accepted, unless a consideration has been paid for the privi- lege of acceptance for a definite time as above described. A formal notice of withdrawal is not always necessary, as when the party receiving the offer becomes aware of the sale of the property in the mean time to another. When an offer is made by mail or telegraph the means used for communicating the offer become the recognized agent of the party making such offer, and the party receiving it is at liberty to accept it as received, even though a mistake may have been made in the transmission of the same. .Thus if an offer is made by telegraph, and an error has been made in transmitting the same, the erroneous proposition may be accepted either by mail or telegraph, and the party making such offer is bound. His only remedy is to sue the telegraph company for damages. This is because the party making the proposition assumed all responsibility for the correctness of the transmission by the agency selected by him. When an offer has been made and no consideration paid to keep it open for a given time, it is supposed to stand for 22 LAW OF CONTEACTS. what the law will consider a reasonable time, the actual length of time depending altogether on the nature of the transaction. 15. Qualified assent. Whenever a proposition made by one party is accepted by another with any kind of qualifi- cation or change of the conditions or wording of the original proposition, such an acceptance is simply the making of a counter proposition to the first party, and does not constitute an agreement until such party has in turn assented fully to the entire proposition as last stated, and if he again assents to the proposition with further changes or amendments, it becomes again a new proposition, which must be agreed to by the second party, before it becomes binding on the party to whom it is sent. The assent which finally makes of the offer or proposi- tion a binding contract, is the full, absolute, and unconditional acceptance of its terms. 16. Qualified Offers. The party making the offer has the right to prescribe in it the time, place, form, or other con- dition of acceptance, in which case such offer can be accepted only in the manner prescribed. This privilege on 'the part of the proposer does not enable him to impose the condition, how- ever, that a failure to receive an acceptance by a certain time will be construed as an acceptance. In other words, he may not impose the conditions of refusal. 17. Implied acceptance. An offer may be accepted by merely acting upon it, the act becoming an acceptance from the time it was performed. Thus an offer to purchase goods may be accepted by simply shipping the goods, or in the case of a published offer of a reward for the apprehension of a criminal, the act of apprehending is construed as both an acceptance and fulfillment of the contract. 18. Failure of agreement by mistake. The parties to an agreement are bound to the fulfillment of the same in AGREEMENT. 23 accordance with the plain intent and meaning of the language used, whether oral or written, provided the meaning of this lan- guage be clear, and neither party is allowed to plead either carelessness in the reading of the terms thereof or ignorance of the meaning of the language used. It goes almost without saying, however, that apparent or evident mistakes in the use of Ian- gunge will be corrected by the court. However, the following kinds of mistakes will lead to a decision that no contract was really entered into because of utter failure of the parties to agree to the same thing. (a) Mistake concerning nature of transacti as where a person, by mistake, signs a document of an entir different character from that which he intended to sign, as where he signs a bond instead of a petition, or a .deed instead of a lease, the two documents being similar in form and appearance. In such cases it is held that the "mind of the signer did not accompany the signature" and therefore he never agreed to such a proposition. If it can be shown, however, that the mistake resulted from negligence to read the terms of the proposition, and that while the signer understood in a gen-~ eral way the character of the document, but did not read it over carefully, or perhaps did not read it at all, he will he heltf to the contract because of his culpable negligence. This only holds where the plea of fraud on the part of the other party to the contract is not maintained. (b) Mistake concerning person with whom con- tract is made, as "where A contracts with B, thinking that he is contracting with C, there can obviously be no contract, . for B not being present to A's mind, A can not be a consenting party to a contract with B." This, of course, does not affect contracts made through agents, when the agency is declared. (c) Mistake concerning Subject-matter of Con- tract. If the parties contracting engage themselves concern-: 24 LAW OF CONTRACTS. ing a thing which does not exist, such a mistake avoids the contract, because of the nonexistence of the subject-matter. This applies to property which may have ceased to exist before the contract is signed, although both of the parties were ignorant of the fact. In all cases, however, where the existence of the subject-matter is in the mind of the proposer more or less doubt- ful and yet the offer which he makes is unconditional, he can be held for damages resulting from failure, even though the subject-matter be nonexistent. A mistake prevents the consummation of a contract also, where each of the parties has in mind a different subject-matter from the other. This applies to mistakes which may be con- sidered legitimate, as where the same words apply with equal force to different things, or in the case of an oral contract where the language was clearly misunderstood, from a failure to hear the words which were really spoken. The remedy for a contract entered into under a mistake is the privilege of repudiating it on the part of the person who made the mistake, or the privilege of recovering, by a suit at law, part payment which may have been made, it being under- stood that the contract has not been fully executed by a com- plete payment. Or the case may be brought into a court of equity, and justice obtained by having the court correct the terms of the agreement, it being assumed in all these cases that no fraud has been committed. 19. Misrepresentation in the Contract. In order that a misrepresentation of facts may make a contract invalid, it must have been made with a fraudulent intent. The mere falsity of a statement of a material fact in the contract, however much it may have misled the other party, will not invalidate the document, unless a fraudulent motive accompanied the misrepresentation. It is necessary, therefore, to prove the motive of the misrepresentation before the validity of the con- tract can be passed upon. AGREEMENT. 25 If, however, a particular term in the contract or some integral part of it is based upon a misstatement of fact, which term or integral part can be passed upon separr tely from the body of the contract, such a misrepresentation is equivalent to a promise by the party making it, and if not fulfilled the other party can recover damages. This, however, does not invalidate the contract as a whole. A nondisclosure of fact, is equivalent to a misrepresenta- tion of fact, provided the disclosure properly accompanied the transaction. Fraudulent misrepresentation will be treated in the follow- ing article. Contracts for insurance, whether marine, fire, or life, and contracts for the purchase of stock in corporations, also con- tracts between parties occupying intimate and confidential rela- tions with each other may be invalidated by misrepresentation of fact, which would not invalidate ordinary business or engi- neering contracts. (See a general treatise on the Law of Con- tracts for these cases.) 20. Invalidity of Contract through Fraud. As a general rule fraud vitiates all contracts. That is to say, fraudulent misrepresentation by one party enables the other or injured party to declare the contract void from fraud, or he may enforce the contract against the defrauding party, at his own option. The defrauding party, however, has no option or privilege in the way of declaring the contract void. In other words, should he find that the contract was adverse to his inter- ests, he could not plead his own fraudulent act to his own benefit. Fraud in the sense here used consists in a "false repre- sentation of fact made by the party who is charged with it, with a knowledge of its falsehood, or in reckless disregard whether it be true or false, with the intention that it shall be acted upon 26 LAW OF CONTRACTS. by the complaining party, and actually inducing him to act upon it to his damage." "From the above definition the following essential ele- ments of fraud may with profit be stated separately : (#) A false representation. () A misrepresentation of fact, (c) A representation made by the party charged, (par. Neither hard basaltic stone that will take a smooth polish under traffic, 186 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. nor soft or weather worn stones nor syenite will be accepted. The blocks must by rectangular in form, of not less than three (3) nor more than four and one half (4 y% ) inches in thick- ness, nor less than six (6) or more than seven (7) inches in depth, nor less than eight (S) or more than twelve (12) inches in length, and so split and dressed with fair and true surfaces on top. bottom and ends so that when laid close together the end joints will fit close together, and the side joints will not exceed three fourths (24) inch in width. The blocks will be imbedded in the sand bed and laid at right angles to the line of the street, except at street and alley intersections, where the same will be laid at an angle of about 45 degrees with the line of the street. The stone will be laid close together with the top surface smoothly conforming to the crow r n of the street. Each course is to be of uniform width, with each longitudinal joint broken by a lap of not less than tw 7 o inches. The blocks are to be immediately covered with sufficient, clean, fine, hot, screened gravel to fill the joints, to not more than 3 J/ inches from the top after which the blocks will be tamped with a heavy paver's ram to a firm, unyielding and uniform smooth surface. The joints will then be filled flush with top of pavement with a hot paving cement obtained by direct distillation of coal tar, imme- diately after which fine, dry, hot gravel will be run into the joints. Not less than three (3) gallons of paving cement shall be used to each square pard of pavement.* M. 138. Specification for Granitoid Sidewalks. Side- walks made after the following specifications are now exclusively used in St. Louis, and have been in use in that city for many years. Where granite can be obtained at a reasonable price, it is thought this composition is more durable and satisfactory for sidewalks than any other material or mixture which has ever been used. The making of these sidewalks has grown to be a very large industry in St. Louis and the price has been gradu- ally reduced because of the great amount of this kind of work done, until in 1895, the total cost of removing old pavement, regrading, laying the foundation and pavement as here described in the most approved manner, and strictly in accordance with this specification is from eighteen to twenty cents per square foot for the "ordinary single flagging." *This treatment of the joints is especially satisfactory. AUTHOR. SPECIFICATIONS FOE, STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 187 The sidewalks shall be of three separate and distinct thick- ness and kinds, and shall be classified as follows: "ORDINARY SINGLE FLAGGING," "EXTRA DOUBLE THICK FLAGGING," and "DRIVEWAY OR ENTRANCE FLAGGING," and shall be laid in the different localities within the above described limits at the discretion of the street commissioner, who shall determine which of the above named kinds shall be laid. Preparation of Bed. The sidewalks shall be excavated and shaped to the proper depth and grade as directed by the street commissioner, and all the refuse material therefrom shall belong to the contractor and shall be promptly removed from the line of work. Ordinary Single Flagging. After the shaping is done a foundation of cinders not less than eight (8) inches thick shall be placed upon the subgrade, which shall be well consolidated by ramming to an even surface, and which shall be moistened just before the concrete is placed thereon. After the sub-foundation has been finished the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts: ist. A bottom course to be three and one half (3^2) inches in depth. 2d. A finish- ing or wearing course, to be one half (^2) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement, equal to the Dyckerhoff brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 400 pounds to the square inc % h after having been three hours in air and seven days in w r ater, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part cement to three parts of crushed granite. The crushed granite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (24) of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust.or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above mentioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water shall be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is con- stantly and carefully stirred and worked up, and said stirring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thoroughly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the sub-foundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along the outer edges. After the bottom course is completed, the finishing or wearing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one half 188 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. of an inch and to be carefully smoothed to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbing. When the pavement is completed it must be covered for three days and 'be kept moist by sprinkling. Extra Double Thick Flagging. After the grading and shaping is done, a foundation of cinders not less than six (6) inches thick shall be placed upon the subgrade, which shall be well consolidated by ramming to an even surface and which shall be moistened just before the concrete is placed thereon. After the sub-foundation has been finished the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good, workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts : ist. A bottom course to be five (5) inches in depth. 2d. A finishing or wearing course to be one (i) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement equal to the Dyckerhoff brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 400 pounds to the square inch after having been three hours in air and seven days in water, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to three parts of crushed granite. The crushed granite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (2O of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above mentioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water shall be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is con- stantly and carefully stirred and worked up, and said stirring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thoroughly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the sub-foundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along the outer edges. After the bottom course is completed the finishing or wear- ing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one (i) inch and to be carefully smoothed-to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbing. When the pavement is completed it must be covered for three days and be kept moist by sprinkling. Drive-way or Entrance Flagging. After the grading and shaping rs done, a foundation of crushed limestone and hydraulic SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. cement mortar shall be laid to a depth of six (6) inches on the subgrade. The stone used in this concrete shall be broken so as to pa^s through a two (2) inch ring in its largest dimensions. The stone shall be cleaned from all dust and dirt % and thoroughly wetted and then mixed with mortar, the general proportion being: One part of cement, two parts of sand, and five parts of stone. It shall be laid quickly and then rammed until the mortar flushes to the surface. No walking or driving over it shall be permitted when it is setting, and it shall be allowed to set for at least twelve hours, and such additional length of time as may be directed by the street commissioner or by his duly authorized agents, before the pavement is put down. After the subfoundation has been finished, the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good, workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts: ist. A bottom course to be five (5) inches in depth. 2d. A finishing or wearing course to be one (i) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement, equal to the Dyckerhoff brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 400 pounds to the square inch after having been three hours in air and seven days in water, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part cement and three parts of crushed granite. The crushed granite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (^O of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above men- tioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water shaU be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is constantly are carefully stirred and w r orked up, and said stir- ring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thorough- ly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the subfoundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along the outer edges. After the bottom course is completed, the finishing or wearing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one (i) inch and to be carefully smoothed to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbing. When the pavement is completed, it must be covered for three days and be kept moist by sprinkling. ST. L. 190 ENGINEEEING SPECIFICATIONS. SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 139. Specifications for Brick and Tile Sewers. The following specifications for brick and tile sewers are those used in the city of St. Louis, so far as they relate to the con- struction proper, except that part relating to the use of cement, concrete, and rubble masonry. As specifications on these sub- jects are given elsewhere, they are not included here: Excavation. All excavation shall be done by open cut from the surface, except where tunneling is shown on the plans or is expressly permitted or directed by the sewer commissioner. Wherever the material is of such a nature 5s to allow it, the bottom of the excavation up to the greatest horizontal diameter of the sewer shall be made with a template so as to conform to the exact shape of the brickwork. Above this line the cut may, in all ordinary cases, be carried to the surface at such a slope as the contractor may desire, but it will be calcu- lated with a slope of one horizontal to vertical, whatever may be the actual slope. Should the con- tractor think it best to keep the sides of the excavation vertical by bracing or otherwise, it is expresslyunderstood that it shall be done at his own cost and risk. Rock shall be excavated so as to conform as nearly as possi- ble to the lower half of the sewer, and all irregularities shall be filled with masonry or concrete so as to make a smooth bed for the brick work. The amount of the excavation in rock cuts will be calculated with a base at the bottom of the brickwork equal to the greatest horizontal diameter of the sewer, and with side slopes of the same inclinations as in other excavations. All the- rock taken from the excaVations shall belong to the contractor for his own use. Wherever the excavation can not be adapted to the shape of the brickwork, it shall be done according to such directions as may be given in each case. The sides of the excavation shall, whenever it may be necessary, be supported with suitable plank and shoring, but no allowance will be made therefor unless the same is left in by express orders of the sewer commissioner, when it will be paid for at dollars per thousand feet, board measure. In all other cases it will be drawn as the work progresses and not paid for by the city. The contractor shall, at his own cost, keep the trenches free from water during the progress of the work. Excavated material must be so placed as not to interfere with travel on SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 191 the street or to incommode occupants of adjoining property. Trenches shall not be opened more than 200 feet in advance of the laying of the sewer. Back Filling. Back filling shall follow close after the construction of the sewer, and in no case be more than 100 feet in the rear. The filling of the earth around and on top of the sewers shall be done with the utmost care, and in a manner to obtain the greatest compactness and solidity possible. For that pur- pose the earth shall be laid and rammed in regular layers not more than nine inches thick up to the surface of the street, or thoroughly soaked with water, as may be directed by the sewer commissioner.* The macadamizing, if any has been removed, shall be carefully replaced on the top of the said filling; and when paving has been removed it shall be replaced in the same manner as wh'en originally constructed, and the street or alley left in as good condition as it was before. If any new mater- rials are needed for such repairing, they shall be of the best quality, and shall be furnished and put down by the contractor at his own cost. The gutter paving in front of and adjoining sewer inlets shall be taken up and replaced in proper shape, so as to con- duct the storm water into the sewer inlets. All work of restoring the surface of the streets and alleys shall be done to the satisfaction of the street commissioner, or his duly authorized agents, immediately after the sewer is laid. If not so done within five days after notice, the work may be done by the street commissioner, and the cost thereof shall be paid by the contractor; and in default of payment, the cost may be retained by the city of St. Louis, out of any money that may be due or become due to the contractor under this contract. Surplus Earth. All surplus earth shall be hauled away promptly to such places, within a distance of 3,000 feet, as the sewer commissioner shall designate, and be spread according to his directions ; but if no such place is designated, the con- tractor shall dispose of such surplus at his own risk and expense. Xo surplus earth shall be deposited on private property, if within the limit just named, it can be used on the streets or alleys or other public places. But if no such use can be found for it, it may, with the consent of the sewer commissioner, be deposited on private property ; but all earth so deposited with- out the consent of said commissioner, shall be measured, and the amount thereof deducted from the measurement of the excavation. The price paid for earth and rock excavation shall cover the whole cost of excavating the trenches and refilling the same * A better plan is to thoroughly ram the layers in nine-inch courses and then to also thoroughly soak with water every four or five feet, whenever water is available. 192 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. with earth, restoring the street and hauling away the surplus materials, as well as the whole cost of pumping, bailing, plank- ing, and shoring, excepting such planking as may be left in by express orders as hereinbefore specified. Bricks. All the bricks used shall be of uniform texture, hard-burned entirely through, free from lime or other impuri- ties, that will affect them in water, and shall have straight edges and square angles. Broken bricks must not be brought on the ground, and such as are broken afterwards in handling shall be used only in making closures, or as shall be otherwise specially directed. The bricks are to be culled as they are brought on the ground, and all bricks of improper quality thrown out and removed from the ground. The culling to be done at the expense of the contractor, who shall furnish the inspector with men for this and similar purposes, when required. Brick Masonry. In building brick masonry, none but careful and skillful bricklayers shall be employed. The bricks shall be clean and thoroughly wet just before being laid, unless otherwise specially directed. Every brick shall be laid with a push joint; that is, by placing sufficient mortar on the bed and forcing the brick into it in such a manner as to thoroughly fill every joint, whether on the bottom, side or end of the brick with mortar. The joints shall be made as nearly as possible of uniform thickness, not exceeding three eighths of an inch, and in the inside of the invert or lower arch, they shall not exceed one eighth of an inch. The bricks in each course shall be all stretchers, and to break joints with those in the adjoining courses. The bricks of the inside course shall be laid to a line and to the true cylin- drical or other form given for each case. The inside course shall also be made of the smoothest and hardest bricks, care- fully selected for this purpose. The upper arch shall be built on strongly made centers, which shall be drawn with great care, so as not to disturb the brickwork. The crown of the arch shall be properly keyed with stretchers, and all the joints be well filled with the mortar. The exterior surface of the upper arch shall be covered with a coating of mortar, not less than three eighths (^) of an inch thick. , The mortar joints on the inside of the sewer below the center line shall be carefully struck when laid, and those above be scraped smooth with the brickwork immediately after the centers are drawn, and the mortar scraped off and entirely removed from the sewer, which is to be left perfectly clean throughout. All unfinished brickwork must be racked back in courses, except when otherwise specially directed or permitted, and SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWEKS. 193 when new work is to be joined to 'it, the surface of the bricks must be cleaned and moistened. Openings for branch sewers shall be made and junction pieces inserted in the main sewers in such manner and at such places as may be directed. Every junction piece shall be closed with a cover of earthenware, or with bricks and cement. All brickwork will be measured and paid for by the cubic yard of solid wall. TUNNELING. In tunneling, the excavation shall be made so as to con- form neatly to the regular section of the sewer, and nothing will be allowed for any excavation beyond this. All holes or irregularities outside of the regular section must be filled up solid with bricks and mortar, but no extra allowance will be made therefor. All timbers used in sustaining the excavation must be removed as the brickwork progresses. Points, by which to get the proper line of the sewer, will be given from time to time as may be needed, and from these the contractor will be required to continue the line of the exca- vation at his own risk of its accuracy, and to correct at once any errors of alignment that may be discovered before the brickwork is finished. In tunnels, the quantities paid for will be the earth or rock excavated in the regular section of the sewer, and the brick or stone masonry required for this section, together with any foun- dation work that may have been expressly ordered, and the amount paid for these items shall be in full for furnishing all materials, and finishing the sewer; the cost of sinking shafts, pumping water, shoring, restoring falls and all accessory works of every kind being borne wholly by the contractor. Those parts only of the sewer will be paid for as tunnels, which are so marked on the plans exhibited at the time of the letting; all the rest will be paid for as open cut, regardless of the manner in which the work is actually done. PIPE SEWERS. All pipe sewers shall be made of the best quality of vitri- fied clay pipe with smooth interior surface. Each piece shall be straight or evenly curved, as maybe required, and in section shall 'not vary more than half an inch from a true circle. The thickness of six-inch pipes shall not be less than three quarters of an inch ; of twelve-inch pipes, not less than one and one eighth inches ; of fifteen-inch pipes, not less than one and one quarter inches ; and of eighteen-inch pipes, not less than one and one half inches. Junction pieces, for use in brick 13 194 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. sewers, shall be smoothly beveled off to an angle of forty-five degrees, and be not less than two feet long, exclusive of the socket. For pipe sewers the junction piece shall be a part of the main pipe, and no right angle junction shall ever be used. So far as the specifications for the excavation of trenches, shoring and pumping, preparation of foundations, backfilling and restoring the street surface, already given for brick sewers, can be made to apply to the construction of pipe sewers, they shall be followed. Each pipe is to be laid on a firm bed and in perfect con- formity with the lines and levels given. The bottom of the trench must be shaped so as to fit the lower half of the pipe as nearly as possible, with places cut at the joints for the sockets to rest in, so that the pipe shall have a uniform bearing on the ground from end to en 4 d. The pipes shall be joined by filling the socket with a mortar of pure cement without sand, with only water enough to give it a proper consistency. Great care must be taken to make the joint throughout the lower three fourths of the pipe perfectly water tight. The upper one fourth of joint, when so directed, shall be left open. The interior of the pipes shall be carefully cleaned from all dirt, cement and superfluous material of every description, and a wad made of a sack filled with hay, large enough to fill the pipe and attached to a rod or cord, shall, at all times be kept in the pipe and drawn forward as the swork proceed, care being taken not to loosen the joints. After the pipes are properly laid and joined, any space between them and the sides of the excavation must be filled with sand, either w r ashed in or well rammed, up to the middle of the pipe. From this point for at least twelve inches above the top of the pipe, the earth shall be filled in so as not to disturb the pipes, and thoroughly rammed ; after which, up to the surface, it may be either rammed in layers or thoroughly soaked with water, as may be directed by the sewer commissioner, so that the least possible settling will take place after the work is com- pleted. Pipe sewers will be paid for by the linear foot of finished work, the price so paid to be in full payment for furnishing and laying the pipe, including the earth excavation, shoring and pumping, backfilling, restoring the street surface, hauling away surplus material, and all other work and material required by the specifications or necessary to give a finished result. Where rock is encountered in pipe sewers, such rock excavation shall be paid for at the price named herein the amount to be estimated with SPECIFICATIONS FOE SEWERS. 195 a base of six inches more than the inside diameter of the pipe and the side slope of one horizontal to eight vertical. 140. Specification for Sewer Pipe. The follow- ing specification for sewer pipe and specials is probably the most carefully worked out of any found in current American practice. While these specifications are very full and complete in many details which are usually overlooked, they are not unreasonably severe. They simply describe clearly what kinds of faults will serve as cause for rejection, and are as valuable to the manufacturer of the pipe in enabling him to select those specimens which he feels will be accepted, as to the inspector himself, who is called upon to accept or reject the material when supplied upon the ground. This specification, therefore, has the great merit of extreme definiteness of meaning, which is the most vital and necessary quality of all specifications. Thev were prepared by an engineer who knew from experience exactly what could be furnished by the best sewer pipe manu- facturers without greatly increasing the cost. Sewer Pipe and Specials Pipe sewers are composed of straight sections which are herein termed ti pipe 1 " and of branches, bends, reducers, etc., which will here be called "specials" or "special pieces." The main sewer, as well as all surface and lot lateral sewers, shall be constructed of the best quality of salt-glazed, vitrified stoneware sewer pipe, and all special pieces that may be required in the work shall be of the same description and quality. The pipes and specials must be carefully selected and examined by the contractor before or while being delivered upon the street, and all such material which may be used in the work must conform to the following requirements and con- ditions: All hubs or sockets must be of sufficient diameter to receive their full depth the spigot end of the next following pipe or special without chipping whatever of either, and also to leave a space of not less than 1-8 inch in width all around for the cement mortar joint. Pipes and specials w*hich can not be thus freely fitted into each other shall be rejected. In the case of pipes and specials of 12 inches and upward in diameter, at least 40 per cent, of all such that will be used 196 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. in the work must be truly circular or substantially circular in cross-section, and in the case of pipes and specials less than 12 inches in diameter, at least 60 per cent, of the whole number required must be truly circular or substantially circular in cross- section. Of the remainder, in each case, the allowable diver- gence from a truly circular cross-section shall never exceed the following limits : a. For an elliptical cross-section, the great- est internal diameter must not be more than from 6 to 7 per cent, longer than the least internal diameter in the same cross- section, b. For an oval or egg-shaped cross-section, the same rule as for eliptical cross-sections shall apply, c. Pipes and specials having cross-sections which exhibit angles, sharp curves or flat places of appreciable magnitude in the circumfer- ence, will be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through the entire thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over two inches long at the spigot end, nor more than one inch long at the hub or socket end, measured in the latter case from the bottom, or shoulder, of said hub or socket. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, at either end of said pipe or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire- crack, which extends through only two thirds of the thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over four inches long at either end thereof, measured in the direction of its length. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, at either end of said pipe or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through only one half of this thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over six inches long at either end thereof, measured in the direction of its length. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, at either end of said pipes or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through less than one half of the thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over eight inches long, measured in the direction of the length of such pipe. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, anywhere in the pipe will cause the same to be rejected. A transverse fire-crack in a pipe or special must not be longer than one sixth of the circumference of such pipe, nor shall its depth be greater than one third of the thickness thereof. Two or more such fire-cracks will be cause for rejection. No fire-cracks of any description shall, however, be more than one eighth inch w T ide at its widest point. No combination of the foregoing six limitations will be allowed, except with the express consent of the executive board and the city surveyor, as the intent and meaning of these restrictions or limitations is to insure the furnishing of the best marketable quality of pipe and specials by the contractor. In SPECIFICATIONS FOK SEWER PIPE. 197 general, any pipe or special which exhibits more than one fire- crack of the magnitudes above mentioned should be rejected at once by the inspector in charge of the work of laying the pipes, unless there be time to make a thorough aud minute examina- tion of the other fire-cracks which it may display, and to become thereby convinced that they are of trifling significance. Any pipe or special which is found to be cracked through its whole thickness from any other cause except the process of burning in the kiln, shall be rejected at once, regardless of the extent of such crack. This refers particularly to damage done by transportation, by cooling or by frost. Irregular lumps or unbroken blisters on the interior surface of a pipe or special of sufficient size and number to form an appreciable obstruction to the free flow of the sewage, will be cause for rejection. A few small, unbroken blisters, not exceeding one fourth of an inch in height and one or two inches in diameter, upon the inner surface, need not reject a pipe or special. If there is a broken blister or a flake on the interior of a pipe or special which is thicker than one sixth of the nor- mal thickness of said pipe or special, and whose largest diame- ter is greater than one twelfth of the inner circumferenc of said pipe or special, the latter shall be rejected. Furthermore, if such broken blister or flake is as large or smaller than just defined, then, unless said pipe or special can be properly fitted and laid so as to bring such broken blister or flake on the top or upper side of the sewer, the said pipe or special shall also be rejected. Irregular lumps and small, unbroken blisters on the out- side of a pipe or special need not reject it. A large and broken blister or a flake on the outside of a pipe or special. which is thicker than one sixth of the normal thickness of said pipe, and whose largest diameter is greater than from one ninth to one twelfth of the outer circumference of said pipe, will cause the same to be rejected. Should, however, the broken blister or flake be within the limits of size just defined, and should the pipe or special admit of being properly laid so as to bring said blister or flake on the upper part of the sewer, tiien said pipe or special may be accepted, if otherwise sound in all respects. Any pipe or special which betrays in any manner a want of thorough vitrification or fusion, or the use of improper materials and methods in its manufacture, shall be rejected. Attention of inspectors is particularly called to the character of the material composing the interior of a pipe or special where the same is exposed by the breaking of a blister, the removal of a flake, or the face of the spigot end of such pipe. All pipe and specials which are designed to be straight shall not exhibit any material deviation from a straight line. 198 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. Special curves or bends shall substantially conform to the degree of curvature and general dimensions that may be required. If a piece be broken out of the rim forming the hub or socket of a pipe or special without injuring the body of such pipe, the latter shall be rejected if the length of said broken piece, or the gap left thereby, is greater than one tenth of the circumference of said hub. In case that a defect of this nature, and within the limits just defined, occurs in a pipe or special, the latter shall also be rejected unless it can be so fitted in the sewer as to bring said defect on the upper part thereof. The attention of the inspector in charge of the work of laying the sewer pipe is herewith particularly directed to the foregoing requirements as to the quality of the pipe and specials that will be allowed in the sewer, and in all cases of doubtful interpretation of said requirements, the necessary definitions will be given by the city surveyor and the executive board. Said board also reserves the right to add to the foregoing requirements, at any time daring the progress of the work, such further restrictions and conditions respecting the quality of the said pipe and specials as it may deem for the best interests of the tax-payers, in order to secure the best materials which can practically be obtained. All such explanations or definitions of said requirements, in cases of doubtful interpre- tation, together with all said further restrictions and conditions relating to the quality of said pipe and specials, shall have the same force as though a part of this specification, and the con- tractor shall be required to comply therewith without extra compensation beyond the prices bid by him for performing the work. E. K. 141. Specification for Laying Sewer Pipe. The following specification for the laying of sewer pipe and specials has all the merits ascribed to the specification for sewer pipe as given in the previous article, and has been pre- pared by the same engineer. For the purpose of removing any cement mortar which may have been forced through the joints, and which may, when hardened, form serious obstruc- tions in the sewer, probably no specification will insure such excellent results as that given in the St. Louis specifications for pipe sewers in Art. 139, where the contractor is required to provide "A wad made of a sack filled with hay, large enough to fill the pipe and attached to a rod or cord, which SPECIFICATIONS FOE SEWER PIPE. 199 shall at all times be kept in the pipe, and which shall be drawn forward as the work proceeds, care being taken not to loosen the joints." It is an easy matter for the inspector to examine at any time to see whether or not this wad is being drawn forward, and when drawn forward it must of necessity remove any protruding fins of mortar, and leave the interior smooth and entirely free from such obstructions. LAYING THE SEWER PIPE AND SPECIALS. Previous to laying the pipe and specials which have been delivered upon the street, into the trench, they shall all be subjected to a rigid inspection by both contractor and inspector, and those which do not come up to the foregoing requirements shall be rejected. Additional tests by sounding said pipe for cracks, and examining closely all blisters and flakes, shall also be applied. Before lowering the pipes and specials which have passed the inspections into the trench, they shall first be properly fitted together upon the surface of the street in the order in which they are to be used ; and to facilitate the process of laying, the top of each pipe or special, after said fitting, shall be plainly marked with chalk or paint, so that the pipe previously laid in the bottom of the trench shall be disturbed as little as possible. All pipes and specials in which the spigots and sockets can not be made to fit together, while on the surface, must be rejected, as no chipping of either socket, hub or spigot will be allowed. The faces of all spigot ends and of all shoulders in the hubs or sockets must be true, and be brought into fair contact, and all lumps or excrescences on said faces shall be carefully cut away before the pipes are lowered into the trench. In all cases where the rim of any hub or socket has been broken, as aforesaid, the pipe or special shall be rejected unless it can be so fitted as to bring the broken portion on the top, or upper portion of the sewer. The same condition shall also be applied to the case of broken blisters and flakes, as above mentioned, on either inside or outside of the pipes and specials. All special pieces required in the work, such as branches, bends, curves, reducers, etc., shall likewise be subject to the same conditions as the straight pipe. The pipes and specials shall be so laid in the trench that after the sewer is completed the interior surface thereof shall conform on the bottom accurately to the grades and alignment fixed and given by the city surveyor. The main sewer will be divided by man-holes and lamp or hand-holes into a number of distinct divisions or working sections, in each of which the 200 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. grade and alignment shall, under ordinary circumstances, be truly straight. Changes of grade or direction, or both, in said main sewer will generally be made at man-holes or lamp or hand-holes, although under special conditions, to be defined only by the executive board and city surveyor, such changes may be made at intermediate places. While the pipe and specials are being laid in each of the aforesaid straight divisions or working sections of the main sewer, a light or a burning lamp must be maintained continu- ally by the contractor at the beginning of such section, and each pipe and specials must be so laid that such light or lamp shall remain constantly in plain view throughout the entire length of such section or division. The same test shall also be applied during the work of refilling the trench, so that when the sewer is in all respects fully completed and accepted by the executive board a light which may be applied at one end of such a division of the main sewer shall be clearly and plainly seen by looking through said sewer from the other end of said division or working section. The length of any such division or t the distance between a man-hole and the next following lamp or hand-hole, or between any two consecutive openings of such kind in the main sewer, will, in general, not exceed 300 feet, although in particular cases it may be somewhat greater. The trenches must, in all cases, be wide enough to admit of the laying of the pipe and specials as above mentioned, and wherever they have not been thus excavated, all necessary widening thereof must be done before the pipe and specials are lowered therein. Ample room or space must likewise be left on each side of said pipe and specials, both to admit of proper refilling underneath and also to allow of free access to all parts of the hub or socket while making the cement joint. Wherever any additional excavation or enlargement in the sides of the trench is required for such purposes, it shall be satisfactorily performed before the pipe and specials are laid or put into place, as no cutting away of the banks will be per- mitted after any such pipe or special has been set. Furthermore, before any pipe or special is put into place, a small excavation must be made in the bottom of the pre- viously graded trench to receive the projecting part of the hub or socket, so that each pipe will have a firm and uniform bear- ing upon said graded bottom over virtually its entire length. All adjustment of the pipes to line and grade must be done by scraping away or filling in the earth under the body of the pipe, and not by blocking or wedging up the spigot or the hub or socket. Special attention must be paid to this part of the work, since the stability and permanence of the sewer depend largely upon the manner in which the pipes are bedded. SPECIFICATIONS FOB SEWER PIPE. 201 The joints between the individual pipes and specials shall, in all cases, be made water-tight by completely filling out the entire annular space between the exterior of the spigot end and the interior of the hub or socket with hydraulic cement mortar, of such composition as is hereinafter specified. To prevent the mortar from reaching the interior of said pipe, the con- tractor may if he desires, use a narrow gasket of oakum or hemp, which shall be properly caulked into each joint, after which the mortar shall be introduced therein ; but no extra compensation for the use of such gaskets will be allowed. Special care must be taken to secure a perfect filling of the aforesaid annular space at the bottom sides of the pipes, as well as at the top; and previous to the introduction of the mortar, said space, together with the surfaces of the pipe bounding the same, shall be thoroughly free all around from dust, sand, earth, dirt, small stones and water. After said space has been filled as described, a neat and proper finish shall be given to the joint by the further application of similar mortar to the face of the hub or socket, so as to form a con- tinuous and even beveled surface, from the exterior of. said socket to the exterior of the connecting spigot all around. The pipes must also be thoroughly cleaned before being laid ; and any mortar, earth or other material which may have found its way through a joint or otherwise, into any pipe or special must be carefully removed before the next succeeding pipe is laid, in order that the interior of the sewer shall be left smooth and clean. As soon as the cementing of any joint, whether in a main sewer or in a lateral sewer, has been completed, the excavation previously made in the bottom of the trench for the reception of the hub or socket must 'be carefully and compactly filled with sand, loam or fine earth, so as to hold the external mortar finish of said joint securely in its place; and such refilling shall also be carried up around the sides or circumference of the socket, as far as may be necessary. Any water which may have accumulated in said excavations must first be removed, or else said excavations must be completely filled out with the cement mortar specified, in which event no extra compensation will be allowed. When a pipe or special is used in any main or lateral sewer, which is affected by a broken hub or socket, or a boken blister or flake, or a fire-crack on its exterior surface, as limited and defined in the foregoing, such pipe or special must be set so as to bring said permissible defect on the top or upper part of the sewer; and said defect must thereupon be completely and liberally covered over with a thick layer of hydraulic cement mortar, of the quality specified for the joints, to the full satisfaction of the city surveyor, and the executive board. 202 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. As the work proceeds, all of the required specials that are indicated upon the plan of the street, or that may be required during the progress of the work, shall be introduced and set in their proper positions. Any omissions of the required specials intended to be laid, and indicated upon the plan for the sewer, or that may especially be ordered beforehand by the surveyor, shall be corrected by the contractor without additional compensation ; but in case that any special not indicated upon the said plan, or not distinctly required to be introduced beforehand by the surveyor is inserted into the sewer after the latter has been laid, the expense of such insertions will be paid by the execu- tive board upon proper certificate from said surveyor. Before leaving the work for the night, or during a storm, or for any other reason, care must be taken that the unfinished end of the main sewer, or of any lateral sewer is securely closed with a tightly fitting iron or wooden plug. Any earth, or other material that may find entrance into said main sewer, or into any lateral sewer, through any such open end or unplugged branch, must be removed at the contractor' s expense. The cost of all such plugs, and the labor connected therewith, moreover, must be included in the regular prices bid for the sewers. E. K. 142. Specifications for the Manufacture and Delivery of Cast Iron Water Pipe. The following specifications for the manufacture of cast iron water mains are in use in the city of Rochester, N. Y. Although water pipe is now manufactured and sold as a standard article of com- merce, and is often purchased without any test or inspection whatever, it must be admitted to be a poor practice, and if the contract is a large one, the material should be thoroughly inspected and tested in all the stages of manufacture. Special attention should be given to the tests of the strength and resil- ience of the material. When cast iron water mains burst, it is due to a water ram or shock, and the more elastic the material is of which the pipes are composed, the less will be the force of the ram the more able the pipes will be to withstand the shock. The resilience of the iron is measured by the product of the strength into the deflection, and in the following specifications both tensile and cross-breaking tests are required, and the SPECIFICATIONS FOE, WATER PIPE. 203 requisite deflection in the cross-breaking test is also specified. The deflection here named will insure a very good quality of cast iron, so far as its resilience is concerned, although the strength requirement is not particularly high. The author has had a large experience in testing the strength of cast iron, and he can approve of the standards of strength and resilience here named for water pipe metal. Specifications for Water Pipe. Dimensions and Weight of Pipe. The pipe shall be of the kind usually known as "Hub and Spigot," and in general each straight pipe shall be about twelve feet in length from the bottom of the hub to the end of the spigot. No straight pipes will be received that will lay less than 1 1 feet 8 inches ; but it is understood that not more than two per cent, of the total number of pipes required in each class may be 10 feet or more in length, produced by properly cutting off in a lathe a defect- ively cast spigot end. The form and dimensions of the hub and spigot ends of all pipes and castings shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, when specific drawings therefor are not furnished by him, and shall conform accurately in shape and dimensions to all drawings that may be furnished by him from time to time. (See accompanying figure for these dimensions for the St. Louis standard water pipe.) \ .-A--- j T. The weights and dimensions of the straight pipes shall conform to the figures in the following Table, it being stipu- 204 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. lated that the same may be modified at any time hereafter by the Engineer: TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS OF STRAIGHT PIPE. INomina of pip< Q S Thickne 1 Extern a Barrel Thickne * 5* o Standard weight of pipe laying 12 feet. 2.i H Maximu laying Minimul laying ; :\O Is f JD ^ - w w -H 3 - a ! ** *~ n 5^ u o C- p' s, 3* p- 13 5? t-h 0, (T) (D ^2. 2. <* H o| 5 p s f? cr 3 rtT *t "^3 rr* ScfS" t ofq' &* ^ rt 3 P P H- *Tl CD S g; * 5" 17* 3 ET* 3 e. 1 5 Cu 5' f f 3, o D w r* ^* S, 5'-- *2 m r o r crtj o w f 5' a ?? *ll ?? r r 8 o. 3 5T in. inches. in. inches. in. Ibs. Ibs. |p.c. Ibs. Ibs. pounds. pounds. 36 AJ iX 38^ 7-16 to J 4K 492 5,904 3 6,081 5,727 I 4! 36 B 1/8 3K 7-i6to^ 4& 444 5,328 3 5,488 5,168 47 37 36 C I 38^ 7-16 to % 4^ 397 4,764 3 4,907 4,621 43 33 30 B I 3^/4 26 to 7-16 4J^ 330 3,96o 3 4,079 3,841 35 26 20 li % to 7-16 3^ 165 1,980 4 2,059 t ,yoi 20 H 12 9-l6 ^107-16 3^ 75 900 4 936 864 8 6 IO ^ 5-1610 % Z 1 A 56 672 4 699 645 7 5 S 7-16 5-i6to % zK 4 1 492 4 512 472 4 3 6 H S-^to^ 30 360 4 374 346 3 2 The specified internal diameter of the pipe is nominal, but no pipe or special casting of any class shall have a less internal diameter than the nominal diameter. The external diameters of all classes of said pipe shall be the same throughout, and all variations in thickness of metal of the shells or barrels shall be made by changing the internal diameter. The thickness of the metal of the pipe and castings will be measured after they have been thoroughly cleaned, and before being coated. No pipe of any class will be received when the thickness of the metal is over one sixteenth (-] 6 -) of an inch less in any part than the .thickness above specified, or hereafter required by the engineer. No pipe of full length will be received whose weight is less than the above specified minimum weight, and no excess of weight in any such pipe, beyond the specified maximum weight, will be paid for. It is also expressly understood that the average weights of the straight pipe of the several classes SPECIFICATIONS FOE WATER PIPE. 205 shall not exceed the said standard weights by more than two per cent, of the latter, and that no greater over-weight than this percentage will be paid for in the final settlement. The standard weight of the straight pipes will depend upon the laying length of the pipes actually furnished, and will be determined by the engineer. Quality of Metal. ^-The materials, details of manufacture, and the testing of all pipe and special castings herein referred to, shall at all times be subject to the inspection and approval of the engineer. The metal, which must be remelted in the cupola or air furnace, shall be made without admixture of cin- der-iron or other inferior metal, and shall be of such character as to make a pipe strong, tough, and of sound, even grain, free from uncombined carbon when examined under the microscope, and such as will satisfactorily bear drilling, chipping and cut- ting. Its tensile strength and resilience, when tested in proper samples, shall meet all the requirements hereinafter expressed. Specimen rods of the metal used, of a size and form suita- ble for a testing machine, shall be made and carefully tested to ascertain its tensile strength. Another set of test bars, each being twenty-six (26) inches long, two (2) inches wide, and one (i) inch thick, shall also be made as often as the engineer shall direct, and shall be tested both for transverse strength and deflection by placing them horizontally and flatwise upon sup- ports twenty-four (24) inches apart, and then applying a steadily increasing load at the middle of each bar. The bars for testing the transverse strength or resilience of the metal shall be cast from regular patterns in dry or green sand, and as nearly as possible to the required dimensions without being finished up; proper corrections will, however, be made in the results for slight variations of width and thick- ness. The rods for testing the tensile strength of the iron, on the other hand, must be turned down on a lathe in order to remove the rough exterior and enable the diameter to be accu- rately measured. At least one set of four test bars, of each kind above des- ignated, shall be made and tested as described on each working day during the manufacture of the pipes and specials. These test bars must be poured from the ladle either before or after an) r particular pipes or special casting are poured, and must present true samples of the iron used in said pipes or castings. Records shall be kept of the tests of all bars made, and a duly certified copy of such records shall be forwarded weekly to the engineer. The quality of the metal used for the pipe and specials must be such that said bars for testing resilience, as aforesaid, 206 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. shall each carry a center load of not less than nineteen hundred (1,900) pounds before breaking, and exhibit a deflection of not less than five sixteenths d A 6 ) of an inch; also that the tensile strength of said metal shall be at least 17,000 pounds per square inch, as determined by the tests with the first named set of rods. In estimating the suitability of the metal from said tests, the average of the three highest results obtained from each set of four bars will be considered as representing the actual strength of the iron. Manufacture of Pipe and Special Castings. All the straight pipes shall be cast in dry sand moulds, vertically with the hub end down. Every pipe is to have the initials of the maker's name cast distinctly upon it, and also the year, the class letter, and a number signifying the order of its casting, in point of date ; the several different classes of pipe each to have its own series of numbering ; the figures and letters to be at least two inches in length, with a proportionate width; the weight of each pipe to be conspicuously painted on the outside, before delivery, with white lead paint at the contractor's expense. The branches and all other special castings must conform in weight and thickness of iron to the drawings and directions to be furnished by the engineer, and no allowance will be made for making or altering patterns for the pipe or any special cast- ings, or for any machine work in properly facing and drilling flanges, etc., where bolted joints are to be made. All required machine work on said castings shall be done in the best and most workmanlike manner, in accordance with said plans and directions of the engineer, and to his entire satisfaction. Said castings shall be subjected to the same examinations and tests at the foundry, except the water- pressure proof, as the straight pipe, and shall be marked in a similar manner. The engineer may reject, without proving, any pipe or casting which is not in conformity with the specifications or the drawings furnished. Pines and special castings shall not be taken from the pit and stripped while still showing any color of heat, but shall be left in the flasks for a sufficient length of time to prevent unequal cooling and contraction by subsequent exposure. On being removed from the flasks, all pipes and special castings shall be subjected to a careful examination and hammer test for the purpose of detecting imperfections of any kind. They shall then be thoroughly dressed and made clear and free from earth, sand or dust, which adheres to the iron in the moulds ; iron wire brushes must be used, as well as softer brushes to remove the loose dust. No acid shall be used in cleaning the castings. After having been properly dressed and cleaned, they shall again be subjected to a thorough inspection and hammer test. The contractor will be required at the SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE. 207 foundry to place all castings in such positions as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer for convenience of inspection. The pipes and special castings shall be free from scoria, sand-holes, air-bubbles and other defects or imperfections ; they shall be truly cylindrical in the bore, straight in the axis of the straight pipes, and true to the required curvature or form in the axis of the other pipes ; they shall be internally of the full speci- fied diameters, and shall have their inner and outer surfaces concentric. To insure proper diameters of sockets and spigots, a circular iron templet of the required dimensions shall be passed to the bottom of every socket, and a circular ring over every spigot. Care shall also be taken to avoid all excess in diameter of the sockets. No pipes or special castings will be accepted which are defective in joint room, whether in conse- quence of eccentricity of form or otherwise. No lump or rough places shall be left in the barrels or sockets, and no plugging or filling will be allowed. All pipes and special castings with defective hubs or flanges will be rejected. When a defective spigot end is to be cut off from any straight pipe, such cutting must in all cases be done in a lathe, and a suitable bead or fillet of half-oval wrought iron, about three fourths (^O inch wide and five sixteenths (-j^-) inch thick shall be shrunk upon the new end of the pipe ; and there shall be deducted from the proper original weight of the pipe an amount as determined from the rate specified in the foregoing table. Coating the Pipe and Special Castings. After the above described cleaning and inspection, every pipe and special cast- ing shall be heated in a suitable oven to a temperature of about 320 F. and, while at this temperature, be immersed in a bath of hot coal tar pitch varnish, prepared in general according to Dr. R. Angus Smith's process. Special care shall be taken to have the surfaces of all pipes and castings entirely clean and free from rust immediately before putting them into said bath. If any pipe or casting cannot be dipped in said bath soon after its removal from the mould, it shall at* once be thoroughly coated with pure linseed oil in order to prevent the formation of any rust before applying said varnish. The varnish above mentioned shall be made from coal tar, distilled until the naptha is entirely removed and the material deodorized, also until it attains the consistency of wax when cold. Pitch which becomes hard and brittle when cold will be rejected. To this material from five to six per cent, of its weight of pure boiled linseed oil shall be added and thoroughly boiled therewith. The relative portions of pitch and oil, as well as the details of mixture and boiling, are to be carefully determined by experiment. 208 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The coating must be durable, smooth, glossy, hard, tough, perfectly water-proof, not affected by any salts or acids found in the soil, free from bubbles or blisters, strongly adhesive to the iron under all circumstances, and with no tendency to be- come soft enough to flow when exposed to the sun in summer, or to become so brittle as to scale off in winter. As one test of the quality of the coating, a properly coated specimen casting will be plunged into a freezing mixture, and kept therein until the metal has acquired the temperature of said mixture, after which the casting shall be well hammered. If the coating remains tough and adhering closely to the metal, it will be con- sidered proper, provided that it be satisfactory in all other respects. After a varnish of the proper quality has been obtained, it shall be heated in a suitable dipping tank to a temperature of about 300 F., or such other temperature as may be found expe- dient, and shall be maintained thereat uniformly during the time of dipping. Fresh materials must be added from time to time in the right proportions to keep the mixture of the proper consis- tency. The exact proportions will be determined by the Engineer, and will be varied also according to the season of the year, as may be directed by the said Engineer, or found neces- sary to produce a coating of the required quality. The tank shall also be occasionally emptied of its contents and refilled with fresh material, the frequency of such operation depending both on the character of the mixture and the manner of con- ducting the coating process. Every pipe and special casting, after having been inspected, cleaned and dressed as above described, shall be heated in a suitable oven to a temperature about 20 F. higher than that which was found most expedient for the bath of coating mate- rial aforesaid, and while at such temperature, shall be immersed or dipped in said bath. All pipes or castings shall remain in the tank at least twenty (20) minutes, or as much longer as may be necessary to insure the soundness of the coating. Whilst any pipe or casting remains in said bath, the hot mixture must be kept thoroughly stirred by a frequent rolling, turning or churning motion of such casting, and upon its re- moval from the tank, the coating shall fume freely for a short time, and set perfectly hard within one hour thereafter. Prop- er facilities for handling the castings and allowing all surplus material to drip off, shall be provided by the contractor. The co^t of all labor and material involved in the coating of the pipes and castings must be included in the prices bid for fur- nishing said pipes and castings. Testing. After the said coating has become thoroughly set and hard, every pipe shall be subjected to a proof by water- SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE*. 209 pressure of from 200 to 300 pounds per square inch, according to its class and diameter, and as will be determined by the Engineer. Each pipe while under the required pressure, shall be sharply rapped from end to end with a hand hammer, to ascertain whether any defects have been overlooked ; and any pipes which may exhibit any defects by leaking, sweating or otherwise, shall be rejected. All the above inspections, manipulation and tests of the pipe and test bars shall be made at the expense of the contract- or for the pipe, said expense, however, not to include salary of anv inspector who may be appointed by the Executive Board. If required by the said Board, the affidavit of the superintend- ent of the foundry, or that of the foreman employed by him to perform the above described testing, shall also be furnished to the Engineer from time to time; said affidavits to be recorded upon the pipe inspector's sheets, and stating in detail that the pipes or castings therein described have been carefully tested at the foundry in accordance with these specifications, and that no defects were discovered or discoverable. Weighing Jor Payment. The pipes and castings will be weighed lor payment after all cleaning, dressing and machine work has been done and the coating has been applied, and the contractor must furnish, at his own expense, accurate and properly sealed scales, together with the necessary labor for the purpose. The Executive Board also reserves the right to re- weigh on similar scales, any pipe or casting upon or after its arrival at the designated point of delivery; and if any discrep- ency be discovered between the weight marked upon said pipe or casting and that which was found on such re-weighing, the latter weight will be adopted in the final settlement. Payment for all material furnished in accordance with these specifica- tions will be made at the prices bid per net ton (2,000 Ibs.) for straight pipe and special castings. Transportation of Pipes and Castings. All pipes and castings must be delivered in all respects sound and in conform- ity with these specifications. % Upon their delivery at the point designated, the Executive Board reserves the right to subject the said pipe and castings to the same water-pressure proof and hammer tests as are above specified to be applied at the foundry ; and all defective pipes or castings which may have passed the inspector at the foundry, or which may have been broken in transportation from the foundry to said point of de- livery, will be rejected when there discovered, unless the same may be cut as hereinafter provided. Care must also be taken 14 210 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. in handling the pipes and castings not to injure the coating, and no material of any kind shall be placed in said pipes and castings during transportation, or any time after being coated. If, upon its arrival at the designated point of delivery, the spigot end of any straight pipe should be found cracked or broken, during transportation from the foundry to the said point or otherwise, such defective portion will be cut off at the contractor's expense, provided that the same does not exceed a length of four (4) feet, and a suitable fillet or bead shall then be shrunk on the new spigot end, as above specified. A deduc- tion from the proper original weight of such pipe shall also be made in each such case at the rate specified in the above table for every inch of length so cut off. No pipe or special casting in which the hub is found to be cracked or defective in any respect, will be accepted at said point of delivery or elsewhere ; nor will any special casting with a defective spigot end be received, or permitted to be cut off, without the written order of the Engineer. E. K. 143. Specifications for Laying Water Pipe. The following clauses referring to the methods of laying water pipe, and making the joints, are taken from the complete speci- fications on this subject used by the water commissioner of St. Louis. All that portion of the specification referring to the trenching, protection, tools, alignment, grades, connections, back-filling, etc., together with the general clauses are here omitted. The reducers, bends, caps and such other parts as are liable to draw, shall be firmly secured by straps and bolts, and in addition to this a firm blocking shall be set behind all caps, curves, fire hydrants and three way branches, said blocking to have a large surface bearing against the undisturbed earth, and to be wedged up tight. All applications necessary to the per- fect working of the distribution, when the water is let on, shall be made and completed. The straps and bolts used shall be made from the best American refined iron, and the size and workmanship, as well as the material, shall be in all respects satisfactory to the water commissioner. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAYING WATER PIPE. 211 Any omission of branches, stop-cocks, or other appurte- nances intended to be laid, shall be corrected when required, by re-opening the trench, if it has been filled up, and introducing what mny have been omitted. At the time when laid, the spigots of the pipe shall be so adjusted in the sockets as to give a uniform space all around, and if any pipe does not allow sufficient space, it shall be replaced by one of proper dimensions. The joint shall, at all points, be at least five sixteenths of an inch in thickness. In the lead and gasket joints, the depth of lead shall not be less than three and one quarter inches for the fifteen inch pipes and over, nor less than two and three quarter inches for smaller pipes. Gaskets of clean, sound hemp yarn, braided or twisted, and tightly driven, shall be used to pack these joints, when required, a space of one quarter inch shall be left between the contiguous pipes. The lead used shall be of the best quality of pure and soft lead, and suitable for caulking and securing a tight and perma- nent joint. Before running the lead, the joints shall be carefully wiped out to make them clean and dry; the joint shall be run full at one pouring, and the melting pot shall always be kept within fifty feet of the joint about to be poured. The joint shall be caulked by competent mechanics. The caulking to be faithfully executed, and in such a manner as to secure a tight joint without overstraining the iron of the bell. In all cases the caulking shall be done towards the place of the gate and other points where the lead is likely to be porous, so as to drive it together at these points. The lead, after being driven, shall be flush with the face of the socket. The pipes and all other castings shall be carefully swept raid cleaned, as they are laid, of any earth or rubbish which may have found place inside, during or before the operation of laying. Every open end of a pipe shall be plugged or other- wise closed before leaving the work for the night. In refilling the trenches, the earth filled into the bottom of the trench, under and to the top of the pipes and other cast- ings, shall be carefully packed and well rammed with proper tools for the purpose. Whenever written directions so to do are given, the con- tractor shall fill the trench with river sand, said filling to be done in exact accordance with the orders and directions of the water commissioner. For all sand filling done as above, the sum of $ per cubic yard will be paid, which sum shall include all expense of materials, tools and labor for the sand filling, and removing the surplus earth from the work. Care shall be taken to give the pipe a solid bearing through- out its entire length. The earth rilling above the pipes shall 212 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. also be sufficiently packed and rammed to prevent after settle- ment, and the material used shall be free from stones or rock fragments. The trenches shall, in all cases ; be refilled with the material furnished by their excavation, provided that it be of a proper quality, and the necessary haul be not more than 500 feet. Earth borrowed or hauled over 500 feet, to refill the trenches (excepting trenches where rock has been excavated),, will be paid for as embankment, at the price given under item of section seven. In streets and roads, the class of surface before existing, shall be replaced, so as to be in every way equal to that surface in materials and workmanship, and satisfactory to the water commissioner. Whenever trenches are excavated in or across streets paved with granite or wood blocks, or with asphalt, the con- tractor will be required to have the back-fill of trench thoroughly rammed (not less than three men ramming to each man filling the trench), and to replace the paving temporarily, so as to- make the street passible for traffic; the permanent laying of the pavement in these cases, will be assumed by the city. A wooden box or vault shall be furnished and set over each of the stop cocks, a>r cocks, and fire hydrants, and the iron frames and covers shall be properly fastened to them. These boxes are to be made of the form and dimensions shown by samples furnished and approved by the water commissioner;'' they shall be made from sound, well seasoned oak lumber; the corner posts shall be of four-inch scantling, and the sides shall be formed from two-inch plank, set close, and securely nailed. M. L. H. 144. Specifications for Stop Valves. The follow- ing specifications for stop valves for water mains are thought to be particularly strong in the requirements governing the strength of the material used in the different parts. These require- ments are followed up very carefully by numerous tests of the strength of the material, and in this way the character of the composition metal used has come to be very superior to that formerly employed, and much superior to that which would be obtained without such rigid specifications and tests. They are the standard specifications used in the St. Louis water depart- ment. All the iron castings shall be made from a superior quality of iron, re melted in the cupola or air furnace, tough and of even_ SPECIFICATIONS FOR STOP VALVES. 213 grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 18,000 pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 3 inches by ^ inch when broken transversely, 18 inches between supports and loaded in the cen- ter shall have a breaking load of not less than 1,000 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than -fo of an inch before breaking. Said bars to be cast as near as possible to the above dimensions without finishing, but correction will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the corrected result must conform to above requirements. Specimen bars of the metal used, of a size and form suit- able for testing, shall be prepared wnen required. These specimen bars shall be poured from the ladle at any time, either before or after the casting has been poured, as may be required, and shall present a true specimen of the iron used for making the castings. If any two test bars cast the same day do not show the required cross breaking load and deflection, all the castings made from the same mixture to be rejected. Each valve shall have the maker's initials, the numbers showing point in time of casting, and the year cast upon it. The year above and the number below, thus: j 9 - , 2 ~> e * c> The figures and letters will be from 2 to 2 y 2 inches long, and shall have at least ^ inch relief. All the wrought iron used shall be of the first quality of American refined iron. All the composition metal used, except the valve stem, shall be composed of the following proportions, viz: 85 per cent, copper, 10 per cent, tin, and 5 per cent, spelter; and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 22,000 pounds per square inch, with 5 per cent, elongation in 8 diameters, and 5 per cent, reduction of area at breaking point. All castings must conform in shape and dimensions to the drawings. The costings must be clean and perfect, without blow or sand holes, or defects of any kind. No plugging or other stopping of holes will be allowed. The valve guides must be straight and smooth. Irregular- ities, if any, must be planed or chipped off smooth. All face joints must be planed true and smooth, in the most workman- like manner, so as to make a perfectly water-tight joint, with a very thin layer of strictly pure lead cement. All bolt holes must be accurately drilled from templates. The upper part of valve to be finished to receive Che valve stem, collar and stuffing box, and the fitting at this point must be such as to secure a perfect working joint. The valve to be a two-faced wedge valve ; the castings for same to be as shown on drawing. Tb~ raised rims to be turned 214 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. true with dovetailed channel to hold the composition ring's. The faces must be brought to the exact angle before the rings are put on. The face rings are to be of composition metal, of quality hereinbefore specified, and are to be turned to fit the dovetail in the iron wedge. The composition rings of valves must be shrunk on, and also fastened by copper studs, placed not over three inches apart the whole to be then brought to a true plane surface. The upper portion of the wedge to be arranged to receive the composition nut as shown. Care shall be taken to give the composition nut a perfect bearing surface both top and bottom. On the 36 inch and 30 inch valves, the brass bearings of side guides shall be of the full dimensions, and have the exact clearance shown on drawings, and be secured in place by coun- tersunk copper studs, placed not over three inches apart, after which the guides shall be brought to a true and smooth surface. The seats for rings in body of valve shall be turned true and smooth, and to the required angle as shown on drawings. The seat rings shall be of form and dimensions as shown on drawings, and faced true and smooth. Seat rings to be forced into position and thoroughly and securely fastened in place, and a perfectly water-tight joint secured. All valves of 10 inch diameter and upwards to be provided with indicator as shown on drawings. All wrought iron bolts and nuts to be made from the best quality of American refined iron. The nuts to be hexagonal and the heads square. Heads, nuts and threads to be standard size. Valve stem shall be made of phosphor bronze, quality B ; or Crescent bronze, quality No. 2 ; or of first quality of "Stuck- stede" bronze, and shall be free from flaws or defects of any kind, and have a tensile strength of not less than 30,000 pounds per square inch. Screw threads on the stems and nuts to be cut in most perfect manner, and of the exact pitch shown on the drawings, and so as to work true and smooth, and in perfect line throughout entire lift of valve. There shall be two dowel pins, made of composition, set in the flanges connecting the dome and main casting, as shown on drawings, for the purpose ot centering and bringing into perfect alignment these castings. Holes for dowel pins to be drilled and reamed tapering, and pins turned to perfect fit. Pins for the 36 inch and 30 inch to be i inch in diameter ; for the 20 and 15 inch, ^ inch diameter; for the 12 and 10 inch, $/% inch diameter; and for the 8 and 6 inch, y 2 inch diameter. Gearing to be extra strong, and of the form and dimen- sions shown. Pinion post to be of a good quality of steel ; key seats shall be truly cut, and keys made of steel, and of the full dimensions. SPECIFICATIONS FOE STOP VALVES. 215 Cap nuts for valve wrench to be of the following outside dimensions: for all 6 to 15 inch valves (inclusive), to be 2 inches square; for the 20 inch, to be 2^ inches square; and for the 30 and 36 inch, to be 3^ inches square. All iron work, after being thoroughly cleaned, to be painted with three good coats of paraffine varnish, applied hot. The valves shall be tested by hydraulic pressure, as follows: First. Heads shall be secured at each end of casting, the valve opened, and a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch applied. Second. Each face joint of valve shall be tested by clos- ing the valve, leaving one end of the casting open, and apply- ing a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch to the other this operation to be reversed to test the other face. Any and all defects developed in testing shall be thor- oughly corrected to the satisfaction of the water commissioner. After testing all valves to be thoroughly drained. All parts of valves of the same size to be perfectly interchangeable. The water commissioner may take at random any wrought iron bolt or nut, and have it broken in a testing machine. If bolt shall not fulfill the requirements of table below, the whole lot of that size and make to be rejected : SIZE OF BOLT. TENSILE BREAKING STRENGTH. REDUCTION OF AREA AT BREAKING POINT. 5-8 inch. 9,000 Ibs. 20 per cent. 3-4 13,000 " 20 per cent. 7-8 19,000 " 20 per cent. 1 25,000 " 20 per cent. 1 1-8 31,000 " 20 per cent\ 1 1-4 40,000 " 20 per cent v 1 1-2 58,000 " 20 per cent. The Water Commissioner may take at random any valve stem with nut, either finished or unfinished, for 6, 8, 10 or 12 inch valves, and have it broken in a testing machine. If any stem or nut shall not fulfill the requirements of the table below, the whole lot of that make and size to be rejected. SIZE OF VALVE. TENSILE BREAKING STRENGTH OF STEM. (Including Nut and Collar.) DUCTILITY IN S Diameter. 6 inch. 8 " 10 " 12 " 34,000 Ibs. 34,000 ' 34,000 " 42,000 " 8 per cent. 8 8 " 8 216 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. All valve stems for 15 inch and larger valves to be cast with a coupon on one end, 15 inches long by i% inches diameter. Any one or all of these coupons may be taken by the Water Commissioner and broken in a testing machine. If any coupon shall show a breaking strength of less than 30,000 Ibs. per square inch, or shall have a ductility of less than 8 per cent, in 8 diameters, the stem from which it was cut shall be rejected. For all materials taken by the Water Commissioner for testing which are found to conform to the above requirements, there shall be added to the final estimate : For all wrought iron 7 cents per pound. For all Phosphor bronze 25 cents per pound. For all Crescent bronze 25 cents per pound. For all Stuckstede bronze 25 cents per pound. The broken material to belong to the party of the second part. For all materials taken for testing which do not come up to requirements there shall be no allowance, and the broken material shall be returned to party of the first part.* The whole to be put together in a thorough and workman- like manner, and delivered, packed, ready for use. The work- ing parts to be perfectly fitted together and working true in line. The joint between the face rings, when the valve is closed, must be absolutely water-tight. The whole to be in material, workmanship and finish, to the satisfaction and acceptance of the water commissioner. M. L. H. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 145. Rules of the Southern Lumber Manufac- turers' Association. The rules given in the following articles were adopted by the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association at Memphis, Tennessee, February 21, 1895. They are given here entire to assist the engineer to use descriptive terms in the same sense in which they are used by the lumber manufacturers and dealers. While they are intended to apply only to southern yellow pine, they can be understood to apply in a general way to all merchantable lumber. Since lumber is always sold under certain grade names, and since in the large * In the St. Louis specifications the contractor is the party of the first part. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 217 markets the lumber is officially graded, it is sufficient for the engineer and architect to use these technical terms in his speci- fications, provided he knows that he is using it in the same sense in which it is used by lumber dealers in that market. If he does not feel safe in limiting his description to the use of such technical class terms, he will still find considerable infor- mation in the following official rules, which will enable him better to describe the kind of lumber which he wishes to have supplied. 146. General Rules for Classifying Lumber. The following general rules are intended to serve as a guide to lumber inspectors in enabling them to classify the lumber in accordance with the grades named below in subsequent articles. 1. Yellow pine lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following rules and specifications as to quality; and dressed stock shall conform to the subjoined table of stand- ard sizes, except where other vvise expressly stipulated between buyer and seller. 2. * Recognized defects in yellow pine are knots (pin, round, spike, black, encased, loose or rotten), knot holes, splits (either from seasoning, ring-heart or rough handling), shake, wane, crooks, warp, rotten streaks, dote, rot, worm holes, pitch pockets, seasoning or kiln checks, blue sap and pitch streaks. *Some of the following terms may need defining: Ring-heart is a "shake" or cleavage along the plane of an annual ring, usually about half way between the pith and the circumference. "Shake" or "wind shake" is a cleavage of the trunk of a tree while yet standing, due to the action of the wind in bending the trunk. It is usually along the plane of an annual ring, that is to say, concentric with the center or pith of the tree. "Heart-shake" is a diametral or radial cleavage through the tree or log. If it occurs after the logs are cut, or in large timbers after they are sawed, it is due to shrink- age in drying. This is the common defect of all oak logs or large timbers. "Wane" is a deficiency in width, either over the entire edge or on one corner, caused by a crook in the log. "Crooks" are permanent distortions of the board, due to defective piling or from other causes. "Warp" is a twisting of the board into a warped surface. "Seasoning or kiln checKs" are either very small or large cracks, caused by dry- ing the surface of the board with its accompanying shrinkage, while^the interior is still wet. "Blue sap" is a discoloration, which green yellow pine is subject to, especially the sap portion, if not at once piled for drying or placed in a dry kiln. "Pitch streaks" are longitudinal openings, sometimes of considerable size, as J inch to J^inch wide and several inches (or even feet) long, filled with rosin. 218 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. 3. Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in any ot the grades provided for and described in these rules. The restriction or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a special class of material which can be secured only by specific contract. 4. Firm red heart shall not be considered a defect in common grades. 5. Defects in rough stock, caused by improper manufac- ture or drying, will reduce grade, unless they can be removed in working such stock to standard sizes. 6. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as chipped, grain splintered or torn places, broken knots on edge of shiplap, insufficient tongue on flooring, etc., shall be con- sidered defects, and reduce grade accordingly. 7. A standard knot is sound, and not over i^ inches in diameter. A pin knot is sound, and not over half an inch in diameter. 8. Any piece that will not work one half its size shall be classed as a dead cull. 9. The grade of all regular stock shall be determined by the number and position of the defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects admissible in any given grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest pieces such grade may contain. The average quality of the grade should be midway between such pieces and the defects allowed in the next higher grade. 10. Lumber or timber sawed for specific purposes, such as wagon tongues, bridge timbers, car sills, etc., must be inspected with a view to the adaptability of the piece for the use intended. 11. In finishing, flooring, etc., the enumerated defects admissible in a given grade apply only to the face side of tke piece, but reverse face should not admit defects that would render the piece unsuitable for the purpose intended. 12. Standard lengths are multiples of 2 feet from 10 to 20 feet, inclusive, for boards and strips, and from 10 to 24 feet, inclusive, for dimension, joists and timbers. Longer or shorter lengths than those herein specified are special. Odd lengths, if below 24 feet, shall be counted as of the next higher even length. 13. On stock width shipments of 8-inch and under no board shall be admissible that is more than ^ inch scant ; on lo-inch not more than ^ inch, and on 12-inch not more than T/2. inch scant of specified width. 14. Yellow pine of better grade than No. i common up to 4 inches in width is classified according to grain as edge grain and flat grain. Edge grain yellow pine has been vari- oiuly designated as rift-sawn, straight grain, vertical grain and quarter-sawed, all being commercially synonymous terms. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 219 Edge grain stock is specially desirable for flooring, and admits no piece in which the angle of the grain exceeds forty-five degrees from vertical, thus excluding all pieces that will sliver or shell from wear. Such stock as will not meet these require- ments is known as flat grain. 15. All dressed and matched stock shall be measured and sold "strip count," i. e., full size of rough strip from which such stock is made 3, 4, 5 and 6 inches w 7 ide. 1 6. The foregoing general observations shall apply to and govern the following detailed descriptive enumeration of recognized grades. 147. Rules for Grading Finishing Lumber. T\p*>^ > < following rules for grading apply to all kinds of finishing stockV^/ e>P^\ whether for interior or out-door work. In these rules such expressions as "S. i S."or "S. 2 S." mean "surfaced one side," or "surfaced two sides," respectively. Also "S. i S. i E." will be understood to mean "surfaced one side and one edge." By surfacing is meant planing or running it through a planing machine. It may still require hand dressing for the best work. Nearly all saw mills now dry their lumber and run it through the planer, in order to save the extra freight on the rough and green lumber. (Grades: First and second clear; third clear; barn and roofing stocks). 17. First and Second Clear Finish, i inch, S. i or 2 S., up to and including 10 inches wide, must show one face clear from all defects; 33^3 per cent, of any shipment of 12 or 14 inches wide will admit two pin knots or one standard knot, slight pitch streak, or small pitch pocket, or sap stain not over \y z inches wide running across the face, or small kiln or seasoning checks, but no two of these defects shall appear in a single piece ; 16 inches wide will admit of two defects allowed in 12-inch or their equivalent. Wider than i6-inch will admit proportionately more defects. Pieces otherwise admissible in which the point of the grain has been loosened or slivered in dressing on the face side should be put in lower grade. Defec- . tive dressing or reverse face of finishing is admissible. In case both faces are desired clear special contract must be made. 18. Third Clear Finish, i inch, S. i S. or 28., up to and including 10 inches in width, may have not more than two, of the following defects on best or face side: Three pin knots one standard knot; three sap stains 2 inches wide running across 220 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. the face or their equivalent; two pitch pockets; slight pitch streaks, kiln or seasoning checks; torn places, and wane which does not enter more than i inch, nor extend more than 2 feet; 12-inch will admit three of the above defects, or their equiva- lent. This grade is suitable for paint finish. 19. i^, i>^ and 2 inch, S. i or 2 S., shall take i inch inspection, and unless otherwise agreed between buyer and seller, shall be subject to inspection on face or best side only. 20. Barn and novelty siding, shiplap and grooved roofing shall be 8, 10 and 12 inches wide, and consist of boards falling below third clear which are sound and water-tight, free from coarse knots and wane over i inch wide extending more than 3 feet in any piece. Pitch, except in narrow streaks, should be excluded. 21. Edge-Grain Flooring. (Grades: First clear, second clear). First clear edge-grain flooring must be well manufac- tured, and free from all defects on face side of strip. 22. Second clear edge-grain flooring will admit of three pin knots or one standard knot, or small pitch pocket, or blue sap stain not to exceed 10 per cent, of the face. 23. Flat-Grain Flooring. (Grades: A flat, B flat). A flat flooring may contain two pin knots or one small pitch pocket, but shall be free from other defects, and must be well manufactured. Pieces in which the point of the grain has been loosened in dressing should be put in lower grade. 24. B flat flooring may have any two of the following defects: Three pin knots or one standard knot, slight sap stains, small pitch pockets, slight torn places and defects in manufac- ture, narrow pitch streaks and seasoning checks. When all other defects are absent, blue sap stain in any quantity shall be admitted. 25. Common Flooring. (Grades: No. i common, No. 2 common). No. i common flooring must be manufactured from sound stock. In addition to the defects described in B flat, also admits of sound knots, blue sap and firm red heart in any quantity, pitch and slight shake, but must lay without waste. No division as to grain is made in this grade. 26. No. 2 common flooring includes all pieces that will not grade No. i cofnmon which can be laid without wasting more than one fourth the length of any piece. This grade will admit imperfections which do not render the piece unfit for use in cheap floors and roof sheathing. 27. Center-matched flooring shall be required to come up to grade on one face only. 28. Ceiling. (Grades: A, B, C). A ceiling shall be free from all defects on face side and well manufactured. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 221 29. B ceiling will admit slight imperfections in dressing three pin knots or one standard knot, pitch streaks or small pitch pockets, or blue sap stain not to exceed 10 per cent of the face ; but not more than two of these defects to be admitted in any piece. 30. C ceiling conforms to grade of No. i common flooring and is suitable for paint finish. Will admit imperfections that do not prevent its use without waste. 31. Wagon Bottoms. (Grades: A, B). Wagon bottoms shall be graded the same as flat grain flooring. 32. Bevel and Drop Siding. (Grades: A, B and C). Shall be graded according to ceiling rules, but will admit more blue stain, and, except in C grade, should exclude pitch. Slight additional imperfections on the thin edge of bevel siding which will be covered by the lap are admissible. 33. Partition. (Grades: A, B and C). Partition shall conform to ceiling grades, but must meet the requirements of the specified grade only on one face. The reverse face shall not be more than one grade lower. 34. Molded Casings and Base. (Grades: First clear, second clear). First clear shall be free of all defects on face and perfect in manufacture. 35. Second clear is suitable for work that is to receive a paint finish, and usually consists of rejections, made after dressing, from stock inspected in the rough as first clear. The defects admitted in B ceiling would be allowed. 148. Rules for Grading Common Boards and Rough Lumber. COMMON BOARDS AND SHIPLAP. 36. No. i common boards, S. i S., and No. I common shiplap shall be manufactured from sound stock, of even thick- ness the entire length. Will admit of any two of the following defects: Wane one half inch deep on edge and one sixth the length of any piece ; tight sound knots, none of which shall be larger than three inches in diameter, or equivalent spike knots; one split not more than sixteen inches long, and blue sap. These boards should be firm and strong, suitable for use in all ordinary construction and serviceable without waste. 37. No. 2 common boards and No. 2 common shiplap admit pieces that fall below No. i common which are free from the following defects : Rotten streaks that go through the piece, through heart shakes which extend more than one half the length of the piece, and wane over two inches wide exceeding one third of the length of the piece. A knot hole i^ inches in diameter or its equivalent will be allowed, pro- vided the piece would otherwise grade No. i common. Worm 222 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. holes and straight splits one fourth of the length of the piece are admissible. FENCING S. I S. 38. No. i common fencing must be manufactured from sound stock. May contain sound knots equal in diameter to not over one third the width of piece at any given point throughout its length, but must be free from spike knots the length of which is over one half the width of piece. Also, free from wane over one half inch deep on edge and one half the length of any piece measured on one side. This grade must, work its full length without waste. 39. No. 2 common fencing shall admit of pieces that fall below No. i common which are free from through rotten streaks. 40. Miscut i inch stock in boards and fencing which does not fall below ^ inch thick shall be admitted in No. 2, com- mon, provided that the grade of such thin stock is in all other respects as good as No. i common. DIMENSION S. I S. I E. 41. No. I Common Dimension shall be manufactured from sound stock, and be free from loose and unsound knots, and large knots so located as to materially impair the strength of the piece ; will admit of seasoning checks and heartshakes that do not go through, of slight wane and such other defects as do not prevent its use as substantial structural material. 42. JVo. 2 Common Dimension admits all pieces falling below No. i common which are free from through rotten streaks, and sound enough to be used without waste. 43. Miscut 2 inch stock which does not fall below i^ inch shall be admitted in No. 2 common, provided that the grade of such thin stock is in all other respects as good as No. i common. 44. In boards, fencing and dimension, stock falling below No. 2 grade and excluding dead culls shall be classed as No. 3. 45. Dressed timbers shall conform in grade to the speci- fications applying to rough timbers of similar size. ROUGH YELLOW PINE FLOORING STRIPS AND FINISHING. 46. Flooring strips are 3 inches, 4 inches, 5 inches and 6 inches wide when green ; square-edged and evenly manu- factured. 47. Finish must be evenly manufactured, and shall embrace all sizes from i inch to 2 inches thick by six inches and over in width. 48. No finishing lumber, unless otherwise ordered, should measure when dry and rough less than ^ inch scant in thick- LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 223 ness. No piece in any shipment of boards and strips shall be more than % inch scant on 6 and 8 inch stock, ^ inch scant on 10 and l /t inches scant on 12 inch and wider stock. 49. Wane and seasoning checks that will dress out in working to standard thicknesses and widths are admissible. 50. Subject to the foregoing provisions rough finishing shall be graded according to the specifications applying to dress finishing. When like grade of both faces is required special contract should be made. COMMON BOARDS, FENCING AND DIMENSION. 51. Rough Common Boards and Fencing must be evenly manufactured, and should not be less than ^ inch thick when dry, nor more than % inch scant of specified width. 52. Rough 2 inch Common shall be evenly manufactured and not less than i^j inches thick when green, or i^ inches thick when dry. The several widths must not be less than % inch over the standard dressing width for such stock. 53. The defects admissible in rough rock shall be the samfc as those applying to dressed stock of like kind and grade, but such further defects as would disappear in dressing to standard size of such material shall be allowed. 54. Rough timbers 6x6 and larger shall not be more than ^ inch scant when green and be evenly manufactured from sound stock with not less than three square edges, and must be free from knots that will materially weaken the piece. 55. Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 2 inch wane on one corner, or its equivalent on two or more corners, one fourth the length of the piece. Other sizes may have proportionate defects. 56. Seasoning checks, and shakes extending not over one eighth the length of the piece, are admissible. 149. Standard Dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.* Flooring. The standard of 1x4 and 6 inch shall be il x 3/i an d 5/i inches; \]^ inch flooring, i 3 ^ 2 inches. Ceiling. 3/& inch ceiling, r 5 g inch ; ^ inch ceiling, Q inch; y$ inch ceiling, a - 6 inch; ^ inch ceiling, \\ inch; same width as flooring. Finishing, i inch, S i S or S 2 S, to ^-J; i^( inch, S i S or S 2 S, to i 3- 2 inch; i^ inch, S i S or S 2 S, to \\\ inches; 2 inch, S i S or S 2 S, to i^ inches. Boards 'and Fencing, i inch, S i S or S 2 S, to 13-16. *These particular dimensions can not be assumed to hold for all parts of the country. 224 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. Dimension. 2x4, S i S i E, to 1^x3^ inches; 2x6, S i S i E, to 1^x5^4 inches; 2x8, S i S i E, 1^x7^ inches; 2x10, S i S i E, to 1^5x9^ inches; 2x12, S i S i E, to ifixnj^ inches; 4x4, 3/% inch off side and edge; 4x4, S 4 S, % inch off each side. 150. Specification for Thoroughly Seasoned Lumber. There is no difference between "seasoned" lum- ber and "dried" lumber. "Thoroughly seasoned" or "thor- oughly dried" lumber is lumber which has been dried, either in the open air or in a dry kiln, until it has reached that state of dryness which is relatively permanent. It then contains water equal to about ten per cent, of its weight. This is what might be called the atmospheric moisture. This will remain in the wood unless driven off by evaporation at a temperature of 212 degrees Fahrenheit or more. The word "thoroughly" when used in this connection, means "uniformly" as well as "effect- ually." That is, "thoroughly dried" lumber is dried uniformly throughout its entire cross-section and throughout its entire length. To determine the percentage of moisture of lumber it is only necessary to cut a section from a board or stick and weigh it; then dry in an ordinary stove oven with a slow fire for an hour or two and then weigh again ; the difference in weight divided by the dry weight is the percentage of moisture. As determined by this test, "thoroughly dry lumber" should not contain more than ten or twelve per cent, of water, and the interior should be as dry as the exterior. The necessity for using thoroughly dried lumber where shrinkage is to be avoided, arises from the fact that below about JO per cent, moisture lumber shrinks nearly as much as it dries. That is to say, when lumber dries down from 30 per cent, moisture to 10 per cent, moisture it dries out, or loses in weight, 20 per cent, of its dry weight. It also loses about 20 per cent, of its dry volume, or say 15 per cent, of its volume at 30 per cent, moisture. The shrinkage lengthwise is very slight, SPECIFICATIONS FOB CAST IRON. 225 hence it has lost about 15 per cent, of its cross-section, or say six or seven per cent, of each of its lateral dimensions. That is to say a board one foot wide at 30 per cent, moisture is only about iif inches wide at 10 per cent, moisture; or a floor- ing board 4 inches wide at 20 per cent, moisture is only about 3^4 inches wide at 10 per cent, moisture. On account of the very large radial fibres (medullary rays) in oak wood, this kind of lumber shrinks mostly in a circumferential direction, and all timber shrinks more circumierentially than radially since all woods have these medullary rays to a greater or less extent. It is for this reason that * 'quarter sawed" (radial sawed) lumber is more satisfactory than "flat sawed" for all kinds of furniture and house trimmings. For flooring quarter sawed, or "rift sawed" boards, presenting an "edge-grain" surface, is far preferable to "flat-grain" because it wears evenly and does not sliver on the surface. * The specification may read as follows: All the lumber delivered under this contract, to be used for purposes of , shall be thoroughly seasoned or dried, either in the open air or in a kiln or both. By "thor- oughly seasoned" as here used is meant a seasoning or drying uniformly throughout the entire sections of the various sizes delivered, and the average percentage of moisture contained in the lumber when delivered shall not be more than ten per cent, of its weight, as determined by actual experiment. SPECIFICATIONS FOR IRON AND STEEL. 151 . Specification for Cast Iron. There is prob- ably no material in engineering structures which can more profitably be governed by specifications involving tests than cast iron. Since cast iron usually breaks under some kind of shock or blow,' it is more necessary to test the iron for resilience than for strength. The most convenient test for resilience is 15 226 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. the cross-bending test, in which deflection is measured. The half product of the deflection multiplied by the breaking load is the mathematical measure of the resilience in inch pounds. This can be reduced to an absolute unit by dividing by either the weight or the volume of the bar, and if all the bars tested in this way are rectangular in cross-section and, of uniform size from end to end, the unit obtained in the above manner will be comparable, notwithstanding great variations in the dimen- sions. It is best, however, to have the test specimens always made from the same pattern, using the thickness of metal which corresponds closely to the average thickness of web of the castings required. If uniform test specimens be employed, there is no necessity of dividing the half product of deflection and breaking load by the volume or by the weight, since this volume or weight remains a constant. In this case the relative resilience of the material will be indicated by the product of the breaking load into the maximum deflection. The strength of the material will be indicated by the breaking load alone. The following specification is the one commonly employed for all castings made for the water department of St. Louis, and is designed to answer the above requirements. Cast Iron. All of the iron castings shall be made from a superior quality of iron, remelted in the cupola or air furnace, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 18,000 pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 3 inches by y z inch, when broken transversely, 18 inches between supports, and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 1,000 pounds and shall have a total deflection of not less than 3-10 of an inch before breaking.* Said bars to be cast as near as possi- ble to the above dimensions without finishing; but correction will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thick- ness and width, and the corrected result must conform to above requirements. *The tensile strength may be raised to 20,000 or even to 25,900 pounds per square inch, while the deflection may be made % inch for ordinary good cast iron and % inch for a better quality. For a superior quality it may be made f inch, with a breaking load of 1250 pounds. . SPECIFICATIONS FOK WROUGHT IRON. 227 Specimen bars of the metal used, of a size and form suit- able for testing, shall be prepared when required. These specimen b.irs shall be poured from the ladle at any time, either before or after. the casting has been poured, as may be required, and shall present a true specimen of the iron used for making the castings. If any two test bars cast the same day show a breaking strength of less than 18,000 pounds per square inch, or do not show the required cross-breaking load and deflection, all the castings made from the same mixture to be rejected. All castings shall conform to the shape and dimensions required by the drawings, and shall be clean and perfect, with- out blow or sand holes, or defects of any kind. No plugging or other stopping of holes will be allowed. Particular care shall be taken to secure perfect lugs, where such are required by the drawings. Whenever any doubt exists ot the exact interpretation as to the shape or dimensions shown on the drawings, the .contractor must consult with the water commissioner, or his duly authorized agent, in regard thereto. M. L. H. 152. Specification for Wrought Iron. Since the cost of the manufacture of soft and mild steel has been so greatly reduced as to enable this material to compete in price with that of wrought iron, the wrought iron mills have been driven to cheapen their product, and they do this by hurrying tlie metal through the puddling process too rapidly. The result is that whereas steel has been constantly improved for structural purposes wrought iron has constantly degenerated. It is necessary, therefore, now to examine and test the wrought iron very rigidly to insure against obtaining a comparatively worthless product. It is thought the following specification is sufficient for this purpose, provided it is followed up by suitable tests. Wrought Iron. All wrought iron used must be tough, ductile and fibrous, of a uniform quality, free from crystalline structure, cinders, flaws or cracks. In bars, it must have an ultimate strength of 50.000 pounds per square inch, with 26,000 pounds elastic limit and an elongation of 25 per cent, in eight inches. Angle iron must have an ultimate strength of 48,000 pounds per square inch, 24,000 pounds elastic limit, with 20 per cent, elongation in eight inches. A. P. B. 228 ENGINEEBING- SPECIFICATIONS. 153. Specification for Structural Steel. While ordinarily it is not wise for a civil engineer to specify methods of manufacture, the author of this work believes thnt it is advis- able in the case of structural steel to limit the manufacture to the open-hearth process, and also to limit the product to that supplied by the manufacturers of established reputation. It is now an easy matter to obtain any desired grade of structural steel from that having a strength of 55,000 pounds to that hav- ing a strength of 70,000 pounds, wherein the ultimate elonga- tion of a test specimen eight inches in length will be from 33 per cent, to 35 per cent, for the softer grades, to 20 per cent. or 25 per cent, for the higher grades. It is important also to limit the phosphorus, as this produces brittleness. The best of this material can be bent cold upon itself and mashed flat with- out showing signs of failure up to a thickness of plate of S/% of an inch. Steel manufactured by the open-hearth process is usually more uniform in character, and if care is taken in its manufacture as is necessary under rigid specifications, it is always possible to obtain the desired results. The following specification is probably fully up to the present practice in this direction. All steel used shall be open-hearth, made at works of established reputation, and which have been successfully man- ufacturing steel for at least one year. All melts must be made from uniform stock in which phosphorus shall never exceed ei^ht hundredths of one per cent. A sample bar must be rolled from each melt, of three quarters of an inch an diameter, the method of obtaining the same being uniform for all melts. Tests upon such samples to be made without annealing. Tests shall also be made upon specimens cut from the finished product. The three-quarter-round tests must conform to the requirements hereinafter given, and the finished product tests cut from shapes and plates must conform to the same within four per cent. Every piece of steel shall be stamped with a number identifying the melt, and a full record of all laboratory tests kept. Three qualities of steel will be required. First For the main trusses, floor beams and stringers and cross girders, exhibiting an ultimate strength of sixty-three to seventy thousand pounds per square inch, a minimum SPECIFICATIONS FOB STRUCTURAL STEEL. 229 elastic limit of thirty-seven thousand pounds per square Inch, with an elongation in eight inches of not less than twenty-two per cent., and a reduction of area of not less than forty-four per cent. Second For buckle plates, caisson plates, rivets, or where wrought iron is perrni:ted (and in lieu thereof), a steel having an ultimate strength not exceeding sixty-two thousand pounds per square inch, or less than fifty-five thousand pounds, with fifty-eight per cent, elastic limit, a reduction in area of fifty per cent, and an elongation in eight inches of twenty-eight per cent.* Third For wheel treads of track circle in turn-table, a steel having an ultimate strength of from seventy thousand to eighty thousand pounds per square inch, with sixty per cent, elastic limit. The first two steels to be subject to bending test, before and after quenching, and the metal when cold must bend one hundred and eighty degrees upon itself without sign of fracture in convex side. Specimens must withstand such punch, drift- ing, and forge tests as may be required to test soundness, tem- per and ductility. All metal, whether steel or iron must be clean rolled, and any imperfect work, such as ragged or cracked edges, sur- face imperfections, or imperfectly rolled shapes, will be suffi- cient cause for rejection. Materials will be also rejected vary- ing more than two and one half per cent, from weights or sizes. A. P. B. 154. Tests, Inspection, and Acceptance of Medium Structural Steel. The following specifications were prepared in 1895 for the Northwestern Elevated Railroad of Chicago, and represents the latest and best American prac- tice : All steel shall be manufactured by either the acid or the basic open hearth process, preference being given to the former, and must be uniform in character for each specified kind. Any attempt to substitute Bessemer or any other steel for the open hearth product, will be considered as a violation of the contract, and a good and sufficient reason for canceling the same. It is understood also that, if the contract be let on the basis of using acid open hearth steel, no basic open hearth steel will be permitted to be employed in any part of the work ; but, if the contract be let on the basis of using basic open hearth steel, the employment of the acid open hearth product *This is the common specification for steel plates used for boilers, stand-pipes, plate-girders, etc, 230 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. will be permitted whenever the contractor may desire to use it, provided, of course, that it comply with these specifications. The maximum limits for phosphorus shall be as follows: For acid open hearth steel, eight hundredths of one per cent. (0.08 per cent.). For basic open hearth steel, five hundredths of one per cent. (0.05 per cent.). Each ingot which is cast shall be stamped or marked plainly with its proper melt number, and this melt number must br stamped or painted plainly on all blooms, billets or slabs made from such ingots, in order to identify the material throughout its various processes of manufacture ; and the proper melt number together with the furnace heat number must be stamped plainly on each piece of finished material. All finished material must be free from injurious seams, flaws or cracks, and must have a clean, smooth finish. All slabs for rolling p^tes must be hammered or rolled from ingots of at least twice their cross section. Test Bars. The tests shall be made in the following manner: The tensile strength, limit of elasticity and ductility shall be determined from standard test pieces, not less than three eighths (ffj) of an inch in thickness, and from full sized pieces, tooled to parallel sides. If the cross section be reduced, the tangent between shoulders shall be not less than eight (8) inches, and the area of the minimum cross section in either case shall not be less than one half (%) of a square inch, and preferably not more than one and a half (1^2) square inches. When of a rectangular cross section, two opposite sides of the piece are to be left, if practicable, as they come from the rolls, but the finish of opposite sides must be the same in this respect. A full sized piece, when not exceeding the above limita- tions," may be used as its own test piece. Tensile Tests. The ultimate tensile strength of all steel, except that used for rivets and adjustable members, shall be sixty four thousand (64,000) pounds per square inch. Steel for rivets and adjustable members shall have an ulti- mate tensile strength of fifty seven thousand (57.000) pounds- per square inch. All test bars must have a tensile strength within four thousand (4.000) pounds per square inch of that specified ; and for medium steel an elastic limit not less than one half of the tensile strength of the test bar, a percentage of elongation not less than 1,500,000 divided by the tensile strength in pounds per square inch, and a percentage of reduction of area not less SPECIFICATIONS FOE IRON AND STEEL. 231 than 3,000,000 divided by the tensile strength in pounds per square inch. In determining the ductility, the elongation shall be measured after breaking on an original length of eight (8) inches, in which length must occur' the curve of reduction from stretch on both sides of the point of fracture. For rivet steel the elastic limit must not fall below thirty thousand (30,000) pounds, the elongation in eight (S) inches shall not be less than twenty-five (25) per cent., and the reduc- tion of area shall be at least fifty (50) per cent. All broken samples must show a silky fracture of uniform color. Bending and Drifting Tests. Specimens of medium steel, when heated to a cherry red and cooled in water at seventy (70) degrees Fahrenheit, shall be capable of bending one hundred and eighty (180) degrees around a circle whose diameter is equal to the thickness of the test piece, without showing signs of cracking on the convex side of the bend. Punched rivet holes in medium steel, pitched two (2) diameters from a sheared edge, must stand drifting until their diameters are fifty (50) per cent, greater thrm those of the original holes, and must show no signs of cracking the metal. Specimens of rivet or soft steel shall be capable of bending cold to one hundred and eighty (180) degrees and closing down, flat, upon themselves without cracking. Number of Test Pieces. At least three tests for tensile strength, etc., and three for bending shall be made on specimens from different ingots o each melt. These tests shall be made by the contractor with-*, out charge, and if the consulting engineer or his authorized,' inspector be not satisfied that the tensile test correctly indicates; the effect of the heating and rolling, such additional tests for tensile strength, limit of elasticity and ductility, as he may desire, shall be made for him on test pieces conforming to the provisions named above, at the rate of one dollar ($1.00) each; or, if the contractor desire additional tests, he may make them at his own expense under the supervision of the consulting engineer or his authorized inspector, the quality of the material to be determined by the result of all the tests in the manner set forth in the following paragraph. If material of various shapes is to be made from the same melt, the specimens for testing .are to be so selected as to represent the different shapes rolled from such melt. The contractor will be required to manufacture and test on his own or some other testing machine, free of all extra charge for either material or labor, a reasonable number of full-sized 232 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. details used in the design of the structure. It is understood that no allowance will be made for the weight of any test pieces, when the total weight of metal, for which the contractor is to be paid, is computed by the consulting engineer. Acceptance and Rejection. Except for tensile strength, the respective requirements stated are for an average of the tests for each; and the lot of finished pieces from which samples were selected shall be accepted, if the tests give such average results; but, if any test piece give results more than four (4) per cent, below said requirements, the particular piece from vshich it w r as taken may be rejected, but such tests shall be included in making the average. If any piece have a manifest flaw, its test shall not be considered. For each piece thus giving results more than four (4) per cent, below requirements, tests from two addi- tional pieces shall be furnished by the contractor without charge; and, if in a total of not more than ten (10) tests, two (2) pieces (or for a larger number of tests a proportionately greater number of pieces), show results more than four (4) per cent, below the requirements, it shall be cause for rejecting the lot from which the samples W 7 ere taken. Such lots shall not exceed twenty (20) tons in weight; and plates rolled in universal mill or in grooves, or sheared plates, shall each con- stitute a separate lot, as shall also angles, channels or beams. Variation in Weight. A variation in cross section or weight of rolled material of more than two (2) per cent, from that specified shall be cause for rejection, and no excess of metal above that computed from the drawings exceeding one (i) per cent, will be paid for. J. A. L. W. 155. Specification for Riveted Work. The fol- lowing specification for riveted work in structural designing has been carefully draw 7 n to give the highest possible efficiency and strength without causing extravagant expense. If the highest perfection in this kind of work is not required, some reduction in cost can be effected, without materially lowering the standard, by punching to full size of hole all plates having a thickness of $/Q of an inch or less, and for such plates resort- ing to reaming only after the plates are assembled to secure the necessary coincidence of parts. For all plates greater than $/Q of an inch in thickness the holes should be punched y& of an SPECIFICATIONS FOR BKIDGE SUPEKSTKUCTUKE. 233 inch less in diameter than required, the parts then assembled and the holes reamed out to the required diameter.* After plates or bars are carefully straightened the rivet holes will be accurately spaced, so that when members are brought into position, the holes shall be truly opposite be-fore rivets are driven. Drifting under no circumstances will be allowed. In steel w r ork, for all thicknesses up to three quarters of an inch, the rivet holes shall be punched one eighth of an inch smaller than the rivet required, the parts assembled, and the holes reamed out to just pass the rivet before driving. For all thicknesses over three quarters of an inch, punching wm not be permitted, and the holes must be drilled, parts assem- bled, and reamed as above. Reamed work is not required for lacing bars, transverse, diagonal, or lateral bracing, or for caissons, excepting the cross girders belonging thereto, and their connection to caisson sides. In the lattice girders for the web system of fixed spans, and plate girders of draw span, the sharp edges Irft by drilling or reaming to be eased off before driving rivets. Surfaces in contact shall be thoroughly coated with boiled linseed oil and pure red lead before being assem- bled for riveting. Power riveting to be alone used wherever possible. All rivets to have neatly capped hemisphered heads. Tightening loose rivets by recupping or ' 'setting up" will not be allowed ; they must be cut out and redriven, whether in shop or field. Every built member or girder must be true and out of wind, neatly finished to length, and field driven rivets of all main girder connections shall be laid out with iron templates and accurately drilled so as to just pass the rivet cold. A. P. B. 156. Specification for Wrought Iron and Steel Railroad Bridge Superstructure. The specifications for Iron and steel superstructures have been undergoing gradual changes at the hands of the leading American civil engineers for many years. The changes have all been based on numer- ous experiments on full-sized bridge members and they have always leaned to the safe and conservative side. The follow- ing specification is fully up to the best practice in the year 1895 and probably will not be varied much in the near future, as to either materials or workmanship: The superstructure will consist of one pivot draw 440 feet long, divided into fourteen panels of 30 feet each, and one cen- * See Modern Framed Structures, Appendix A, for a full discussion of this subject. 234 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. tral panel of 20 feet, carried on a rim bearing turntable, and of two spans each 330 feet long, divided into eleven panels of 30 feet each. It will include the iron fence which sustains the ends of the ties. The trusses will in all cases be spaced 20 feet between centers. Full detail plans showing all dimensions shall be prepared at the expense of the contractors under the direction of the chief engineer, these plans to be made in accordance with the standard practice of the chief engineer. The superstructure shall be proportioned to carry the fol- lowing loads : The actual weight of the structure including floor, rails and all other parts. A moving load of 3,000 pounds per lineal foot on all lengths exceeding 120 feet. A moving load of 6,000 pounds per foot on a length not exceeding 20 feet. A graduated moving load decreasing by 30 pounds for each foot from 6.000 pounds per foot on 20 feet, to 3,000 pounds per foot on 120 feet. A concentrated load of 60,000 pounds upon a single axle. Provision shall be made for impact by adding fifty per cent, to the portion of the strain of the web members which is due solely to variable load. The tension members of the trusses shall be proportioned on the basis of a strain of 20,000 per square inch for dead load and 10,000 pounds per square inch for live load. Stringers, floor beams and other riveted girders shall be proportioned on the basis of a strain not exceeding 8,000 pounds per square inch of net section. The maximum compression strain allowed on mild steel shall not exceed 14,000 pounds per square inch and the maxi- mum compression strain allowed on soft steel shall not exceed 10,000 pounds per square inch when the length of the member does not exceed sixteen times the least transverse dimension, these strains to be reduced in proportions which will limit the strain to 6,000 pounds per square inch when the length of the member is thirty times its least transverse dimension. In the draw, the turntable, eleven panels of each bottom chord, the four central posts, the eye-bars, the pins, and some details of the end lifting apparatus shall be of M steel. The coned wheels and the two principal pinions shall be of cast steel. The lower casting of the track- and the center casting shall be of cast iron. All other parts shall be of soft steel or of wrought iron at the option of the contractor. In the flxed spans, the chords, end posts, eye-bars and pins shall be of mild steel. The expansion bearings shall be accord- SPECIFICATIONS FOR .BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 235 ing to the special provisions of the specifications. All other parts shall be of soft steel or wrought iron at the option of the contractors. STEEL. Classes. Steel will be divided into four classes: HM, M, MS, and S, of which M and S will be standards, and HM and and MS intermediates. Class M will be known as medium steel, and will be used in those portions of every member which constitute the calcu- lated section. Class S will be known as soft steel, and will be used for rivets, fences and the lateral rods of the floor system. II M and MS steel will be accepted for details and parts which do not form portions of the calculated sections. Manufacture. Steel shall be made by the open hearth process and no steel shall be made at works which have not been in successful operation for at least one year ; but this pro- vision shall not be held to exclude new furnaces erected in con- nection with old works. If made in an acid furnace, the amount of phosphorus in the finished product shall never exceed eight one hundredths of one per cent., this being a maximum and not an average requirement. If made in a basic furnace, the amount of phosphorus shall never exceed four one hundredths of one per cent., this being a maximum and not an average requirement and being con-id- ered necessary to show a proper amount of work in the furnace. The finished product shall be perfect in all parts and free from irregularities and surface imperfections of all kinds. All steel must be free from piping. The cross sections shall never differ more than 2^ per cent, from the ordered cross sections as shown by the dimen- sions on the plans. Steel for pins more than four inches in diameter shall be hammered. Every finished p^te, bar or angle shall be stamped on one side, near the middle, with a number identifying the melt and this stamp shall be surrounded with a heavy circle of white paint. Steel for pins shall have the melt numbers stamped on the ends. Rivet steel and small pieces which do not form part of the cal- culated section of members may be shipped in bundles, wired together, with the melt number on a metal tag attached. Tests. A sample bar not more than two inches wide, and having a cross section of one square inch when the material is not less than one half inch thick, shall be cut from the finished product of every melt. When taken from metal more than two inches thick this sample may be a turned, round bar. The 236 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. laboratory tests shall be made on this sample bar in its natural state without annealing. Where a melt is rolled into several varieties of material, each variety shall be separately tested. A variety shall consist entirely of one of the following shapes: Sheared Plates, Uni- versal Mill Plates, Angles, Z's, Channels, I beams, Flats, Rounds, Squares, Pin Steel and Eyebar Steel. Flats will include all flats not intended to be forged into eyebars. Where several sizes of the same variety are rolled, the cross section of the largest size shall not be more than twice that of the smallest size, and the sample shall be taken from the size which comes nearest to a mean. In the laboratory tests, measurements to determine elon- gation shall be made on a length of eight inches. A piece of each sample bar shall be bent 180 degrees and closed up against itself. In no case shall any crack appear until the circle around which the bar is bent becomes less than the thickness of the bar. Except when the sample is taken from a pin, the sample bar shall close up against itself without showing any crack or flaw on the outside of the bent portion. The sample bar shall be tested in a lever machine and the following requirements fulfilled: CLASS OF STEEL. HM. M. MS. S. Ultimate strength, Ibs., per sq. in 70,000 66,000 62,000 58.000 Elastic limit, " " " " 35,000 33,000 31,000 29,000 Percentage of elongation in 8 in 18 22 24 26 Percentage of reduction at fracture. .. 36 44 48 52 Where the sample is taken from a pin, the elongation and reduction will be reduced to 15 and 30 per cent, for the HM steel and to 18 and 36 per cent, for the M steel. The entire fracture shall be silky. The requirements for ultimate strength are means, and steel will be accepted when the ultimate strength does not dif- fer more than 4,000 pounds from the requirements of the table. The requirements for elastic limit, elongation and reduc- tion are minimum requirements, and no steel will be accepted which falls below these conditions. The elastic limit will be observed by the falling of the beam of the testing machine. Duplicate tests may be made when the first sample tested fulfills four of the five requirements. If the second test and also the average of the two tests meet all the requirements, the melt may be accepted. Cases in which the tests are thought not to give fair indications of the character of the material, shall be referred to the engineer. Analyses shall be made, showing the amount of phospho- rus and carbon in every melt, the drillings for these analyses being taken directly from one of the ingots. Besides this a set SPECIFICATIONS FOB BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 237 of analyses of phosphorus, carbon, silicon and manganese shall be made from every ten melts, the drillings to be taken from a sample test bar. SHOP REQUIREMENTS. The work shall be done in all respects according to the detail plans furnished by the engineer. Where there is room for doubt as to the quality of work required by the plans or specifications, the doubt shall be decided by using the best class of work which any interpretation would admit of. All workmanship, whether particularly specified or not, must be of the best kind known in use. Past work done for the same engineer will never be recognized as a precedent for the use of other than the best kind of work. All material shall be cleansed, and, if necessary, scraped and given one heavy coat of Cleveland Iron Clad Paint, Purple Brand, put on with boiled linseed oil before shipment. This applies to everything except machine finished surfaces. The same paint shall be used wherever painting is required. All machine surfaces shall be cleansed, oiled and given a heavy coat of white lead and tallow before shipment. The inspector must see that this is a substantial coat, such as is used on machinery and not a merely nominal covering. All small bolts, all pins less than six inches in diameter, the expansion rollers, and everything with special work on it, shall be carefully boxed before shipment. Riveted Work. Riveted W 7 ork will be of tw T o classes: i. Reamed work. 2. Punched work. The provisions immediately following will apply to both classes. All plates, angles and shapes shall be carefully straightened at the shop before they are put together; mill straightening will not be considered as meeting this requirement. If the rivet holes are marked with templets, these templets shall lie flat without distortion when the marking is made. The size of rivets shown on the plans is the size of the cold rivet before heating. The diameter of the finished rivet hole shall not be more than one sixteenth inch greater than the diameter of the cold rivet. The heated rivet shall not drop into the hole but require a slight pressure to force it in ; the relative size of the rivet and rivet hole must be .such as to meet this requirement. In all cases wheie riveting is to be done in the field the parts so to be riveted shall be fitted together in the shops and the rivet holes reamed out while thev are so assembled, or an 238 LNGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. iron templet shall be made and both parts reamed to fit this templet. All surfaces in contact shall be c!eaned and painted before they are put together. The rivets shall be driven by power wherever this is possi- ble. The manufacturer will be required to procure special riveting machines to meet special positions. All rivets shall be regular in shape, with hemispherical heads concentric with the axis, absolutely tight and shall com- pletely fill the hole. Tightening by calking or recupping will not be allowed. This applies to both power driven and hand driven rivets. The angles of stringers must be square and straight. The web plate must not project above the angles, and the outside edges of the two angles must never be above a true plane and never more than one sixteenth inch below the true plane coinci- dent with the roots of the angles. The outside angle at the root of the angles connecting stringers with floor beams, floor beams with posts, or in other like details, shall never be less than a right angle, and the excess over a right angle shall never be greater than one eighth inch in the longer leg of the angle; the angle shall be perfectly straight. Reamed Work. All work which is of mild steel shall be reamed. All sheared or rough edges shall be carefully planed off. The material may be punched with holes one eighth inch smaller than the size of the rivets shown on the plans, except as provided below. When the thickness of the metal is greater than a thickness one eighth inch less than the diameter of the rivet, the punched hole shall be one quarter inch smaller than the diameter of the rivet. When the thickness of the metal is greater than a thickness one eighth inch more than the diameter of the rivet, no punch- ing will be allowed but the holes must be drilled. After the several pieces have been punched (or drilled) they shall be assemVed. The holes shall then be reamed to the diameter required by the size of the rivets, while the pieces are together. After reaming, every hole shall be entirely smooth, show- ing that the reaming tool has everywhere touched the metal. In special cases where this fails, the engineer may authorize the hole to be reamed to a larger size and larger rivets used. A reamer shall be run over the outer edges of every hole so as to remove the sharp enges and make a fillet of at least one sixteenth inch* under each rivet head. SPECIFICATIONS FOE BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 233 After the reaming is completed the several pieces shall be taken apart and cleaned. Punched Work. All work which is of wrought iron or soft steel may be punched without reaming. All pieces whose thickness does not exceed the diameter of the rivet shall be punched with holes not more than one six- teenth inch larger than the diameter of the rivet. All pieces whose thickness exceeds the diameter of the rivet shall be punched with holes one sixteenth inch smaller than the diameter of the rivet, and subsequently reamed to one sixteenth inch larger than the diameter of the rivet ; this ream- ing may be done before the several parts are assembled. Where the thickness of the metal is more than one quarter inch greater than the diameter of the rivet, the punching shall be one eighth inch smaller than the diameter of the rivtt. The several parts shall be cleaned before they are assem- bled. When the several pieces are put together, the work shall be sufficiently true for a cold rivet to pass through every hole without reading or drifting. In special cases the engineer may authorize the holes to be reamed and larger rivets used. Forged Work. The heads of eyebars shall be formed by upsetting and forging into shape by a process acceptable to the engineer. No welds will be ahowed. After the working is completed the bars shall be annealed in a suitable annealing furnace by heating them to a uniform dark red heat and allowing them to cool slowly. The form of the heads of steel eyebars may be modified by the contractors to suit the process in use at their works, but the thickness of the head shall not be more than one sixteenth inch greater than that of the body of the bar, and the heads shall be of sufficient strength to break the body of the bar. The heads and enlarged ends for screws in laterals, sus- penders ana counters shall be formed by upsetting and shall be of sufficient strength to break the body of the bar. Nuts, swivels and clevises, if made of steel, shall be forged without welds ; whether made of steel or wrought iron, one of each size shall be tested, and shall develop a strength ten per cent, greater than the strength of the bars to which they are attached as determined by required strength of material in such bars. Eyebars shall be bored truly and at exact distances, the pin holes to be exactly on the axis of the bar and at exactly right angles to the planes of the flat surfaces. 240 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. When six bars of the same billed strength are piled together the two pins shall pass through both pin holes at the same time without driving. Every bar shall be tested for this require- ment. Pin holes shall, be bored with a sharp tool that will make a clean, smooth cut. Two cuts shall always be taken, the finishing cut never to be more than one eighth inch. Rough- ness in pin holes will be sufficient reason for rejecting bars. One full sized eyebar for every fifty bars made shall be selected from time to time from bars made for the bridge for testing. No bars known to be defective in any way shall be taken for test bars, but the bars shall be selected as fair average spec- imens of the good bars w T hich would be accepted for the work. The tests of full sized eyebars shall be made in the large testing machine at Athens, Pa., unless some other machine is especially accepted by the engineer. These bars shall be required to develop an average stretch of twelve per cent, and a minimum stretch of ten per cent, before breaking. The elongation shall be measured on a length of not less than twenty feet, including the fracture. The bars will be required to break in the body. They shall also show an elastic limit of not less than 32,000 pounds and an ultimate strength of not less than 60,000 pounds, as indicated by the registering gauges of the testing machine at Athens. In case of bars too long for the machine, the bars shall be cut in two, each half reheaded, and both halves tested in the machine, the two tests, however, to count as a single test bar. In these tests a failure to meet the required elongation will be considered fatal, and be a sufficient cause for condemn- ing the bars represented by the bars so tested, but the engineer shall examine carefully into the cause of the breakage of any bar which does not meet the requirements, and may ord.er additional tests if he sees fit. The failure of the bar to break in the body shall not be considered sufficient reason for rejection, provided the required elongation is obtained and not more than one quarter of the bars break in the head. Machine Work. The planing, drilling, and reaming required under the provisions for riveted work shall always be performed. The ends of the chord sections shall be faced so as to be perfectly true, after they are riveted up complete, excepting only the projecting splice p ates. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL STAND-PIPE. 241 When four chord pieces are fitted together complete in the shop, there shall be no perceptible wind in the length of the four sections. All chord sections shall be stamped at each end on the outside with letters and numbers designating the joints in accordance with the diagram furnished by the engineer. All pin holes and holes for turned bolts passing through the whole width of a riveted member shall be bored or drilled after all other work is completed. Pin holes shall be bored truly and at exact distances par- allel with one another and at exactly right angles to the axis of the member. Pin holes shall be bored with a sharp tool which will make a clean smooth cut. Two cuts shall always be taken, the fin- ishing cut never to be more than one eighth inch. Roughness in pin holes will be sufficient reason for rejecting a whole member. Pin holes shall be bored to fit the pins with a play not exceeding one fifteenth of an inch. These requirements apply to latefal connections as well as to other pins. The plans show the distance between the centers of pin holes. Shop requirements shall be between the bearing ed^es of tension or compression members, with a proper allowance for the diameter of the pin. An iron standard of the same temperature as the piece measured shall always be used. All pins shall be accurately turned to a gauge and shall be of full size throughout. The ends of stringers and of floor beams shall be squared in a facer, as shall also all other similar connections. All bearing surfaces shall be truly faced. All surfaces so designated on the plans shall be planed. All screws on iron shall have a truncated V thread, United States standard sized. All screws cut on steel shall have a truncated V thread, United States standard, with eight threads to the inch when the diameter is two and one half inches or less and six threads to the inch for all larger sizes. G. S. M. 157. Specification for the Material and Work- manship of a Steel Stand-Pipe. The following specifica-, tion for the material and workmanship suitable for a steel water tower or stand-pipe have been prepared by Mr. Wm. D. Pence, after a very long and careful investigation of the numerous failures which have occurred in such structures and also of the materials and workmanship suitable and necessary 16 242 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. for this kind of work. The specification includes a phosphorus limit of 0.06 of one per cent., whereas those given in articles 154 and 156 allowed an upper limit of 0.08 of one per cent. There is no question but that a limit of from 0.06 to 0.08 of one per cent., is necessary in order to exclude high phosphorus steels which are of necessity brittle. The author heartily com- mends these specifications, not only for the purpose named, but for all similar kinds of work. Material. The metal composing the stand-pipe shall be soft, open-hearth steel, containing not more than 0.06 per cent, phosphorus, and having an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 54,000 nor more than 62,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit not less than one half the ultimate strength, an elongation of not less than 26 per cent, in eight inches and a reduction of area of not less than 50 per cent, at fracture, which shall be silky in character. Before or after being heated to a cherry red and quenched in water at 80 F., the steel shall admit of bending while cold, flat upon itself, without sign of fracture on the outside of the bent portion. Test Pieces. All test samples shall be cut from finished material. Tensile test pieces to be at least 16 inches long, and to have for a length of 8 inches a uniform planed-edged sec- tional area of at least y? square inch, the width in no case to be less than the thickness of the piece. Bending test pieces to be 12 inches long, and to have a width of not less than four times the thickness, with edges filed smooth. Number of Tests. For the purpose of identification the number of the melt or heat of steel shall be stamped on each plate produced therefrom. At least one full series of tests, both chemical and physical, as above specified, shall be made of each melt, and such additional tests may be made as, in the judgment of the inspector, seem essential for corroborative pur- poses under varying conditions or methods of treatment of the metal. Finish of Material. All plates must be free from lami- nations and surface defects, and shall be rolled truly to the specified thicknesses. Facilities for Testing. Complete facilities for the tests and inspections shall be provided by the contractor, as required. Inspector. Material will be inspected at the mill by (name of a trustworthy testing concern equipped to make both chemical and physical tests) or such other party as may be approved by the engineer. Additional Test Pieces. If required by the engineer, the contractor will provide four certified samples of each thickness SPECIFICATIONS FOE STEEL STAND PIPE. 243 of plate used in the work, these samples to be 2 inches wide and 16 inches long. Workmanship. All workmanship must be first-class in every particular. 'Working Steel. The plates and .angles shall be shaped to the proper curvature by cold rolling. No heating and hammering shall be allowed for straightening or curving, or for other purposes.* Punching. The work shall be carefully and accurately laid out in the shop, and the rivet holes punched with a centerpunch, sharp and in perfect order, from the surface to be in contact. The diameter of the punch shall not exceed that of the rivet by more than 1-16 inch, and the diameter of the die shall in no case exceed that of the punch by more than 1-16 inch. Rivet holes in plates having a thickness of ^ inch, and over shall either be drilled or if punched, shall be reamed not less than ^ inch larger than the die sides of the holes, and sharp edges shall be trimmed. Beveling, etc. All calking edges shall be planed to a proper bevel. All parts must be adjusted to a perfect tit, and properly marked before leaving the shop. Erection. In assembling the work, the rivet holes shall match so that hot rivets may be inserted without the use of a hammer. Drifting is prohibited. Eccentric holes, if any, must be reamed, and if required, larger-sized rivets shall be used in such holes. Rivets and Riveting. The best grade of soft charcoal iron rivets to be had in the market shall be used. Sufficient stock must be provided in the rivets to completely fill the holes and make a full head. l v The rivets shall be driven at such a heat as^ will admit of their being finished in good form with a button set before the rivet has cooled to a critical point. As often as may be deemed advisable for the purpose of testing the work, rivets shall be cut out at the direction of the inspector. The quality of the rivet metal and of the workmanship shall be such that the fracture of the rivet so removed at random shall show a good, tough, fibrous structure without any crystalline appearance, and there shall be no evidence of brrttleness. Loose rivets must be promptly replaced J&o rivet^calkmg being permitted. Calking. All\eams muft ^e calked thoroughly tight with around-nosed calking tool^i)^ |vorkmen of acceptable skill. Great care must be taken not to injure the under plate. Rejections. Defective material and workmanship may be rejected at any stage of the work, and must be properly replaced by the contractor as directed. *If lap riveting is used, omit the expression "or for other purposes," and insert the following sentence: "No scarfing shall be done at a temperature below that of igni- tion of a hard-wood hammer handle, and no work shall be done upon the steel betxveea such temperature and that of boiling water." 244 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. Final Tests. After completion the work shall be tested by filling the stand-pipe with water, and the leaks, if any, shall be promptly and thoroughly calked. The stand-pipe must be water-tight before acceptance. Superintendence. All inspections shall be made under the direction of the engineer who shall have general supervi- sion of the work. W. D. P. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS. 158. Specifications for Pile and Trestle Bridging. The following specifications for pile foundations and timber trestles are those used by the Union Pacific Railway Co. These specifications may, however, serve as a standard for all kinds of pile foundations, and for the selection of large timbers for engineering structures. The formula for obtaining the safe bearing resistance of pile foundations is that generally known as the "Engineering News formula." All piles to be made from straight, sound, live timber, free from cracks, shakes and rotten knots, cut from the following kinds of timber: White Oak, Burr Oak, Red or Yellow Oregon Fir. They must be so straight that a straight line taken in any direction from the center of each end of the pile, and run the length of it, shall show that the pile is at no point over one-eighth of its diameter at such point out of a straight line. They 'must show an even, gradual taper from end to end. Ends must be cut square, all bark taken off, branches and knots trimmed off smooth, finishing the pile in a workman- like manner. They must not be less than fourteen (14) inches in diameter at the narrowest point of measurement of butt or large end, nor less than ten (10) inches in diameter at narrow- est point of measurement of point or small end, and at no part more than seventeen (17) inches in diameter. All piles must be properly sharpened before driving. They must be driven until they will carry a safe working load of - pounds, computed by the following formula: 2wh In which L=Safe load in pounds. w=Weight of hammer in pounds. h=Fall of hammer in feet. s=Last penetration in inches. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TIMBER STRUCTURES, 245 They will be estimated and paid for by the lineal foot. i. As delivered at the site of the structure, according to bills furnished by the engineer. 2. For driving, straightening and cutting off ready for the caps, and only the length .actually left standing in the structure to be paid for. All timbers must be of the exact dimensions given and figured on the plans, to be cut from sound, live timber, free from loose or rotten knots, worm holes, wind shakes or splits ; reasonably well seasoned, straight grained, square edged, and free from any and every defect calculated to impair its strength and durability. It will be estimated and paid for in the work by the thousand feet, board measure. The following kinds of 1 timber will be accepted: All bridge ties will be White or Burr Oak, Oregon Red or Yellow Fir, Tamarack, or Yellow Pine. All track stringers and guard timbers will be Oregon Fir or Yellow Pine, of the long leaved, southern hard pine variety. All posts, caps, sills, bracing and end plank will be White or Burr Oak, Red or Yellow Oregon Fir, White or Yellow Pine, or Tamarack. All wrought iron must be of the best quality of refined iron, tough, ductile, and capable of standing a tensile strain of fifty thousand (50.000) pounds per square inch of sectional area. The manufacture of the bolts must be perfect in every respect, and have nuts and screws of the United States standard dimensions, length of thread to be not less than three inches. All washers and spacing blocks, etc., must be well manu- factured of good gray iron and to the exact dimensions shown on the drawing. The cost of placing all bolts, spikes, and washers in the structure will be included in the price paid for framing and erecting the timber. All bridge ties will be furnished and placed in the bridges by the contractor. The surface of the ties must be brought to a true plane under the rail, so that the rail will get a full bearing on every tie. All of the track stringers shall be brought to a true plane, so that ties will get an even bearing on all the stringers. Where any timber or pile trestle bridge is built on a curve, the blocking for elevating the outer rail, or other means for elevating it, will be as per drawings for the same, a copy of which will be furnished from the office of the chief engineer. The culverts will be put in place and finished ahead of the grading, so that it will not interfere with or detain the grading, in any way. Bridging shall begin when directed by the engineer, and progress at a rate sufficiently rapid to keep out of the way of the tracklayers. 246 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. When directed by the engineer drain pipes will be used instead of culverts ; they will be of cast iron or vitrified terra cotta; this will be carefully bedded and jointed and of such size as may be directed by the engineer. Ail framing shall be accurately fitted; no blocking or shim- ming will be allowed in making joints ; the holes for the bolts shall be bored with an auger of the exact size of the bolts. The nuts on all bolts shall be screwed so the washers shall pinch hard upon the wood and bring all the parts of the structure close together. On completion pick up "and remove all rubbish from the premises. All material will be inspecte'd on the above specifications^ at points of shipment or destination as agreed, and the owners required to remove all rejected material from the company's premises within thirty (30) days from the date of notice to do so. The company after that time will not be responsible for the return or safe keeping of the same. When from any cause bridge materials are unloaded from cars at material yards or end of track, it shall be reloaded by the contractor at his own expense. U. P. R'y. 159. Specifications for the Steam Plant of a Small Electric Light Station. The following specifica- tion for the steam plant of a small electric light station includes specifications for the engine and its attachments, feed water heater, boiler feed-pumps, boilers, furnace, stack and pipe con- nections. While not especially elaborate, they have been pre- pared by a mechanical engineer of large experience in this field of practice. They are given here, however, not for the purpose of being copied, but simply as an illustration of such a specification. The reader will note that three kinds of engines have been provided for, and that large liberty is retained by the engineer in the selection of the engine from those submitted for competition in the bids. A particular feed water heater was here specified, because it was thought to be best suited for the kind of water which was to be used, the advantage of this SPECIFICATIONS FOE STEAM PLANT. 247 heater being that it largely removes the scale from hard water before it enters the boiler: ENGINE. Type: There will be one engine, of the High Speed Auto- matic pattern; cylinders 10% inches or n inches diameter; capable of operating continuously at 600 feet piston speed per minute, without undue heating. Regulation: The automatic governor must permit a cut- off as late as y^ \ and must be so adjusted, that the difference in speed, when running with 100 pounds initial pressure and no load, as compared with 75 pounds initial pressure and cut-off ^, shall not exceed a guaranteed amount to be stated by bidder ; with a correspondingly less variation inside of the limits named. The regulator must be so constructed, as to permit this guar- anteed regulation to be easily maintained, without racing. Fixtures and Fittings: Standard cast iron sub-base, and two heavy driving pulleys, of such diameter and face as may be required to suit dynamo pulleys ; a full set of foundation bolts, nuts, and plates ; template for foundation ; throttle and drain valves; cylinder lubricators, automatic oil cups, wrenches, indi- cator motion, etc.; and two one-inch relief valves set at no pounds pressure. Dimensions: State diameter and material of shaft and crank pin, and submit drawing or blue print indicating clearly size of cylinders, speed, diameter of pipe openings, space occu- pied, and dimensions of foundations. Corliss Engine: Bids will also be considered under the same conditions on a Corliss engine ; 1 1 inches diameter of cylinder, shaft 6 inches ; flywheel and frame extra heavy ; speed 100. Regulation to be guaranteed. Direct Connected Engines: This type will also be con- sidered, together with suitable dynamo. High speed. Vertical or horizontal. Compound or single expansion. Full details must accompany proposals. Belting: Double thickness, even and pliable, equivalent in strength and adhesiveness to the Shultz Leather Belting. Of selected stock, stretched twice before being made into belts. No shoulders or flank leather to be used. Its tensile strength must not be less than 3200 Ibs. per square inch of section, and must not be worked beyond 65 Ibs. per inch of width. The belt will be thoroughly stretched again after making, and before shipment. FEED WATER HEATER. \ One No. 5 Hoppes exhaust steam feed water heater and purifier capable of heating 3,000 pounds of water per hour to the highest point attainable, without back pressure on the 248 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. engine. To have steel shell, oil extractor and trap; crane for removing head ; automatic water regulator and openings for water and steam as required. BOILER FEED PUMPS. One Worthington Duplex pump, 5/^x3^x5, water ends to have packed pist ons. Piston rods, water cylinder linings and water pistons to be of gun metal. Valves suitable for hot water; complete with a full set of oil cups and wrenches. BOILERS. To be two in number as follows: Dimensions: Fifty-four inches diameter, eighteen feet long; thickness of shells, five sixteenths ; heads, seven six- teenths, to have half smoke-box extension, bolted on, sixteen inches in length. Material: Park Bros.' Open Hearth Homogenous flange steel of 60,000 pounds tensile strength. All plates to be stamped with name of maker, quality and tensile strength. Construction: The heads are to* be machine flanged, to have an easy radius ; and amply braced, with braces of best refined iron, uniformly distributed, so that each brace will carry its full share of strain. Before beginning construction a plan of the bracing proposed must be submitted to the engineer for approval. Tubes: Thirty-eight 4 inches in diameter, 18 feet long, of lap welded, charcoal iron; carefully and properly expanded and beaded over. Dome: Thirty inches diameter, thirty inches high. To be of same material as shell ; well braced and double riveted. Seams: There will be one longitudinal, double riveted seam, in each sheet, well removed from the fire. Other riveting single. The make, size and spacing of rivets shall be in accordance with the best modern engineering practice. Supports: There will be two extra heavy cast iron lugs for each side; each 4^ feet from end of the boiler. The for- ward lugs to rest directly on cast iron plates 12 inches square, supported by the masonry. The rear lugs will rest upon 9 one- inch rollers, which in turn will rest upon 12x12 plates. Stack: Of sheet steel, No. 12 gauge in thickness, diame- ter 32 inches, height 50 feet. f Lower end Y shaped to fit stack plates. Furnish sufficient ^ inch galvanized iron guy wire to make two complete sets of guys. Support stack underneath Y to brick work or floor. Fittings: One 5-inch chime whistle; one soot sucker, complete, with hose and handle; one flue scraper; one steel barrow; complete set of firing tools, consisting of shovel hoe, slice-bar, and poker ; 2 eight-inch steam gauges ; 2 one and one- SPECIFICATIONS FOB STEAM PLANT. 249 quarter inch combination water columns, with gauge cocks, and water glasses; two 4-inch safety valves, with levers marked to 150 pounds pressure; 2-inch check, stop and blow-off valves. Castings: Two square top, full flush fronts of approved ornamental design, with tight fitting doors, and anchor rods extending the entire length of brick work ; six 9-foot binding bars with cross and archor rods; soot door and frame; stack plate and damper. Cast iron skeleton frames suitable for standard sizes of fire brick, to be used in place of back plates. Rocking grates will be furnished and erected by the city. Openings. The man hole in front head under tubes, and one in shell back of dome, both properly reinforced, and pro- vided with heads, arches and bolts complete; two i^ inch openings for water column ; one 2-inch for feed and blow off pipe ; one 4-inch main steam outlet, and one 4-inch for safety valve ; all to be properly reinforced and located as directed by the engineer. Inspection and Insurance. Before shipment the boilers will be tested and made tight under a water pressure of 150 pounds. Certificate of inspection and insurance policy in the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, for the sum of $500, for one year must be furnished, for each boiler. FOUNDATIONS AND BRICK WORK. (See Drawing.) The dimensions of foundations for engine, boilers, heaters, pumps, and brick work for furnaces, will be clearly shown in drawings, which must be accurately followed. Foundations: All are to be of concrete composed of one part best domestic cement, three parts of clean, sharp sand, and five parts clean, broken stone of sizes that will pass through a 2^ inch ling; all to be thoroughly mixed, laid quickly, and rammed down solid. Excavations: As per drawing. Remove promptly all earth and other debris. Bottom to be level, and rammed if necessary. Iron Work: All bolts and plates for engines and dynamos must' be put thoroughly and permanently into position by the contractor. ' Outside of each bolt place a piece of 2-inch iron pipe, so as to permit some adjustment of the bolts. Cap Stones: Foundations for heater, and boiler feed pumps will project somewhat above floor line. Each of these will be surmounted by a neatly cut cap stone, 8 inches thick and of proper dimensions. Boiler Furnaces: To be of well burned red brick, thor- oughly wetted before laying ; all joints flushed solid ; all courses 250 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. level and straight. Every sixth course both inside and outside to be a header. Brick to be laid in mortar composed of one part lime to five parts of sharp sand. Build into side and rear walls a i-inch air space, which shall be airtight; except imme- diately under the supporting lugs of boilers, where the walls shall be carried up solid. Fire Brick Lining: The entire inside of the furnace where exposed to flame, will be lined with A No. i hard burned fire brick, laid in dry milled fire clay, with very thin joints, flushed full; headers every sixth course. Use the following special fire brick "Angle B," to form the top and front corner of same, use the "4^ to give the batter on front of bridge wall : at top and bottom, Jamb," also for the inner corners of clean- ing out doors openings. Front of bridge all headers. Closing In Tile: For the sides of furnace, use fire brick tile 6x12x2^ ; and for the rear above tubes lay ordinary fire brick special skeleton arch frame. Iron Work: Place in position all cleaning outdoors, cast iron plates and anchor rods. PIPE CONNECTIONS. To be as per drawing, which will be furnished. Steam: Four inches from boiler to 6-inch header leading to engine room, v^here it will reduce to size required by engine, thence to engine proper size, through a Hine separator suitably drained. Leave Tee having plugged outlets for additional engine and water works pump. Exhaust: Four inches from engine to main line ; thence 6 inches through heater to 5 feet above roof. Leave plugged inlet Tee for additional engine and pump. Drains: Both the steam and exhaust pipes are to have suitable drains of ample size wherever there is any possibility of water accumulating. Run these drains outside of building. Small Piping: Feed, blow-off and steam and exhaust pipes for boiler feed pumps to be as per details shown in draw- ing. Fittings : Of the best construction, with threads true and clean. Use in all cases what is known as "water" or "sweep" ells and fittings, having extra long radii for curves. Valves: Of the Jenkin Brothers, or asbestos disk pat- tern. Use gate and angle valves in preference to globe. When globe valves are used they must be so placed as not to form water pockets. Supports: All pipe work to be well supported in such a way as to bring no unusual strain on the pipe or fittings; either from their weight, or from expansion or contraction. Covering : All live steam pipes, domes and top of boilers to be covered with a high grade non-conducting material, such as magnesia ectional. SPECIFICATIONS JFOB LEATHER BELTING. 251 In General: The arrangement of the pipe work must be such as to provide for all differential strains arising from expan- sion and contraction. The work to be of the best and most thorough possible. The steam pipe will be tested to 150 pounds. \V. H. B. 160. Specifications for Leather Driving Belts. The following specifications for large leather belts were prepared for the large water power electric plant at Austin, Texas, in 1894. It is thought they conform to the latest and best practice in the manufacture of leather belting. There are to be six main driving belts and seven belts to drive dynamos, of dimensions as hereinafter scheduled. These belts are to be of leather made from the best selected, large steer hides, of pure oak-bark tannage. The cuts are to be taken from the centre solid portions of the hides, and are not to include shoulders, flank or soft parts of the hides. Each piece is to be of fine, close fibres and all pieces are to be scarf- ed to a uniform thickness. No piece taken from one hide is to exceed a net length of fifty inches. The individual pieces of the leather are to be thoroughly stretched after currying and again machine tested and the utmost stretch, within elastic limits, given to the belts when they have been made up complete. The transverse lap joints are not to exceed four inches in longitudinal length, are to be scarfed in the best manner, thor- oughly cemented and are to be made fast and durable without the use of pegs or rivets. All belt edges are to be properly rounded. All belts are to be thoroughly water-proofed. The complete belts are to be soft, pliable, and finished with smooth polished surfaces. The belts of thirty-eight inch width are to be of double thickness. The outer face pieces are each to be in a single width, with centre conforming to the back-bone centre of the hide. The inner, or running face pieces of the thirty-eight inch belts are to be n'neteen inches in net width and to have one and one-half inch scarfed and lapped longitudinal joints. One edge of each half-width will be cut along the back-bone centre ot the hide and in the makeup of the belt, these inside half widths are to be placed with the back-bone edges at the outer edges of the belt. These seam sides of the thirty-eight inch belts are to be run next the pulleys. All the remaining belts are to be of double thickness in single width pieces, with centres of each piece conforming to the back-bone centres of the hide. The belts are to be finished 252 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. with uniform thicknesses respectively not less than as follows for each stated width : 38 inches width of not less than - -a inches thickness. 04: 25 " " " " " " " ' ' 24 " " " " " f " " tA tt II t( (( (I ^ tt tt 64 The speeds of the belts will be at rates of about 5,000 lineal feet per minute. All these belts are to be transported to the power house now being constructed by the Board of Public Works of Aus- tin, Texas, in Austin, and are to be placed upon the pulleys in the power house and spliced and cemented in place. The hides and manufacture, finish and fitting of the belts are to be first-class in every respect and the belts are to be guaranteed to run smoothly and straight upon the pulleys and to work successfully for the space of one year from the time of the starting up of the power house for regular work. If any defect tending to impair the usefulness or life of any belt supplied under this specification, shall develop within one year that belt shall at once be made good by the manufacturer or replaced by a belt conforming with this specification. Proposals for these belts, as fitted in place ready for the starting of the machines, are to be delivered to the Hon. John McDonald, Mayor, and President of the Board of Public Works, Austin, Texas, on or before the 8th day of December, 1894, and all belts are to be delivered and fitted in place 'ready for use within six weeks of the date of the order for their manufac- ture and delivery. The Board of Public Works reserves the right to reject any and all proposals as may be for the best interest of the City of Austin. Blue-prints showing relative positions of the pulleys and inclinations of the belts are submitted herewith. SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER-POWER PUMPS. 253 SCHEDULE OF BELTS. H. P. "o Ji In. Thickness in s* 64ths of an inch. Diameter of D Driving Pulley, M Diameter of s Driven Pulley. >2j Distance be- n tween Centres ~ of Shafts. ^S o Feet. Main Driving' Belt 28 ti A-} I n8 ^8 28 Ct 5: 4.2 76l no 66* < 2OI 2C C4 26 14 26 $'075 i 2OI 2C 24 26 4-5 -770 i oi 230 Dynamo Belt 201 25 s 26 &S? 107 846 J 34 14 24 28 c is 625 47 222 134 So 26.5 18 17.688 45-348 IOO 13 24 er 18 1Q 70S 80 So ii ii 21 22 1 18 18 15.211 19.912 38.800 48.102 J. T. F. 16 1 . Specifications for Pumps to be Operated by \Vater Power. The following specification was prepared for the city of Austin, Texas, in 1892, for the construction of two pumps for a city water supply to be driven by water power machinery. PUMPS. There are to be two pairs of horizontal, double- acting, plunger pumps, having two pump cylinders to each pair. Each pair of pumps is to have capacity to deliver four million gallons of water per 24 hours. The dimensions of plunger will be approximately as follows: 1% foot diameter, 2^ foot stroke, with 25 revo- lutions per minute ; the plunger speed not to exceed a mean rate of 1375^ feet per minute when pumping water at the rate of four million gallons per twenty-four hours. These pumps are to be adapted for pumping to a reservoir and also for pumping directly into the city distribution pipes with direct pressure, the pump house being located between the reservoir and the city. The static head of the reservoir is 245 feet and the dynamic head approximately 265 feet and the force main to the reservoir is 7,600 feet in length, of 24 inch pipe. These pumps are to receive motion from vertical turbine shafts having beveled gears which drive a jack shaft. On the jack shaft is to be a spur pinion, which will drive a spur mortise gear on the main pump shaft. On each end of the main shafts are to be balanced crank disks, which will drive the pumps. 254 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The receiving and delivery chambers are to be ample in dimensions, and are to have nests of valves of the best bronze composition of approximately 3 inches diameter, and sufficient in number so that the valves shall not lift more than 3/fa inches each when the rate of delivery of the pumps is at four million gallons per day. The pump chambers will be well provided with hand-holes that will give easy access to each of the valves. The water supply for each pair of pumps is to be taken from a 30 inch branch in the horizontal penstock in the base- ment beneath the pump room floor. The necessary admission and discharge pipes, of ample size and easy curves, and a tall air vessel for each pair of pumps are to be provided. The force mains will be connected with the force mains leading to the reservoir, on the outside of the pump house wall, and not exceeding 10 feet distance from the face of the w r all. The pump cylinders will be connected with the main and jack shaft pillow blocks by continuous, heavy cast-iron girders, adapted to carry the bearings and the strains of the connecting rods without tremble or elasticity. The main and jack shafts are to be of the best wrought iron forgings turned to the diameters indicated upon the draw- ings, and bossed up to receive the gears. The large gears, of both the spur and bevel pairs, will be mortise gears with their mortises planed, and having thoroughly seasoned, machine cut, smooth maple cogs, fitted and keyed in the most rigid manner. The cogs are to be thoroughly boiled in oil. Each spur pinion is to be machine moulded, with teeth planed on both sides to match and run with mortise gears. Both gears and pinions are to be bored to fit their respective shafts and to be keyed in place. The pinions are to be feather keyed on the jack shaft and fitted with approved screw motion to move them out or into gear and to hold them where placed. The jack shafts are to be not less than 6}/ inches, and the main shafts not less than nine inches diameter in the bearings. The two jack shafts are to have their axes precisely in line and .are to have a connecting shaft fitted with couplings, bear- ings and distance plates as directed. All bearings are to be babbeted and bored out, of ample lenght to insure moderate wear and easy lubrication, and are to be fitted with oil cups. The cranks will be in balanced disk forms and fitted with mild steel pins. The connecting rods will be of the best wrought iron, and fitted with brasses, steel straps and adjusting keys and babbeted friction bearings. The cross heads will be of forged iron approved model with steel wrist pins. The guides will be rigidly bolted to the girders and adjustable to wear. The plunger rod and plunger stuffing box glands, the valves and all interior bolts and nuts will be of the best solid SPECIFICATIONS FOR A WELL AND CURB. 255 standard bronze metal. The plunger stuffing box will be packed with the best quality of "Seldon" or other approved packing. The crank disks, connecting rods, straps and cross- heads are to have polished surfaces. All bearings and wrist pin brasses are to be fitted with the best oil cups and with proper drip pockets, and drip pipes are to be provided where required. There is to be furnished and connected with each pair of pumps one 8 inch water pressure gauge, indicating the column of water in both feet head and pounds pressure. There will be a good approved revolution counter fitted to each pair of pumps as directed by the engineer. There \vill be a long Scotch tube water glass with proper cocks on each air vessel. The general plan of the power house shows the position of these pumps, the method of connecting their power, and the positions of their suction and delivery pipes. Full detail drawings of the pumps and their appendages are to be delivered to the consulting engineer and are to be subject, in all respects to his approval. J. T. F. 162. Specification for a Pump Well. The following specification describes a good method of sinking a well from 20 to 50 feet in diameter and to a depth not usually exceeding 50 to 60 feet. Such wells are usually sunk through water-bearing strata, where an open cut would have to be supported by some kind of curbing and this curbing may as well be the masonry well curb itself. In this case it is necessary to rest this masonry upon a shoe which may be made either of wood or iron. In the former case an iron cutting edge should be provided. It is also best to reduce the external diameter of the masonry curb a short distance above the shoe in order to prevent the whole mass from sticking in the process of sinking by its becoming tightly bound by the surrounding earth. It is necessary to anchor the lower portion of the masonry curb to the shoe by means of iron bolts, as indicated in these specifications. Pump Well. The pump well shall be constructed within lines to be given by the Engineer, and will consist of a brick curb, laid in cement mortar, on an oak shoe provided with an angle iron ring bolted to the under side of shoe flush with its outer periphery. S/ioe. The shoe shall be in three rings of unseasoned oak, three inches thick, made up in segments, the segments to be a 256 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. true arc upon the outer periphery and bolted together with seven eigths (%) inch bolts and wrought iron washers to break joint as shown in drawing marked "Section and Details Pump Well," on file in the office of the Water Works Committee. The width of the shoe shall be twenty-two (22) inches, and when bolted up shall measure nine (9) inches in depth or thickness. The ring shall be of 4x4 inch angle iron five eighths (f) inch thick weighing 16.2 pounds per foot, twenty-one (21) feet external diameter, with two fishplates eighteen (18) inches long at each joint, riveted on hot, with four (4) three quarter (24 ) rivets staggered, each side of joint; the heads of /ivets to be countersunk and finished flush on outside of angle iron ring and shall be attached to the oak shoe with sixty (60) seven eighths (^) bolts, placed about one (i) foot and one (i) inch, center to center, on a circle twenty (20) feet, seven and one half (7%) inches diameter. These bolts shall have forged square heads and nuts and wrought iron washers. The oak shoe shall have a diameter of twenty-one (21) feet. Curb. The cuib shall be of select hard burned front or paving brick, straight, sound and solid, when broken. No over burned or salmon brick will be accepted, and the brick shall be laid on the oak shoe in courses; in full beds of cement mortar, consisting of one part Louisville [fresh burned] cement to 2 parts of clean sharp sand which shall be mixed only as fast as used by the masons. No cement mortar which has had an over dose of water or sand, or which has be^un to set in the mortar box shall be used, but all such must be thrown aside. The bricks shall be free from dust and wet with a sprinkling hose or can, or be dipped by the mason in clean water before being placed in the curb and all joints shall be slushed with mortar pressed in with the trowel, as rapidly as the courses of brick work are laid up. No GROUTING WILL BE ALLOWED.* The outer and inner faces of the curb shall be laid in true circles of the dimensions shown by the drawing above men- tioned, and shall have at the bottom (or on the shoe) an exter- nal diameter of twenty (20) feet ten (10) inches, and an internal diameter of seventeen (17) feet four (4) inches, these dimensions for a height of two (2) feet six (6) inches, when the internal diameter shall be contracted by a gradual racking inward of the courses to a height of four (4) feet above the shoe, where the internal diameter shall be sixteen (16) feet eight (8) inches. From a depth or height of four (4) feet above the shoe- to the top of well the internal diameter shall be eighteen (18) feet, and the external diameter shall be twenty (20) feet ten (10) inches from the shoe to the top of well, the thickness of wall at the bottom or on the shoe, and for two and one half * The author would prefer the grouting to the slushing with mortar, as better cal- ulated to obtain perfectly solid joints. SPECIFICATIONS FOR A WELL AND CURB. 257 (2%) feet above, shall be twenty-one (21) inches, four (4) feet above the shoe the thickness shall be twenty-five (25) inches, and for the remainder of heighth or depth, the thickness shall be seventeen (17) inches. The bricks shall be laid stretchers and headers or with hoop iron bond, as may be directed by the engineer. The contractor to state in his proposal the difference in price- (if any), should all bricks be laid as stretchers and the curb bonded from insiJe to outside with hoop iron. Should hoop iron bond be used this will be of charcoal iron, Xo. 1 6, B. G., one and one half (i 1-2) inches wide cut four (4) inches longer than thickness of wall, with each end turned at right angles for a length of two (2) inches, and shall be placed eighteen (18) inches apart around the wall, and shall occur at every fifth horrizontal joint. The curb of the well shall be truly cylindrical for all depths, and shall be carried down plumb. The outer surface of the brick work must be true to the arcs and smooth, to pre- vent sticking as the material is undermined from the shoe, and the inside joints shall be neatly struck as the courses of brick are laid. Anchor Bolts. The lower or first eight (8) feet of the curb shall be attached to the shoe by ten (10) anchor bolts, eight (8) feet long, of seven eighths (7-8) inch round iron, with square nuts and wrought iron washers at the bottom and square nuts and plate iron washers of one quarter (1-4) inch, boiler iron eight (8) inches square at the top, the bolts shall be= placed about six (6) feet apart, and built in as shown by the^ drawing herein mentioned, and after the course of brick next: under the washers (at top) has been laid, the nuts shall be aU screwed down on the washers, and the excess of thread on the bolts carefully cut off with a hack saw, to avoid disturbance of the brick work just set. Coping. The well shall be finished with a coping of sand stone ten (10) inches thick, twenty-one (21) inches wide, with an internal diameter of seventeen (17) feet eight (8) inches, to project two (2) inches inside and outside brick work at top of curb. The inner and outer edges of coping on top shall have a chiseled wash one and one half (i%) inches "in" on the bed and one (i) inch "down" on the face. The coping shall be made up in ten (10) segments of uniform length of arc, and shall be dressed to lay with less than one quarter (^) inch joint. The joints shall be filled with mortar worked in with the trowel and the several segments shall be cramped together with iron cramps of best "^X2^ f. b. iron with legs 2^ inches long, and width of cramps between legs fifteen (15) inches. These cramps shall be "let" into the beds of stones at the mid- width, flush with the surface of coping, and the leg pockets 17 258 ENGINEEBING SPECIFICATIONS. fchall be cut slightly dovetail with a flare downwards, and after the cramps are set shall be run with hot lead caulked in place. The lower bed shall be chisel dressed to make a joint on a full bed of mortar with the last course of brick, and the faces and upper beds shall be finely chiseled to a smooth even surface. Excavation. The well will be constructed by the under- mining method, a circular hole, twenty-one (21) feet diameter will be sunk in the clay eight (8) or ten (10) or more feet, depending upon the capacity of the material to stand vertical, and at the option of the contractor and upon approval of the engineer. The shoe will then be placed in the hole and care- fully leveled, the anchor bolts being in place, the brick curb will be laid as herein provided until the brick work reaches a heighth of three (3) feet above the level of ground, when fur- ther excavation will be had by removing the material within the curb and under the shoe and allowing the shoe to settle from the superimposed weight of the curb. The excavation under the shoe to be carried down uniformly all around to maintain a true level of the last course of brick on the curb. The level shall be taken for each course of brick laid, and w 7 hen found "out" the curb shall be truly leveled by additional excavation under the higher side. J. W. H. 163. Specification for Turbine Water Wheels. The following specifications for both horizontal and vertical turbine water wheels was used in the construction of the large water power system of Austin, Texas, of 1892. Horizontal Turbines. There are to be four pairs of hori- zontal turbines of 506 horse power each, under 54 feet head. Each pair of these turbines will discharge into one common draft tube. On the shaft of each pair of turbines there will be two pulleys, each to be adapted to transmit the full power of the pair of turbines, and on the same shaft there will be a heavy balance wheel. The pulleys are to be for belt or rope driving as directed. The turbine shafts are to have ample bearing surfaces, and each exterior bearing is to be fitted with oil cups and proper drip pockets. Each turbine case is to have a man-hole of 10x15 inches clear opening. Er.ch of the turbine quarter-turns is to be of cast-iron and is to be fitted with a good stuffing box and is to be flanged, fitted and bolted to its 5^ feet diameter stop valve. The draft tube is to be flared at its mouth. A cast-iron plate is to be fitted on the floor of each tail race under each draft tube, which plate is to be 6y 2 feet diameter and raised coni- cally in the center to a point. The floor plates are each to be secured with twelve ^ inch lag bolts. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TURBINE WATER WHEELS. 259 The turbine cases, quarter-turns and feeder pipes are to have proper lugs upon them to rest upon the iron beams and masonry, which are to be their supports. A strong and rigid frame of iron beams is to be furnished with each pair of turbines. Each frame is to be supplied with proper strong hold-down bolts and anchor plates. All anchor rods, ph.tes, lugs and braces are to be supplied that may be necessary to secure the turbine cases, frames, draft tubes and feeder pipes securely in place, so they will be free from move- ments or vibration. Vertical Turbines. There are to be also two turbines with vertical shafts, each of 185 horse power under 54 feet head. These vertical turbines will have draft tubes similar to those above described for the horizontal turbines. The draft tubes are to be quarter inch plate iron with seams riveted so as to be air tight and with seams caulked in a workmanship man- ner. The shaft of each vertical turbine is to extend up to a level proper to receive the beveled pinion at the pump room floor. A pair of bevel wheels is to be furnished with each of the vertical turbines of ratios as directed, approximately 2 and 75-100 to i. The larger bevel will be a mortise gear wheel with planed mortises and fitted with the best maple cogs w r hich have been thoroughly seasoned and boiled in oil and substanti- ally keyed in place. The small bevel gear will be machine molded and have planed teeth. The vertical feeder pipe with each vertical turbine and its quarter-turn will be supplied with each wheel case. Within this vertical feeder pipe are to be a sufficient number of bearings to keep the shaft truly in line. These feeder pipes are to be made of quarter inch plate iron of good ductile stock, of not less than 40,000 pounds tensile resistance per square inch, and are to be well riveted with hot rivets and are to be calked water tight in a workmanlike manner. The quarter-turns will be flanged and fitted with bolts to connect them to the vertical and horizontal feeder penstock pipes or valves. Each vertical turbine is to have ample capacity when working under 54 feet head to start its pair of pumps when pumping at a rate of four million gallons in 24 hours against a pressure of 265 feet of water and to bring the speed of*the pumps quickly and easily up to a rate of 25 revolutions per minute. The turbines will have bronze buckets, approved gates and gate gears, and composition stuffing box glands. Approved cast-iron, bright standard and hand wheels will be set on the main floors of the house, where directed, and connected with the gate gears. Approved, sensitive regulators will be con- nected with the horizontal turbines. Substantial pedestals will be provided for the bearings of the horizontal shafts. 260 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The turbines are each to be guaranteed to give a duty of not less than So per cent, by dynamometrical test, in a testing flume, or by similar test when driving their pumps at a rate to deliver four million gallons of water per 24 hours into the reservoir. * * ;;- ; ; The turbine cases, turbine and draft tubes, also the vertical feeder pipes of the vertical wheels and all the quarter-turns, are to be set in place in the power house being constructed in Austin, Texas, by the Board of Public Works of the city, and their materials and workmanship, and their trimmings and anchorages are to be of the best of their respective classes, to the full approval of the Engineer, and are to be guaranteed and maintained in perfect condition for the term of one year after their test and acceptance. A general plan accompanying this specification shows the wheel pits, penstocks, feeder pipes and draft tubes, the floors of the power house and method of using the power. Full detail drawings of the turbines and their appendages are to be deliv- ered to the Consulting Engineer and are to be subject to his approval in all respects. J. T. F. 164. Specification for the Installation of an Electric Lighting Station in a Small City. The fol- lowing specification for an electric lighting station were pre- pared in the year 1894, for a small city which required an economical installation. They are given here, not for the pur- pose of being copied, but as an illustration of what was con- sidered good practice at the time they were drawn. The gentleman who prepared these specifications has had a large experience in Electric Light installation, having been at one time manager of an Electric Works, while at the same time being a mechanical engineer of thorough training and wide experience. The work was to be erected under his own supervision and inspection, so that it was only necessary to make such a specification as would warrant him in demand- ing first-class materials and workmanship in the execution. STATION PLANT. Dynamo: The dynamo shall be of constant potential alternating incandescent type, and to have a nominal or rated capacity of thirty to thirty-five kilo-watts, at one thousand to *The author recommends that a bonus and forfeiture condition should accompany such a duty clause as this. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHTING PLANT. 261 one thousand and one hundred volt at station. State numb of alterations per minute. Exciter to be belt driven froi alternator shaft. By "nominal" or "rated" capacity is meant that load at which the dynamo will run continuously, without undue heating. Proposals will state the capacity, and the amount of overload the machine will safely stand for three hours run in hot weather. Bids are also desired on direct connected generators, with high speed engine of approved de- sign. Bids must give full details, and be accompanied by drawings. Attachments: Machine to have insulated base frame, belt tightener, self-oiling bearings, automatic regulator, and all necessary station and switch-board apparatus, including light- ning ari'fsters. Submit a list of station equipment intended to be furnished. Regulators: Must automatically control the current over the entire range of the capacity of the machine, without undue heating, or sparking; so that the power required is at all times proportionate to the number of lamps burning. It must pro- vide a steady and uniform light, with variations in the engine speed not exceeding three per cent. The regulators must pro- tect the dynamos in case of short circuiting on the line. Erection: Contractors will deliver machine, and all sta- tion apparatus, and erectsame in position, including substantial foundations of concrete. They will run wires in station between outlet where external construction begins, and switch- board, machines, arresters, exciter, grounds, etc. Wire to Okonite. Furnish and place switch-board, and erect all appa- ratus thereon. Furnish expert to erect* adjust, and run appa- ratus ten days, instructing the city's attendants in its care and operation. Contractor must keep informed as to the progress of the work, and arrange the time of his experts accordingly, and there will be no allowance for extra time or traveling expenses, not specially ordered. State charge per day for the time of expert longer than ten days. Acceptance: Before leaving, the expert must satisfacto- rily make the capacity test, and such other texts as the city may require to satisfy itself that the provisions of the contract have been fully carried cut. At the end of the ten days' run, the apparatus will be accepted, providing the requirements of the contract have been fully met. Switch Board: Furnish and erect a switch-board, com- plete, of good, hard, well seasoned wood, providing for one dynamo and two mains for commercial, and for street lights as hereinafter provided. Arrange for easy access to rear of board. Submit list of apparatus to be placed on switchboard. 262 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Lightning Arresters : Include six double pole lightninj arresters of approved form f.or use on the circuits throughout the city. MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES. Converters: From one thousand to one hundred volts. Number and capacity to be as per the accompanying list. Each must be provided with fuse box and eye bolts, or wrought it on straps; with hooks on upper ends to hang directly from cross arm or cleats. The regulation imist be within two and one half per cent, for the smallest size, and two per cent, for the largest, besides which, the leakage losses must not exceed five per cent, on the small, and one per cent, on the large, and the regulation and leakage must be uniform for all converters of the same size. Each converter must be ample to carry, in emergencies for three hours continuously, without dangerous overheating, twice its rated capacity, but, of course, with reduced efficiency. Shunt Coils: Fifty in number; one to be used with each street lamp, of which there are five groups, of ten each. The shunt coils to take care of the current in the event of a lamp burning out. Furnish two extra coils for reserve. Meters: Will read ampere or watts hours, and must be carefully adjusted and tested before shipment. See list appended. Furnish one extra meter of each of the three smallest sizes. Lamps: To be of approved make, and furnished with such base as may be selected later. Efficiency fifty-five watts per sixteen candle power lamp. Furnish, now, 1,000 sixteen candle power, and 100 thirty-two candle power. All for one hundred volt current. Sockets: One thousand of first-class construction, with porcelain base to fit such lamp as may be selected later. Delivery and Erection: The converters, meters, lamps and sockets shown on accompanying lists and maps, are to be erected in position. The rest of the quantities above named are to be delivered to the city for future use. Future Orders: The quantities hereinbefore mentioned are to be included in original proposal price, but a price must also be named at which additional orders may be placed within one year from signing contract. EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTION. Pole Line. Furnish and erect in position all poles and cross-arms for the complete distribution system shown on blue print. All poles to be live peeled white cedar, 30 feet long, 6 inches diameter at top, housed and gained for two cross-arms. Set 4*/2 feet in ground and tamp well. Poles must be straight and sound. Any poles crooking more than one inch in five SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHTING PLANT. 263 feet or having more than ten per cent, rot in butt, will be rejected. Location of poles will vary between 100 and 150 feet apart, averaging probably 125. All locations to be approved by city. Furnish 12 extra poles for future use. Fur- nish all material and do all work, connected with the primary system, starting from station outlet, and including secondaries to house inlets. Corner pins to be 1^/2, inch extra quality locust, except in cases of unusually severe strain, where they must be of iron; all others i^ inch painted oak; all whites to be carried on insulators of the deep groove double petticoat pattern. Wire. To have triple braided weather-proof insulation of superior finish and -smoothness, tough and not easily abraded, and which will not disintegrate or deteriorate by exposure to the elements, and equal in all respects to "K K." The wires will be of sizes as shown on blue print. The drop from con- verter to house inlet when all lamps shown on map are burning at once must not exceed one per cent. Street Lights. Will be 47 of 32 candle power each, run in groups of 10-100 volt lamps, with shunt coils, each group in series. Location of street lamps and wires as per accompanying blue print. All wire No. 10 B. & S. Furnish and erect on switchboard at station, switches controlling all street lights. There will be two groups of 10 street lights each. The other three groups will each have 9 lights on street, and one in station. Hanging Lamps. Contractor is to furnish all fixtures, material and labor; to hang in position the 47 incandescent street lamps shown on map, as high above grade line as possi- ble ; with cutters suspension street hoods, with cross-arms, insulators, nozzles, and petite pulleys and ^ inch galvanized iron flexible lamp cord, with hemp core; also galvanized steel wire strand ^ inch diameter, for suspending lamps in the cen- tre of streets, by the cross suspension method. Use eye bolts with washers for suspension wires, projecting sufficiently to permit slack being taken up by tightening nut. Iron break arms are to be used v\ here lines leave poles, or wherever a loop is made. Returns from Street Circuits. Shown in broken lines on blue print may be cut into commercial circuits, instead of returning to station independently. Incandescent Distribution. Will be shown on accompa- nying blue print. In General. All joints are to be well soldered and taped. No wire must be lower than 20 feet above grade line. All streets, alleys, and other public places where work is done, must be left in as good condition as before starting. Use special iron brackets wherever necessary, always placing some 264 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, soft moisture proof material between the iron screw and the insulator. Erect on incandescent mains where directed, the six lightning arresters. SECONDARY INDOOR WIRING. Capacity. All secondary wiring must be sufficiently large to carry at one time 25 per cent, more lamps than the number shown on the accompanying map, without undue heating, and at 100 volts. The drop from house inlet to the most distant lamp with the above maximum load must not exceed 2*/ per cent. Erection. All inlets to be in front of houses, except where some other place may be designated, as more conven- ient. Converters, meters, sockets, and lamps are to be furnished by this contractor, placed by him and connected permanently in position, complete. All other necessary material, such as fuse boxes, switches, cut-outs, etc., to be furnished and erected by this contracior. Plans. Name a lump sum for the complete installation of the lamps located on the blue print in accordance with these specifications. State also: i st. Price per lamp at which this schedule may be added to or deducted from. 2d. Price per lamp which will be charged additional for concealed work. Character of Work. Except where otherwise arranged, all interior wiring will be open cleat work, using w T hite double braided painted fire-proof wire. The details of all indoor wir- ing will be in accordance with the rules of the St. Louis Board of Fire Underwriters. The city will have the work inspected from time to time at its own expense, and any work which may be found, at any time previous to the acceptance of the plants not in accordance with those rules, must be put into satisfactory shape by this contractor at once. Drops to be No. 16 cotton flexible cable, with adjusting ball and fibre socket bushing. Special Work. The city grants the contractor the right to sell shades, fixtures, etc., and to do concealed and fixture wiring, for which extra work the customers will pay him direct, such work to be done under the supervision of the engi- neer, and to his satisfaction. W. H. B. 165. Specifications for Electrical Distribution Circuits for Light and Power. The following is the descriptive portion of a set of specifications for electrical dis- tribution for light and power prepared for the city of Austin, Texas, in 1894. They are thought to be a good example of SPECIFICATIONS FOB ,ELECTKICAL DISTRIBUTION. 265 such specifications and are here inserted exactly as used in the letting of the contract. Power Station: The power station is located at the new dam in the Colorado river and is about three miles northerly of the corner of Congress avenue and Pecan streets in said city of Austin. There will be in the power station one 180 kilo-watt tri-phase generator adapted to generate alternating currents of 2,700 volts potential, two 100 kilo-watt generators adapted to generate direct currents of 550 volts potential, four alter- nators of 3,000 light capacity, and two alternators of 1,500 light capacity adapted to generate alternating currents of 2,200 volts potential and two arc machines each of capacity to supply cur- rents for loo arc lamps of 450 watts each. The wires for power currents will be led out of the station for grouping on one set of poles and the wires for lighting cur- rents for grouping on another set of poles. The currents of the three power generators will be transmitted by three-wire com- plete circuits. All the wire circuits are to be connected with the switch- board and station apparatus so as to give the most complete switching, testing and regulating facilities with the least drop of potential consistent therewith. The leading wires are to be strung from the switch-board to the cupola of the power house and out through the panels of the cupola and are to be insu- lated from the building and panels in the best manner. All the wires within the buildings will be covered with a firm w r ater proof insulating material, such as shall be approved by the engineer, and to the safe insulation of currents with standard potentials of 2,500 volts. Pole Lines: The line poles will be of peeled, white northern cedar. The poles are to be straight, sound, smooth and free from large or loose knots that might weaken them. The dimensions of poles shall not be less than those stated in the following schedule and poles of each representative class are to be set at depths not less than those stated in the schedule, if set in earth, and six inches less if set in solid rock. Poles will not be less than the schedule thickness at one half foot below their tops, and will be made roofed at their tops and their roofs w T ill be painted with the best quality of mineral paint. Their lowest cross arms shall be at least 18 feet and 3 inches at center above the center of the street opposite the pole. On the main two-feeder lines, between the power house and Congress avenue, the poles are to be spaced not exceeding loo feet between centers, and on the sub-feeder and distribution lines poles are to be spaced not exceeding 132 feet between cen- ters, and if lengths of blocks are such that three poles per block 266 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. exceed this limit, four poles per block are to be used. Poles will be placed in the curb line or in a line parallel with the curb line if on streets and, if in the alleys, as directed by the engi- neer. Corner and terminal poles and all other poles subject to extra unbalanced strains shall be securely guyed with No. 6 gal- vanized steel wire. Guys shall be so placed and secured as not to be obstructions or nuisances. i ' SCHEDULE OF MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF POLES. CLASS. Number of cross arms. Minimum length of poles. Depth set in earth. Height of lowest arms. Dia. at top of poles. A One. 25 ft. in. 4 ft in. 18 ft 3 in. 4^i B Two. 25 ft. in. 4 ft. 8 in. 18 ft. 4 in 5 c ... Three. 27 ft. in. 4 ft. 6 in. 18 ft. 5 in. 5 l s6 D Four. 29 ft. 6 in. 5 ft. in. 18 ft. 9 in. 6 E Five 31 ft. 6 in. 5 ft. 6 in. 18 ft. 7 in. 64 F Six. 33 ft 6 in 5 ft 9 in. 18 ft 8 in 7 G . . Seven. 35 ft. in. 6 ft. in. 18 ft. 3 in 1\ Gains shall be cut in the poles so that the cross arms will fit snugly and rest at right angles to the axis of the poles. Proper gains are to be made to receive lightning arresters, trans- formers and other apparatus to be attached to the poles. The contractor shall secure all necessary permissions for the trimming of private trees and shall do all trimming, and he shall secure the necessary permission for attaching any guy wires to private property. Cross Arms. The six-pin cross arms will be four and one quarter by five and one fourth inches section, and other cross arms of three and one quarter by four and one quarter inch section, and all are to be of sound, clear and smooth seasoned white oak. The two-pin cross arms will be of clear, hard Michigan white pine. Each will be rounded on its top and each will be fastened with three and one half by seven inch lag screws with washers. The six-pin arms will be not less than five feet and ten inches long and four-pin cross arms not less than four feet ten inches long. All cross arms will have one good coat of the best "P. and B." paint compound for the purpose before being fastened to the poles. The vertical distances between centers of cross arms shall not be less than twenty inches. All four and six-pin cross arms will be stayed with one quarter by one and one half inch rolled iron japanned braces, not less than twenty-six inches long on the six-pin arms and twenty inches long on the shorter arms. SPECIFICATIONS FOB ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION. 267 Each pair of braces will be secured with two lag screws, two by five-sixteenth inches, and one lag screw three by five- sixteenth inches dimensions each, with washers complete. Pins. All cross arms carrying No. i or larger wire will be furnished with the best quality of locust pins and for smaller wires with the best quality of white oak pins all with one and and one half inch diameter tenons. The interior pins shall be eight inches from centers of cross arms and other spacings of pins 12 inches between centers. The pins shall be covered with "P. & B." paint com- pound, shall fit closely in the cross arm mortises, and shall be secured with steel nails. Insulators. Each pin shall have one of the best deep groove glass insulators of double petticoat pattern. Pole Steps. Screw pole steps of five eighths by eight inch wrought iron, galvanized, shall be placed on each pole on which there is a lightning arrester, transformer or cut-out. The lowest step shall be at eight feet from the ground and other steps at eighteen inches between centers vertically, but alternately on the opposite side of the poles. Wire Circuits. All of the circuits are to be of pure copper, of at least 95 per cent, conductivity, drawn true to gauge and of the best quality in every respect as electrical con- ductor wires. The diameters of the circuit wires as herein described are stated in the dimensions of the Brown & Sharp gauge. The wires in the power house will have the best water proof insula- tion. The wires in all alternating current feeders and circuits are to have the best weather proof insulation of standard double braided and compounded coverings. The arrangements of the power circuits on the poles from the power station to West Avenue are shown on an accompany- ing plan and the arrangements of the main alternating circuits and arc circuits are similarly shown on another plan. On the top of the two main pole lines above described there will be one guard or protection galvanized iron standard-, barbed double fence wire to be strung on pony insulators, and effectively grounded at distances not exceeding 500 feet. All joints in wires must have full and durable contact and be soldered in the best manner so that the joints shnll hold and maintain a degree of conductivity at least equal to that of the wires connected. All joints so made shall be thoroughly washed in an acid neutralizing solution and well wrapped with insulating tape, and the finishing end of the tape shall be wrapped with copper wire. The insulation resistance of the joint is to be equal to the insulation resistance on other parts of the line. 268 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The power, arc and alternating circuits within the city will be arranged, as nearly as possible, as shown on the accom- panying mops of the distribution system. The commercial and domestic lighting by alternating cur- rents will be divided into eight districts, as shown on the wiring map, and the wires will be proportioned for 16 candle power, alternating lamp transformers in each district as follows: District No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. ' 1500 3000 3000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 Lamps and 1200 Lamp capacity of transformers. 2400 2400 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 The power generators will have their currents wired from the power house into the city by the Boulevard and Pecan street, to Red River street, and a branch current wire will extend along the alley between Congress avenue and Colorado street from 3rd to loth streets. The transmission will be by three-wire circuits with complete returns, and the drop in potential in full power of the generators shall not exceed ten per cent. Towers. Thirty iron "Star" lighting towers of the Detroit pattern, i^o feet each in height to top of mast, are to be located in various parts of the city as shown in the accompany- ing maps of lighting towers. These towers are to be of the most substantial construction, substantially guyed, and equip- ped with six 450 watt arc lamps each. Each of the two circuit systems of wires for lighting these tower arc lamps is to be of No. 6, weather proof, insulated copper wire, connected with the switch board in the power house. Potentials. In the wires for commercial and domestic lighting by alternating currents, the loss by drop in potential in the mains between the power house and West avenue shall not exceed twelve and one half per cent., and in the sub-feeders and branches shall not exceed an additional five per cent. Transformers. The schedule of transformers or convert- ers as herein contemplated is as follows: Twenty-one of 12 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Ninety -nine of 25 v Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Forty of 50 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Fifteen of 70 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Fifteen of 90 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Eleven of 125 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Twelve of 250 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. One of 500 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. The said party of the first part hereby reserves the right to exchange converters by sizes, taking an equal capacity in smaller SPECIFICATIONS FOE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION. 269 converters as the interest of its patrons shall require. The con- verters, as located by the engineer, are to be fully connected in the wiring circuits ready for attaching the domestic and com- mercial wires. Grounds. Effective grounds are to be prepared for each of the lightning arresters and for the ground connections of the guard wires. When no good ground connection is available one is to be prepared by placing two bushels of good coke or charcoal near the base of a pole and placing therein a copper plate, one eighth by four inches in section and three feet in length, and the ground wires are to be soldered thereto. Apparatus. All the circuits will be fully equipped with the requisite installation apparatus required for the safe and easy operation of the lines and for their testing, inspection and maintenance, such as feeder boxes, primary switch and fuse boxes, cut-outs, transformers, etc., each marked with their safe ampere carrying capacity, and all lines will be fully equipped with lightning arresters. Each piece of this apparatus is to be located as directed, is to be of the best material and workmanship for the purpose and is to be set and secured in the best manner, and each is to be subject to the rgid inspection and test, and to the approval and rejection, of the engineer. Guarantees. All apparatus, materials, and workmanship herein specified and contracted for are, by the said party of the second part, hereby guaranteed against all electrical and mechanical defects, and defective workmanship for the space of one year from and after their completion and acceptance. The party of the second part also hereby guarantees that any of the lighting towers herein contracted for, when provided with six direct current arc lamps of 450 watts capacity each (2,000 nom- inal candle power) will illuminate any portion of a circle 3,000 feet in diameter, of which the tower is the center, sufficiently so that any ordinary watch may be read on the darkest night when the said towers are illuminated. J. T. F. PART IV. Illustrative Examples of Complete Con- tracts and Specifications. EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, SO FRAMED AS TO INCLUDE THE CONTRACT AND BOND, TOGETHER WITH ALL THE GENERAL CLAUSES, SO DRAWN AS TO BE DISTINCT AND SEPARATE FROM THE SPECIFICATIONS. 166. Contract and Bond Combined in One Doc- ument with the Specifications. It is often customary for corporations doing a great deal of work by contract to have a standard form of combined contract, specification, and bond, in which the contracting and surety clauses remain the same, and in which a large proportion of the general clauses remain unchanged, while the specifications proper vary in accordance with the different classes of work to be done. Of such an ex- ample is that given in the following article, this being the standard form used by the city of St. Louis. It will be noted that in this contract, the contractor is represented as the party of the first part, and the city of St. Louis as the party of the second part. In Part II of this work, wherein the general clauses of specifications were discussed, the party of the first part was supposed to indicate the employer, and the party of the second part, the contractor. It is, of course, a matter of indifference as to which custom is followed, so long as the doc- ument clearly defines the meaning of these terms. 270 SPECIFICATIONS FOK PUMPING ENGINES. 271 In all the examples given in this portion of the work, the subjects of the clauses will be indicated by marginal titles. This is the common practice in all specifications, but it has not been followed in the previous portions of the work, since the examples chosen were fragmentary in their character, and did not seem to require this kind of indexing. In actual practice, however, it is advisable to use these marginal titles for conven- ience of reference. So also should the clauses be all numbered, as is done in the examples which follow, these numbers also having been omitted in the previous portions of this work, because of their fragmentary character. 167. Contract and General Specifications for Large Pumping Engines. The following complete con- tract and specifications was used in 1894 by the Water Com- missioner of the city of St. Louis, in the letting of contracts for two large high service pumping engines. They are what is known as general specifications, since they do not indicate any particular style of engine, and since no plans were drawn for the work. It should be understood also that the city of St. Louis is obliged to let all public work by contract and always to accept the lowest bid or to reject all bids. It has hitherto been customary for this city to prepare detail plans for all pub- lic work because of this provision requiring them to accept the lowest bid. These specifications have therefore been drawn with the greatest care, and in such a way that the city may be able to accept the lowest bid without danger of obtaining an inferior product. The gentleman who prepared these specifi- cations is a thorough civil and mechanical engineer of about twenty years experience in the designing and operation of pump- ing engines, and therefore the requirements here embodied are likely to represent the latest and best practice. They are given here, however, not for the purpose of being copied, but for the purpose of illustrating the care and foresight required in the letting of contracts under general specifications, in order that 272 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. all the bidders may be placed on an even footing, and that even the lowest bid shall of necessity correspond to a first-class and in every way satisfactory result. In general, where it is obliga- tory to accept the lowest bid, it is advisable to have detail plans prepared. The privilege had been specially reserved, however, in the advertisement of this work, to reject all the bids, if none of them proved satisfactory, but the city is not allowed, under its charter, to reject a lower bid, and accept a higher. Referring to clause D in these specifications and to the last portion of that clause, the wording here is evidently too inclu- sive. That is to say, the Water Commissioner would not be allowed by law to ''decide all questions which may arise rela- tive to the execution of this contract on the part of the contrac- tor," with the condition that "his estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive." See articles 12 and 13, parti, and article 109, part II, for a discussion of this question. 168. Contract and Specifications for designing, furnishing and erecting at High Service Pumping Station A 7 o. j, St. Lotus, Mo., Pumping Engines Nos. 7 and 8, with Fixtures and all Ap- purtenances Complete. A AGREEMENT made and entered into this day of , 1 8 , by and between , part of the first part, and the City of St. Louis, party of the second part, -witnesscth : WHEREAS, The Board of Public Improvements of the said City of St. Louis, under the provisions of Ordinance No. 17006, approved December 30, 1892, and by virtue of the authority vested in the said Board by the Charter and general ordinances of the city, did let out unto the said the work of designing, furnishing and erecting, at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, St. Louis, Mo., Pumping Engines Nos. 7 and 8. B Now, therefore, in consideration of the pay- ments and covenants hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by said second party, the said SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 273 hereby covenant and agree to furnish and erect in the pump pits at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, two pumping engines, each of a capacity of ten million U. S. gallons of water in twenty-four consecutive hours, with all fixtures and appurtenances complete, and in conformity to the requirements and conditions here- inafter specified. Wherever the words "Water Commissioner" are used herein, they shall be understood to refer to the Water Commissioner of the City of St. Louis, and to his properly authorized agents, limited by the particular duties entrusted to them. Wherever the word "Contractor" is used herein, it shall be understood to refer to the part who ha entered into the contract to perform the work to be done under this contract and these specifications, or the legal representative of such part To prevent all disputes and litigation, it is D agreed by and between the parties to this contract that the Water Commissioner shall, in all cases, determine the quantity and quality of the several kinds of material to be furnished and work to be done, the duty and capacity of the engines, and the amount to be paid under this contract ; and he shall decide all questions which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of the Contrac- tor, and his estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive. The said part of the first part hereby agree E that all materials and workmanship, of whatever description, shall be subject to inspection and rejec- tion by the Water Commissioner, and that the entire work shall be done to his satisfaction. The said part of the first part further agree that the Water Commissioner may appoint such assistants as he may deem necessary to inspect the materials to be be furnished and the work to be done under this agreement, and see that the same strictly correspond with the specifications hereinafter set forth; and that said Water Commissioner shall at all times have the right to enter the works, shops, etc., where the machinery is being constructed, for the purpose of inspection and examination of the materials furnished and work being done, and shall be afforded such assistance as may be required to determine whether the quality of the materials and the character of the 18 274 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Work to be done. Working de- tail plans. work are in accordance with the requirements and intentions of this contract. The part of the first part further agree that the materials used throughout the engines and ap- purtenances shall be of the qualities specified, and new and unused when put into the work, and that the engines and appurtenances shall be constructed and erected in the most workmanlike and substantial manner, and everything done and furnished neces- sary to complete and perfect the engines and appur- tenances according to the designs and intentions of this contract, whether particularly specified or not, but which may be inferred from the drawings and from this contract and the following specifications : SPECIFICATIONS. 1. The work to be done consists in making the design, furnishing general and detail drawings, constructing and erecting complete in place ready for service at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, St. Louis, Mo., two vertical triple expansion con- densing pumping engines. Each engine shall pump ten millions U. S. gallons of water in twenty-four hours. GENERAL DATA. Water Pressure 125 pounds. Steam Pressure 125 pounds. Elevation Bottom Pump Pit (City Datum 100). 90 feet. Elevation Engine Boom Floor 118 feet. Elevation Water in Wet Well (Approximate). 110 feet. Dimensions of Pump Pit 56x57 feet. PLANS. 2. A complete set of accurate and distinct detail working tracings, made in accordance with the general plans submitted by the Contractor with his proposal and approved by the Board of Public Improvements, shall be furnished by the Contractor and submitted to the Water Commissioner within four months after the award of the contract. 3. The tracings shall be of uniform siz X39 inches and shall have a clear margn o least y% of an inch. 4. The kind of material to be used in each and every part of the construction shall be clearly denoted in the tracings by different section lining or by distinct lettering. 5. The tracings shall show complete sectional outline and plan views, giving all necessary dimen- 25^ >f at SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 275 sions and thickness of metal, radii of fillets and roundings in the various parts of the construction in plain and intelligible figures, and shall definitely state in printed letters, at all surfaces and details, the name of the parts and the kind of machine work and finish to be put upon them, thus enabling the machinery to be built and completed exclusively from blue prints taken from the tracings. 6. There shall be separate tracings showing the valve motion, as put together in working con- dition. 7. The tracings will be examined by the water TobeAppror- commissioner, and if found in accord with this con- tract and specifications, will be approved; any change found necessary shall be at once made by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Water Com- missioner. 8. The contractor shall also, within two months c after the award of the contract, furnish accurate and workmanlike general tracings, made in accordance with the drawings submitted by the contractor with his proposal, and filed in the office of the board of public improvements, and with the detail drawings approved by the Water Commissioner. 9. These general tracings shall show the posi- tion of the engines in the pits, with all required foundation piers and bolts, and all floors, girders, platforms, stairs, galleries, railing, pipes, stop valves and all appliances complete, giving all general dimensions required in the erection of the machinery. 10. If, during the construction, it be found change of De- expedient or necessary to change or modify the design of any of the details of the engines, working drawings showing the proposed changes shall be submitted to and approved by the Water Commis- sioner before any change is made. 11. All drawings rendered in any way incor- rect through changes or modifications, must be com- pletely replaced by new tracings. 12. Before the final payment for the engines, ^g the contractor must furnish and deliver to the water ings, commissioner a book of complete general and detail drawings of all parts of the engines jand appurte- nances, as built and erected. The detail drawings shall show all details enter- ing into the construction in sectional, outline and plan views, with all dimensions plainly written in neat and intelligible figures and names printed at 276 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Pit. Suction. Steam. Plunger. every detail, the hind of material used and the finish of the various parts and surfaces. The general drawings shall show the engines in position in the pump pits in at least four different views, viz. : Sectional side elevation, sectional end elevation, contour or outline end elevation and plan, and shall give necessary main dimensions, thickness and kind of metals, location of foundation bolts, and all important sizes of the machinery as erected. These general and detailed drawings shall be made on mounted double Elephant paper of a size of 25^x39 inches inside the margin lines, strongly and substantially bound in book form, with the name and date of the engines printed in giit letters on the covers of the book. All drawings shall be accurately and neatly executed in ink in a workmanlike manner and to an appropriate scale. All sheets shall be uniformly lettered and consecutively numbered and provided with proper titles and headings. DESIGN. General Features. 13. The two engines shall be designed to be erected and operated independently in the south pit of the engine house, which will be built by the city of St. Louis, substantially as shown by the plans on file in the office of the water commissioner. Especial attention must be paid to the fact that the engines will be used for direct pressure service. 14. . Engines shall have ample space around all their various parts for access and maintenance. 15. The height of the water in the wet well will depend upon height of water in conduit, which will be approximately constant. 16. The engines shall be designed for an initial steam pressure of 125 pounds per square inch and a water pressure of 125 pounds per square inch. 17. The pumps shall be designed and con- structed to deliver the stipulated quantity of water at a plunger speed which will insure a smooth and effective action of the pump valves, and all working parts of the machinery, but in no case shall the diameter of any pump plunger exceed 40 per cent, of its stroke, or the plunger speed exceed 180 feet per minute. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 277 18. The arrangement and construction of the Balanced. engines shall be such that they will give equal steam cards on the up and down strokes. 19. The engines shall be designed and pro- Reiiabiiit>,ett. portioned to have great working strength, stability and stiffness, and ample space around all parts for erection, repairs, lubrication, inspection and adjust- ment. 20. The steam cylinders and the plungers of Vertical. the engines shall be vertical. 21. The steam cylinders and the regulating Hei & ht - mechanism of the cut-off and valve motion shall be placed entirely above an elevation of 120 feet above datum. 22. The pump chambers and steam cylinders Frame. shall be rigidly connected and supported through the intervening frames and columns to make the whole construction of ample stability, strength and stiffness. 23. Each engine shall have vertical, single Pi un gers. acting outside packed plungers, and no construction will be allowed requiring internal stuffing boxes, glands or water packings in the pumps. All stuffing boxes shall be readily accessible for inspection and tightening up, while the engine is running. 24. The machinery shall be so constructed, ^ t s val of supported and arranged that the pump chambers or any important part or piece of the substructure can be easily removed to such position that it can be hoisted out of the pump pit without necessitating the frame and fixed parts of the superstructure of the machinery being taken apart, disturbed or removed. 25. The two engines shall each be provided Condenser. with a surface condenser, of appropriate size and construction to maintain a steady vacuum, and designed to directly utilize the water discharged by the main pumps for condensation of the exhaust steam. 26. The contractor shall furnish and put up all pipes, valves, oil cups, drip pans, fittings and tenances. fixtures required to make the construction complete inside the engine room and pump pit, and shall furnish flanges drilled for connection on end of pipes near wall. 27. The various parts of the machinery shall Appearance. be of plain shapes and forms, adapted to their 278 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Expansion. Frame. Anchor Bolts Castings. Reheaters. Jackets. specific purposes, insuring great strength and relia- bility with good mechanical effects. Frame and Fixed Parts. 28. The frame and foundation of the engines shall be so designed that changes of temperature can not alter the distribution of the loads on, or affect the alignment of the members of, the frame, and, where necessary, expansion joints shall be used. 29. The frame of the engine shall be designed to have great stiffness and weight, so that it shall withstand all working stresses with the minimum vibration. All bed plates or sole plates resting on masonry shall have ample bearing surfaces to safely distribute the working pressures. 30. the machinery shall be substantially and securely anchored and held in place with a sufficient number of foundation bolts. 31. All castings shall be designed to avoid sudden changes of section and of such forms as will cool uniformly without shrinkage strains. 32. At all flanges of castings there shall be a reinforcement, or addition of metal, of at least 30 per cent, of the regular thickness, w r hich shall extend in length or height at least twice the total thickness of the metal at the reinforcement. All flanges to be of not less thickness than the total metal at the rein- forcement. 33. All castings must have good sized fillets at all corner*; no small brackets will be allowed. 34. If reheaters are used they shall be designed and constructed to be absolutely steam tight under all working conditions to which they will be sub- jected, and must have proper heating area and space and facilites for examination, repairs and renewals. 35. If steam jackets are used they must be secured to the steam cylinder in such a manner as to allow free and easy expansion and contraction, with- out causing internal leakage of joints or derangement of any description to jackets or cylinders, or undue strains in any part ; and must be arranged to insure proper circulation of steam and ready removal of the jacket water. 36. All flat plates and surfaces acted upon by water pressure must be substantially proportioned and strengthened with a sufficient number of heavy ribs, to make them of ample stiffness and strength to SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 279 safely carry the loads to which they will be subjected. 37. All handholes and manholes shall be of ample size, well fitted, and so constructed as to be readily opened and closed. 38. Priming and draining pipes and valves shall be provided for filling and emptying the pump chambers. 39. The condensers must safely stand all work- Condenser. ing stresses to which they may be subjected, without leakage or weakness of any description. 40. The condensers shall be constructed to E a x n a d m R n /a r " give ample facilities and space for the examination, insertion and withdrawal of tubes and packing of joints. The tubes must be provided with perfectly tight and easily removable packings, allowing for expansion and contraction, without injury or leakage. 41. The condensers shall be so arranged that the amount of water passing through, or condensing surface, can be adjusted to suit varying temperatures. 42. Arrangement must be made for proper distribution and circulation of the exhaust steam and condensing water on the cooling surfaces of the con- denser, without injurious impingement of the steam or condensing water. 43. All glands and washers used in the con- densers shall be made of composition ; all bolts and nuts (except stay bolts) used inside the condensers shall be made of Tobin bronze. 44. The condensers must be provided with all necessary auxiliary pipes, valves and tanks. 45. The hot well shall be set at the highest HotWeii. elevation in the pit which the design of the engines will permit. 46. There shall be effectual means and appa- tus provided for the separation of grease and oil from the condensed water before it is fed to the boilers. 47. The suction and discharge pipes shall be thirty inches in diameter. 48. For each engine there shall be a single suction or inlet pipe, which shall be attached to the gate valve, furnished by the City of St. Louis, shown in the plans of the pump pits. 49. The discharge pipe for each engine shall be carried up to an elevation of 113.6, and then hor- izontally through and to a distance of two feet from the outside of the pump pit wall, and shall be pro- vided with a drilled flange for connection to pump main. Pipes. 280 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Air chambers. ^ o> Each engine shall be provided with air vessels of sufficient capacity to insure smooth, easy and equal action of the pumps. By-pass. ^ r> Each engine shall be provided with a by- pass pipe, arranged to facilitate draining the pump mains and starting the engines. Relief Valves. ^ 2 . Each engine shall be provided with a pressure relief valve designed and arranged to by- pass the discharge of its pumps when the pressure on the pump mains exceeds 125 pounds per square inch. 53. The pressure relief to be of sufficient capacity to by-pass total discharge of the engine. 54. There shall be platforms or galleries of cast iron plates or wrought iron open work at con- venient locations upon the pump and steam ends, which will allow all of the operations necessary in running and maintaining the engines to be per- formed with the greatest safety and ease. 55. The Contractor shall design, furnish and erect iron stairways, landings and galleries leading from the top gallery down to the bottom of the pump pit, with all intermediate galleries and supporting girders, beams, and composition railings required to make them complete and satisfactory in all respects. All of the above to be made of neat and harmonious proportions, and arranged to leave sufficient space for hoisting and removing the pump chambers and other parts of the machinery without disturbing any beams, bed-plates or other stationary parts, or neces- sitating the removal of stairways, landings or galleries to any great extent. L1 htt 56. The galleries, stairs and platforms shall be arranged to secure as good diffusion of light down the pump pit as possible. 57. The stairs to be made without risers. Tread plates and all gallery plates to be made of a suitable open-work pattern. All parts of stairs, galleries and platforms shall be accessible for inspection and painting. Mechanism and Wearing Parts. St strine SS a . nd 58. All moving parts shall be of ample strength and of sufficient stiffness to prevent undue vibrations in operation. W faceT. g S 59- All journals and wearing surfaces shall be of sufficient size and of proper proportion to avoid excessive pressure and heating. SPECIFICATIONS FOE PUMPING ENGINES. 281 60. When practicable, provision shall be made Counter-bor- to prevent the wearing of shoulders on either station- ary or moving parts at their extreme travel. 61. All stationary journals shall have suitable Jais. boxes, babbitt lined when necessary, and all journals above four inches in diameter shall have provisions for horizontal and vertical adjustment. 62. All glands and guide rings of stuffing Bushings, boxes shall be provided with composition linings forced in and securely held in place, and the glands shall be cupped out to make proper receptacles for lubricants, leakage water, etc. 63. The bodies of all valves, three inches in Valves, etc. diameter and smaller, shall be entirely of composi- tion, but the bodies of valves larger than three inches, may be of cast iron, with composition valve and valve seats. 64. All valves, fittings, fixtures and appurte- nances used, shall be of an approved design. 65. The valve motions and starting arrange- steam End ments of the engines shall be such that each engine can be promptly and safely started and operated by one engineer. 66. The steam distribution valves shall be of Valves, a known reliable type. They shall be well balanced and so designed as to work with the minimum fric- tion, to wear even and steam-tight, and to have proper facilities for refitting and adjustment. 67. The steam valve mechanism shall be of Valve Motion, ample strength and durability, and must be reliable in all its motions and entirely free from any danger of failure, derangement or rebounding. The engine Regulation, and valve mechanism to be provided with an auto- matic device to prevent racing in case of a broken pump main. 68. The engines shall be fitted with a variable Cut ' off - cut-off mechanism so arranged as to be easily and quickly adjusted while the engines are in operation. 69. The running throttle valves of the engines Throttle, shall be of a well-balanced type and operate quickly and easily tinder full steam pressure. 70. The steam pistons of the cylinders shall Pistons, be provided with Babbitt and Harris piston packing, packing which, in the opinion of the Water Com- missioner, is equally efficient. 71. Steam valves above six inches in diameter shall have steel stems provided with Phospho bronze nuts. 282 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Pump End. Valves. Connecting Pieces. Guides. Boxes. Locked Nuts. Fly -Wheel. Air Pumps. 72. The area of the suction and discharge valves shall be sufficient to insure proper filling and discharging of the pumps under all conditions, but in no case shall the total suction valve area, or the total discharge valve area of each engine be less than 6 square feet. 73. The valves shall be designed and con- structed to open and close promptly and quietly, shall be tight and of ample strength, and shaH be especially designed for facility of repairs and re- newals. 74. All valve stems of stop and gate water valves shall be made of Tobin bronze. 75. All connecting, piston, plunger and dis" tance rods, and all movable parts must be of ample strength and stiffness to withstand all working stresses. 76. The piston rods, plunger and plunger rods, and all reciprocation parts have properly designed guides and crossheads. The crossheads shall have shoes adjustable for wear. 77. All journals and pins of connecting and valve rods, and of all reciprocating and oscillat- ing rods, shall have well proportioned strap or box ends having easily removable composition boxes, Babbitt lined where required, and provided with wedges, keys or bolts for adjustment of wear. Each link or connecting rod shall at the different ends, have provisions for compensation of wear in the same direction 78. All strap or box ends shall be of a shape having great strength and stiffness, holding the com- position boxes securely, and giving a neat and work- manlike appearance. 79. All nuts of pillow block caps bolts and follower bolts of pistons, all screw joints of moving parts and all keys shall be provided with a secure locking device. 80. If a fly-wheel is used, the shafts shall rest in pillow blocks very securely and rigidly supported at ample distances apart. Si. The construction of the air pumps must be such that they will at all times perform their work promptly without noise or injurious shocks. 82. The air pump and all accessory pumps required to run the engine, except the boiler feed pump, shall be driven from the main engine. SPECIFICATIONS FOB PUMPING ENGINES. 283 MATERIALS. 83. All materials used throughout this con- struction must be of the special class and grade called for in the specifications and designated in drawings, and shall in each case fully stand the specified tests. 84. All castings shall be free from blow holes, Castings. flaws, scabs and defects of any description, and shall be smooth, close grained, sound, tough, and of true forms and dimensions. 85. All casting must be done in accordance with the best modern foundry practice to obtain castings of the very best quality. Castings above 500 pounds in weight shall be moulded in dry sand or loam. Great care must be taken to make all castings as nearly as practicable of uniform thick- ness throughout. 86. No plugging or other stopping of holes or defects of castings will be allowed. 87. The cast iron used in the steam cylinders, Ca st iron, the steam distribution valves, the barrels of air pumps and the water plungers shall be close, fine grained, hard and uniform in character and of good wearing qualities. The cast iron used in all other parts of this construction shall be of superior quality, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 22,000 pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 2 inches by i inch, when broken transversely, 24 inches between sup- ports and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 2,200 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than 0.35 of an inch before breaking. 88. The test bars shall be cast as nearly as pos- Test Bars, sible to the above dimensions without finishing, but corrections will be made by the Water Commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the cor- rected results must conform to the above require- ments. 89. If any two test bars, cast the same day, show a tensile strength less than 22,000 pounds per square inch, or do not show the required cross breaking load or deflection, all the castings made from the melting from which the samples were taken may be rejected. 90. All steel castings used in the construction SteeU shall be thoroughly annealed and possess a tensile 284 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Bolts. strength of 65,000 to 75,000 pounds, and 15 per cent, elongation in two inches. 91. All steel forgings used in this construction shall be equal to forgings manufactured by the Otis Steel Company, Cleveland, Ohio, and have a tensile strength of not less than 75,000 pounds per square inch of section, and show an elongation of 20 per cent, in eight diameters. Wrought iron. ^ 2 . All of the wrought iron used shall be tough, fibrous and uniform in character, and speci- mens broken in the testing machine shall show a tensile strength of not less than 50,000 pounds per square inch, with an elongation of 18 per cent, in eight diameters. 93. If any specimen of steel or wrought iron shall not conform to the above requirements, all material of the lot from which the specimen was taken, will be rejected. 94. The Water Commissioner may take at ran- dom any wrought iron bolt and nut, and have it broken in a testing machine. If any two bolts shall not fill the above stipulated requirements for wrought iron, the whole lot of that size and make may be rejected ; the effective area used in computing the breaking strength, will be the area corresponding to the smallest diameter at the bottom of the threads, when cut in accordance with the U. S. standard. 95. Rivets shall be made from the best refined iron, and must be capable of being bent cold until until the sides are in close contact without sign of fracture on the convex side. 96. All rolled wrought iron shapes shall be free from twists, bends, seams, blisters, buckles, cinder spots or imperfect edges. All sheet and plate iron must be capable of being worked at a proper heat without injury. 97. All rods shall be formed in one continuous rolled or forged piece without weld. 98. All the composition metal used [excepting for Tobin bronze and hand railing] shall consist of the best quality, new material only, of mixtures specially adapted for the work in each case, and approved by the Water Commissioner. 99. All Phosphor bronze used must be homo- geneous and uniform in character, and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30,000 pounds per square inch, with an elongation of 15 per cent, in eight diameters. Rivets. Shapes. Rods. Composition. Phosphor Bronze. SPECIFICATIONS. FOB PUMPING ENGINES. 285 TOO. All Tobin bronze used must be homo- Tobin Bronze - geneous and uniform in character, and specimens broken in a testing machine shall show a tensile strength of not less than 60,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of 20 per cent, in eight diameters. 10:. Finished bolts and nuts of Tobin or Phosphor bronze may be tested in the same manner as specified for wrought iron, and if any two bolts shall not fulfill the requirements, the whole lot of that size and make will be rejected. 102. Test specimens and samples of castings, Test Bars, forgings, composition or any other material used in this construction, shall be prepared ready for testing and supplied in the number, shape, finish and sizes required by the water commissioner, and shall be prepared as may be directed at any time during the pouring or working of the materials. For all material taken by the water commis- sioner for testing, the following prices will be paid, which shall include the cost of preparing and finish- ing the test specimens, viz. : For all wrought iron or steel, the sum of ten cents per pound. For all composition, the sum of thirty cents per pound. For all cast iron, the sum of three cents per pound. All broken material to belong to the city of St. Louis. 103. The Babbitt metal used throughout the Babbitt Metal, construction must be of the following approximate proportions by analysis: 88 per cent, pure tin, eight per cent, antimony, and four per cent. Lake Superior copper. 104. All rubber for valves and gaskets must Rubber. be of a suitable quality, approved by the Water Commissioner before it is used. 105. All other material used in the engines other mater- and not mentioned in these specifications will be ials ' subject to inspection, test and approval by the Water Commissioner before it is used. CONSTRUCTION. 106. The workmanship and finish of the Workmanship, pumping engines throughout shall be equal to the best American practice, and in every respect satis- factory to the Water Commissioner. 286 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Machine Worked. Joints. Boring. Turning. Joints. Journals. Straps, etc. Scraping. 107. All surfaces worked in machine tools must be true and smooth, and accurately conform to the drawings in shape, size and alignment. 108. The bearing surfaces of all sole and bed plates and parts resting on masonry shall be planed. 109. If fly-wheels are used, the parts shall be fitted and fastened together in the most careful and workmanlike manner and the outer circumferences and the sides of the rim shall be turned smooth and true. no. All joints of bed plate and frame to be planed or faced and carefully fitted. in. The steam cylinders shall be bored in a vertical position, perfectly smooth and truly cylin- drical, with a boring bar of proper diameter. 112. All circular flanges shall be faced on the outer circumference. 113. All centers of lathe work must be made of ample size and carefully preserved. 1 14. All corners in journals and elsewhere in turned work shall be rounded to proper radii. 115. All steam joints shall be made in an approved manner, with a very thin gasket of Jenkins' Usidurian packing. 116. All water joints to be made with rubber or paper gaskets, arranged with special care to pre- vent blowing out. 117. All seats of steam and water gates must be scraped and ground tight. 118. All journals to be turned straight, cylin- drical and smooth. Particular attention and care shall be paid to the proper fitting and scraping of all journal boxes, to make the same of an extraor- dinarily good bearing surface, and accurate fit to their housings or carrying members. 119. Straps, gibs, keys, reamed bolts and boxes of all connecting rods must be fitted with the utmost care and accuracy, and finished in a thorough and workmanlike manner. 120. The final fitting marks shall, for all parts, be preserved for examination and must in all cases be satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. 121. All journal boxes, pins, keys and other details of the machinery shall be taken apart at any time during the process of fitting or erecting, when the Water Commissioner so directs, to allow a thor- ough examination of fit and workmanship. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 287 122. If gear wheels are used in the valve motion of the engines, they shall be properly de- signed and accurately cut in gear cutting machines. 123. The treads of cams and other parts of the valve motion subject to intermittent or sudden motion and heavy wear shall be of tempered steel or case hardened iron. 124. The tempering or hardening processes must be so conducted that parts will retain their proper size and shapes and have the requisite hard- ness. 125. All parts of the engines must be well secured and correctly centered with accurately fitted dowel pins, reamed bolts or male and female joints. 126. All flanges must be cast solid, and all bolt holes shall be drilled with perfectly sharpened and centered twist-drills to insure accurate round holes. 127. All dowel pins must be of proper taper, and well fitted ; and where necessary, shall have proper facilities for removal. 128. All holes intended to receive tapering parts shall be carefully reamed and ground and the tapering parts driven or forced into place. 129. Nuts and bolts and all threads shall be of the U. S. standard, except where special threads are necessary. 130. The threads and shanks of all bolts above $/<& inch in diameter shall be cut and turned in the lathe, and the ends of all bolts shall be finished to a neat conical or hemispherical point. 131. The resting surface for nuts and heads of all bolts shall be faced to present a smooth, plane surface, square to the axis of the bolt. 132. Case hardened, finished and polished nuts shall be used in all exposed work above the upper floor level, and also for all parts requiring frequent removal and adjusting. All other nuts and bolt- heads above the upper floor level, and nuts for all stuffing boxes, and at such other places as may be necessary, shall be finished. 133. Finished Phosphor bronze nuts and rolled Tobin bronze studs and bolts to be used for all fastenings inside the pump chambers, and for all glands of stuffing boxes of the pump end. 134. Cold pressed nuts shall be used for all stationary parts of the pump chambers, and in all cases where not otherwise specified. Gear. Cam Treads, etc. Tempering or Hardening. Centering. Bolting. Dowel Pins. Taper. Threads. , FinishedNuts. Cold Pressed Nuts. 288 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Hexagonal. Keys. Calking. Finishing. Lagging. Covering. In Shop. 13=;. All nuts and bolt heads shall be hexagonal in shape and must be faced on top and bottom. The sides shall fit their wrenches accurately. 136. All key-ways and keys must be accurately fitted and properly driven or forced into place, and must be of appropriate size and taper. 137. All riveted work shall be specially designed for its particular uses, and executed in a thorough and workmanlike manner. 138. All riveted joints subject to pressure shall be thoroughly and neatly calked with a round-nosed tool. 139. All connecting rods, links and valve rods shall be draw-file finished. 140. All bright and specially finished work must be of the highest grade and entirely free from scratches, specks and flaws. 141. All visible composition w^ork shall have a bright finish. 142. All exposed machine worked surfaces of all parts above the upper floor level and of all mov- ing parts, except fly-wheels, shall have a bright finish. 143. The steam cylinders, steam chests, reheaters, steam and distribution pipe and other heated surfaces of the machinery, when necessary, shall be protected by neat mahogany or walnut lag- ging, securely fastened and held in place by brass bands and button-headed brass screws, or by bright finished false covers. 144. All steam pipes and heated surfaces shall be protected with approved non-conductors to the depth of flanges. 145. The material to be used in covering steam pipes, cylinders, reheaters and all protected parts, and the method of its application, shall be subject to approval by the Water Commissioner. 146. No non-conductors, lagging or false covers shall be applied until the construction has been thoroughly tested by working steam pressure and all leakages and defects developed have been thoroughly remedied. ERECTION. 147. The Contractor shall erect in the shop such parts of the steam and water ends of the engines as may be necessary, in order that the final erection SPECIFICATIONS FOE PUMPING ENGINES. 289 Wall Boxes, etc. can be carried on with despatch in a thorough and workmanlike manner. 148. The Contractor, shall, at his own expense Transporting and risk, transport all parts of the machinery to the pumping station, but will be allowed the use of the power traveling crane in the engine house for erect- ing. 149. All foundations and piers required for Masonry, the support and anchorage of the engines, in addi- tion to that shown in the city's drawings, will be built by the city of St. Louis, to drawings furnished by the contractor. All foundation piers will .be built of first-class coursed cut stone masonry and provided with granite capstones of appropriate sizes, and charged to the contractor at $20 per cubic yard. 150. The contractor shall deliver at the pump- ing station all bolts, washers, wall boxes, girders, etc., intended to be inserted in the masonry, in ample time to prevent delay during the building of the foundation walls and piers. 151. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper and exact location of all parts, when placed in accordance with his drawings and templets. 152. The contractor shall do all work neces- sary to erect, fit and secure the engines in the pump pit upon the foundation piers as completed and built by the city of St. Louis. 153. Every sole plate, girder, bed plate and casting resting on or secured to masonry, shall be provided with a rust joint of sufficient thickness, carefully driven and packed and consisting of ingre- dients satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. 154. Great care shall be taken in the erection of the engines to place and secure the various sole and bed plates upon solid, plane and smooth bear- ings. All joints between stationary details must be made with the utmost accuracy and precision, insur- ing perfect and permanent alignment. None of the parts shall be unduly strained in lining up. 155. The contractor shall so conduct his oper- other Work, ations as not to interfere with the work of other contractors, and the disposal of his tools and mate- rials during storage and erection will be subject to the approval of the Water Commissioner. 156. The party of the second part will furnish and set the gate valves of the suction pipes, but the contractor shall pump out all accumulated water in 19 In Pit. Rust Joint. Bearings. Water. 290 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Protection of Parts. Damage. Cleaning- up Damage to Masonry, etc. Storage of Machinery Parts. Paraffine Varnish. Oil paint. the pump pit before commencing erection, and do all necessary pumping during erection of engines. 157. All finished parts must be well protected in shops and during transportation to prevent injury and abrasion. 158. All injured parts must be replaced, when in the judgment of the Water Commissioner, refit- ting will not suffice. 159. The contractor shall remove all staging used in erecting the engines, and leave the pump pit, engine room and premises neat and clean. 160. The contractor shall, at his* own cost, make good all damages to masonry, buildings, or other property of the city of St. Louis, occasioned by the contractor or his employes in the transporta- tion and erection of the machinery. 161. The city of St. Louis will furnish space within its premises for the reception of the various parts of the machinery j but shall not be responsible for the safe keeping of these parts, nor .for damage caused to them from exposure or other cause. PAINTING. 162. . All castings and details must be inspected and approved before painting, and in no case shall the paint or pitch be applied until all surfaces are trimmed and thoroughly cleaned. 163. All unfinished iron work not visible from the engine room floor (except where otherwise required) and that above the floor intended to be encased, shall be thoroughly painted inside and out with three coats of No. I paraffine varnish, applied hot. The first coat shall be put on at the shop, and the others after erection, excepting for inside surfaces of pumps, pipes, etc., which shall receive two coats at the shop and one after erection. 164. All unfinished iron work visible from the engine room floor, shall be thoroughly cleaned, rubbed down and painted with four coats of a good quality of paint and strictly pure linssed oil. The first coat shall be put on at the shop and the others after erection. 165. The paint shall be of a grade and color approved by the Water Commissioner, and shall be applied, striped and varnished to his satisfaction. 166. All parts to be covered by non-conduc- tors must be thoroughly cleaned and frerd from rust, and painted with three coats of paint of a kind, SPECIFICATIONS FOE PUMPING ENGINES. 291 Iron Work. color and quality to be determined by the Water Commissioner before application of the non-con- ductors. 167. All finished and polished surfaces must Finished be kept entirely free from rust until erected and finally accepted. TESTIXG. i6S. After erection has been completed, and Pressure, before the final painting, a blank flange shall be bolted on the out-door end of the discharge pipe, and the whole construction tested with hydraulic pressure. A force pump shall be connected to the discharge pipe, and a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch applied in such manner as to test the pumps, pump valves, air vessels, discharge pipes, pump rods and the frames of the engines. After this test the engine is to be run to full capacity, dis- charging through the pressure relief valves for the purpose of testing same ; a further test to be made by suddenly opening gate on pump main to test speed controlling device mentioned in section 67. These tests must be conducted by the contrac- tor with great care and in a manner satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. The contractor shall furnish all labor necessary, and all piping, cocks, valves, gauges, force pumps, flanges and appliances required in the tests. 169. For the purpose of determining the duty Duty Test, of the engines furnished under this contract, there shall be an expert duty test of twenty-four hours continuous run for each engine. These tests shall be conducted by three experts, one to be selected by the Water Commissioner, one by the contractor, and the two thus named to select the third. The duty tests shall be conducted for one engine at a time, unless otherwise ordered by the Water Commissioner. 170. The water of condensation from all steam jackets and rehcaters shall be gathered and its weight carefully determined, and it shall be charged against the engines during all of the duty tests. 171. The total weight of water fed to the boilers during the tests, shall be considered the amount of steam used when corrected for entrain- ment exceeding two per cent. 292 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Expert Test Speed. Head (h). Wrenches. 172. Steam used for running the boiler feed pumps during the duty tests will not be charged against the engines. 173. The twenty-four hours duty test shall be made with the water in the wet well at an approxi- mate elevation of no, and shall be conducted by the experts selected in accordance with section 169 of this contract. 174. If, in the opinion, of the Water Commis- sioner, the speed of the engines at any time during the twenty-four hours test is such as to jeopardize their safety, he shall have the right to order them run at such reduced speed as will give a smooth and quiet action. 175. The head (h) to be inserted into the formula for computing the duty of the engines dur- ing the running test, shall be ascertained by attach- ing a gauge to the discharge pipe close to where it turns into and runs through the foundation walls of the pit, and by the elevation of the water in the wet well. 176. Any part or detail of the engines show- ing undue strain or weakness of any description, must be replaced, and all defects developed in these tests shall be corrected by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the water commissioner. ADDITIONAL APPLIANCES. 177. The contractor shall furnish for all sizes of bolts a complete set of wrenches for each engine, accurately fitted to the respective sizes of nuts. The Frenches for all finished nuts about the engines shall have a bright finish and shall be marked with their respective sizes. 178. Each engine shall be provided with one steam gauge, graduated from o to 250 pounds, one vacuum gauge, one suitable steam gauge on each receiver (if such be employed in the construction), and one engine revolution counter; all of them to have brass cases, triple silver plated, and placed convenient for observation. The dials of gauges to be ten (10) inches in diameter. 179. Each of the air vessels of the pumps shall be provided with one glass water gauge of satisfac- tory design. The hot well for each engine shall be provided with a suitable, permanently attached thermometer of appropriate design. SPECIFICATIONS ^FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 293 180. The contractor shall furnish one steam indicators, indicator for each steam cylinder and three indicators for the main pumps, and one indicator for the ah pumps. The indicators shall he the Thompson, Crosby or Tabor. 181. Each steam cylinder, main and air pumps of the two engines shall be provided with permanent piping, fixtures and motion appliances for attaching and working the indicators. All valves, cocks, pipes and appliances for the attachment of the indi- cators to the steam cylinders and pumps shall be made of composition, of ample size and complete in every respect. 182. All journals must be provided with sight- on Cups, feed oil cups. There shall also be brass drip pans or pockets at all journals and oiling places to catch lubricants. 183. The steam cylinders shall be fitted with sight-feed lubricators. 184. There shall be valves, pipes and drip pans at all places where necessary, for receiving and conveying water from stuffing boxes, etc* 185. The contractor shall furnish an extra set of suction valves and an extra set of discharge valves with all parts complete. REPAIRS. 1 86. Near the end of the year of probation, the Water Commissioner will make an examination of the engines, and any part or detail found to be de- fective or injured through excessive wear, overstrain, bad material or faulty design, shall be replaced by the contractor, at his own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the water commissioner. The said part of the first part further agree G 1 that all the work contemplated and described in this contract and the foregoing specifications, shall be done in accordance with the general drawing? approved by, and on file in the office of, the board of public improvements, and with the detail work- ing drawings submitted to and approved by the Water Commissioner. It is further agreed that the drawings and specifications form a part of this con- tract, and that, if any discrepancies appear between any of the drawings and the specifications, or between any of the several drawings in themselves, such dis- crepancies shall be adjusted by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Water Commissioner. And it is 294 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. further expressly agreed that the approval of the general and working drawings shall not in any case relieve the contractor from any of his responsibilities under this contract. H The said part of the first part hereby expressly agree that the inspection of materials and work- manship shall not relieve of any of ' obligations to perform sound and reliable work, as herein described. And the said part of the first part further agree to repair or replace any defective part or piece of the pump- ing engines during one year from the end of the 24. hours running test, at his own cost and expense. And it is further agreed that during the afore- said year, the Water Commissioner may make all necessary repairs requiring prompt attention, and that the cost of such repairs shall be borne by the contractor. And it is further agreed that any work not herein specified which may be fairly implied as included in this contract, of which the Water Com- missioner shall judge, shall be done by the con- tractor without extra charge. The contractor shall also do such extra work in connection with this con- tract as the Water Commissioner may in writing specially direct, and the price for such extra work shall be fixed by the water commissioner, but no claim for extra work shall be allowed, unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order, as aforesaid. J The said part of the first part further agree that the work embraced in this contract shall be begun within one week after written notice so to do shall have been given to the contractor by the Water Commissioner, and continued (unless the said commissioner shall otherwise in writing specially direct), with such force and in such manner as to secure its completion within twenty-six months thereafter, the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion being essential conditions of this contract. And the part of the first part fur- ther agree that if the pumping engines to be furnished under this contract are not completed at the time above specified, then there shall be retained by said second party, as ascertained and liquidated damages, the sum of fifty ($50.00) dollars per day for every day thereafter until said engines are ready for service. SPECIFICATIONS FOB PUMPING ENGINES. 295 The party of the second part agrees to have the K pump pits ready for the commencement of the erection of the engines within twenty months, and to have the steam ready for testing and running the engines twenty-three months after the date of the above notice to begin work. And the part of the first part further agree L that shall not be entitled to any claim for any hind- rance or delay from any cause whatever in the progress of the work, or any portion thereof ; but any hindrance or delay occasioned by the party of the second part shall entitle said part of the first part to an extension of the time for completing this contract, sufficient to compensate for the detention, the same to be determined by the Water Commis- sioner. The said part of the first part further agree M that will not sublet the work to be done under this contract, but will keep the same under control, and that will not assign the same by power of attorney or otherwise, and that will at all times have a rep- resentative present where any work is in progress under this contract. Whenever it may be desired to give directions, orders will be given by the Water Commissioner and obeyed by the contractor's repre- sentative who may have charge of the particular work in reference to which orders are given. If any person employed by the contractor on the work should appear to the Water Commissioner to be incompetent or disorderly, he shall, upon the requisi- tion of the Water Commissioner, be at once dis- charged and not again employed. It is further agreed that if the part of the first N part shall assign this contract, or abandon the work to be done under this agreement, or shall neglect or refuse to comply with the specifications or stipula- tions herein contained, the board of public improve- ments shall have the right, with the consent of the mayor, to annul and cancel this contract, and to relet the work or any part thereof ; and such annul- ment shall not entitle the contractor to recover damages on account thereof; nor shall it affect the right of the City of St. Louis to recover damages which may arise from such failure. And the said first part hereby agree to pro- O tect and defend and save harmless the said city of St. Louis against any demand for patent fees on any patented invention, article or arrangement that may 296 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. i be used by said first part in the pumping engines furnished under this contract. P The said part of the first part further agree to idemnify and save harmless the City of St. Louis from all suits or actions brought against the said city on account of injuries or damages received or sus- tained by any party or parties during the construc- tion of the pumping engines, or by or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, or any improper materials used in the construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the said part of the first part or agents. Q The part of the first part further agree that each engine furnished under this contract shall have a pumping capacity of ten million U. S. gallons in twenty-four hours. The capacity to be at a speed that will insure smooth and quiet action, and to be determined by the experts during the duty test. R The part of the first part hereby agree that the pumping engines furnished under this contract shall perform, during a running test of twenty-four hours, a duty of one hundred and twenty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of commercially dry steam. The part of the first part further agree that in case either engine fails to perforn a duty of one hundred and 'twenty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of steam, during the working test of twenty-four hours, will pay to the party of the second part, as an agreed measure of damages for lack of efficiency of the engine, in the ratio of $2,500.00 for each one million foot-pounds which the duty falls below one hundred and twenty five million. In case either engine exceeds, during the twenty-four hours working test, an average duty of one hundred and tw 7 enty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of steam, the party of the second part agrees to pay to the part of the first part, as a reward for the superior efficiency of the engine, an amount to be in the ratio of $1,000.00 for each one million foot-pounds which the duty comes above one hundred and twenty-five million. S On condition of the true and faithful perform- ance of all the conditions of this agreement and specifications, the said party of the second part agrees to pay to said part of the first part the sum of dollars, subject to such additions or SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 297 deductions as are authorized by the provisions and conditions of this contract, in full payment for all the work and materials, designs and drawings required by this contract, embracing the satisfactory construction and erection of such pumping engines and appurtenances as are herein defined and described in all their parts and requirements. Payments on account will be made as follows, viz. : a. On or about the first of each month, the T Water Commissioner shall cause an approximate esti- mate to be made of the value of the materials and word done, based on the total amount to be paid for the engines ; from the amount so found he shall deduct 20 per cent, and all sums previously paid or retained under this contract, and certify the remain- der as then due. Provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to affect the right of the City of St. Louis, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or any portion of the work afore- said, should the said certificates be found or known to be inconsistent with the terms of this agreement, or otherwise improperly given. b. When the twenty-four hours running test shall have been satisfactorily completed, the Water Commissioner shall make an estimate for the amount of the contract price, less 10 per cent., and all sums retained under this contract. It is further agreed that the water commissioner shall have charge of and operate the engines furnished under this contract, during the twenty-four hours duty test, and the year following, and that the part of the first part shall not be relieved or released thereby from any of obligations under this contract. - At the end of said year, the pumping- engines and appurtenances, if found to be in good working condition, shall be finally accepted, and the Water Commissioner shall make and certify a final estimate in favor of the first part and the responsibility of said first part shall then cease. The said part of the first part further agree U that shall not be entitled to demand or receive payment for any portion of the aforesaid work or materials, except in the manner set forth in this agreement ; nor until each and all of the stipulations hereinbefore mentioned are complied with, and the Water Commissioner shall have given his certificate 298 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. to that effect. The party of the second part hereby agrees and binds itself to pay the said part of the first part in cash, the whole amount of money accru- ing to the said part of the first part under this contract, excepting such sum or sums as may be lawfully retained under any of the provisions of this contract hereinbefore set forth, upon the giving by the said part of the first part to the party of the second part a release from all claims and demands whatsoever growing out of this agreement. V This agreement is entered into subject to the city charter and ordinances in general, and in partic- ular to the following provisions of Article VI., sec- tion 28, of said charter, to wit: "#." The aggregate payments under this con- tract shall be limited by the appropriations made therefor. "." On ten day's notice the work, under this agreement, may, without cost or claim against the city, be suspended by the board of public improve- ments, with the approval of the mayor, for want of means or other substantial cause. Provided, that on the complaint of any citizen and tax payer, that any public work is being done contrary to contract, or the work or material used is imperfect or different from what was stipulated to be furnished or done, the said board shall examine into the complaint and may appoint two or more competent commissioners to examine and report on said work, and after such examination, or after considering the report of said commissioners, they shall make such order in the premises as shall be just and reasonable, and what the public interests seem to demand, and such decis- ion shall be binding on all parties. The cost of such examination shall be borne by the contractor, if such complaint is decided to be well founded, and by the complainant if found to be groundless. "W Ordinance 16,514, approved December 22d, 1891, is hereby made part of this contract, and must be observed in all its provisions, namely: SECTION i. All contracts hereafter entered into wherein the City of St. Louis is a party, for the doing of any kind of work or labor for the City of St. Louis, including work on all public buildings, works and enterprises, shall contain the following terms and conditions: (#) That the men, persons or laborers who may be employed in the doing, prosecuting, or accomplishment of such work done SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 299 by the contractor with the City of St. Louis, or any one under him, or any person controlling the said men. persons or laborers, shall not be required to work more than eight hours a day; () That in case of the violation of such provisions of such contracts, the mayor shall immediately declare such contracts canceled and forfeited, and the work being done under such contracts shall be relet in the manner provided for the letting of such work, and such con- tractor shall thereafter be ineligible to bid upon such work under such reletting, and the difference'in the cost of doing such work under such contract so can- celed and forfeited, and under such reletting, shall be sued for on the bond of such contractor so violat- ing such contract. For the faithful performance of all and singu- lar the terms and stipulations of this contract, in every particular, the said part of the first part, as principal, and as securities, hereby bind themselves and their respective heirs, executors and administrators, unto the said City of St. Louis, in the penal sum of dollars, lawful money of the United States, conditioned that in the event the said shall faithfully and properly perform the foregoing contract according to all the terms thereof, and shall as soon as the work contemplated by said contract is completed, pay to the proper parties all amounts due for material and labor used and em- ployed in the performance thereof, then this obliga- tion to be void, otherwise of full force and effect, and the same may be sued on at the instance of any material -man, laboring man or mechanic, in the name of the City of St. Louis, to the use of such material man, laboring man or mechanic, for any breach of the condition hereof; provided, that no such suit shall be instituted after the expiration of ninety days from the completion of saidcontract. In witness whereof, the said part of the first part, as principal, and securities, parties of the first part, have hereunto set their hands and seals respectively, and the City of St. Louis, party of the second part, acting by and through the board of public improvements aforesaid, have sub- scribed these presents the day and year first above written. WITNESS: "seal" seal seal seal 300 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. The City of St. Louis by President Board of Public Improvements' Countersigned : Comptroller. CITY COUNSELOR'S OFFICE. St. Louis, 1 8 The foregoing Agreement and Bond are in due form according to law. City Counselor. MAYOR'S OFFICE. St. Louis. 18 I hereby approve of the Securities to the fore- going Contract and Bond. Mayor. M. L. H. 169. Complete General Specifications for Water Tubular Boilers and Settings. The following complete general specifications for horizontal water tubular boilers were used in connection with the engine specifications given in the previous article, and the contract was let under similar contract- ing, general, and surety clauses. These portions are omitted from these specifications for the sake of brevity. They were prepared by the same gentleman who prepared the specifica- tions in the last article, and are thought to represent an equally good practice. 1. The work to be done consists in furnishing designs and plans, material, tools and labor, and building, transporting and erecting complete in place, ready for firing, in the boiler-house at Bissell's Point, eight horizontal water tube boilers, the boilers to be provided with all necessary valves, gauges, breechings and connection to underground smoke flue. DESIGN. 2. The boilers to be of the type designated as horizontal \vater tube boilers, designed and built with special reference to easy access for cleaning and repairing of both internal and external surfaces. The boilers to be designed for natural draft of pres- SPECIFICATIONS FOE PUMPING ENGINES. 301 ent smoke stack. No stays or obstructions of any kind shall be placed inside of the water tubes. 3. The boilers to be designed for a working steam pressure of 140 pounds per square inch, w 7 ith a factor of safety of six on minimum sections. 4. Each boiler shall have a total tube heating surface of not less than 3,000 square feet, and a grate area equivalent to 75 square feet of straight grate. 5. The boilers to be provided with smoke pre- venting furnaces, which shall effectually stop smoke while burning southern Illinois coal at a rate of from twenty (20) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square foot of grate per hour. The furnace shall be some well tested and approved device for prevention of smoke, which does not use a steam jet or a system of brick arches in the fire box. 6. The boilers to be set in four independent batteries, as shown on drawing, each boiler to be provided with walls, settings, valves, gauges, smoke breeching and dampers necessary for operating or repairing independently of other boilers. 7. The fire fronts shall be designed to facili- tate firing and removing ashes. The fire doors to be of suitable design to secure the regulation of air admitted to the fire, and prevent radiation through the fire door openings during regular service. The boiler dampers to be arranged to regulate from front of boiler. 8. Each boiler to have an eight-inch stop valve, Fittings, admitting of independent connection to main steam pipe. To each boiler there shall also be attached, besides the eight-inch stop valve, two three and a half inch improved pop safety valves, placed in such positions that their escape pipes will not interfere with the roof trusses or sky-lights of the boiler house. 9. All steam drums to be made of steel plates of the quality hereinafter specified. 10. The boilers to be set and supported in a manner admitting of expansion and contraction of the same, without injury to the brick work or boilers in any way. All beams required to support or carry the boilers to be of ample strength, and must be either wrought iron or steel. 302 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. There shall be central air spaces in all walls enclosing the boilers. FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES. ii. The contractor shall furnish and put in place all necessary valves, steam gauges, water glass gauges, safety valve escape pipes, and all appurte- nances, and make connection to steam main, feed .and blow-off pipes and underground smoke flue. Wrenches. I2 For all nuts on the boilers and fittings, there must be furnished well-fitted wrenches. steam Gauges I Z" The steam gauge s shall be attached to the and Plugs, boiler fronts with nickel-plated brass siphon pipe and cocks, in a neat manner, admitting of easy removal. The feed-water valve of each boiler to be pro- vided with a suitable arrangement for its regulation from the front of the boilers. Steam gauges to be brass case, nickel-plated, fourteen inches in diameter, maximum pressure 250 pounds, five-pound divisions. 14. Each boiler to be provided with three Bailey's safety copper cap fusible plugs, or other safety plugs of equally good manufacture and satis- factory fusibility. Drains. J 5* There shall be suitable copper spouts and polished brass piping wherever visible, to catch the steam and water from the gauge cocks and glass water gauges, and they shall be piped and connected to the ash box in an acceptable manner. Valves. 1 6. Steam valves above six inches in diameter shall have steel stems, provided with phosphor bronze nuts, and the glands of all stuffing boxes shall be of composition. 17. All valves, fittings, fixtures and appurte- nances used shall be of the best design. 18. The steam drums and all parts of the boilers and pipes not covered by brick work, and the breechings to be covered with magnesia cover- ing, not less than one and a half inches in thickness, thoroughly secured in place. 19. Hand hole plates must be secured in an approved manner, to insure the greatest possible safety against accidents from breaking of fastenings. MATERIALS. 20. All material used throughout this con- struction must be of the special class and grade called SPECIFICATIONS FOK PUMPING ENGINES. 303 for in the specifications, and shall in each case fully stand the specified tests. 21. All plates in the boilers to be made of Steel Plat -- steel. The steel plates used in these boilers must be stamped with the maker's name and the tensile strength ; to be homogeneous and of uniform qual- ity, to have a tensile strength of not less than 55,000 pounds, nor more than 62,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of at least 30,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of at least twenty- four (24) per cent, in eight inches. Specimens must stand the following bending test, viz. : To bend double, closing up completely without showing sign of fracture when bent cold, or after having been heated to a cherry red and plunged into water at 70 degrees Fahrenheit. The water commissioner shall have the right to order test specimens 2x14 inches, to be cut out of any of the plates to be used in the boilers. 22. All wrought iron for bolts, nuts or other Wrought iron. purposes shall be double refined, and have an ulti- mate tensile strength of at least 52,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of 26,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of eighteen (18) per cent, in eight inches. 23. Rivets to be Burden's best, and must be capable of bending cold until the sides are in close contact, without sign of fracture ; and iron used for screw stays, stay bolts and braces to be of best quality of American manufacture. 24. Tubes to be lap-welded of the best quality Tubes. of American manufacture, of a diameter of 3^ inches or 4 inches, and must stand a satisfactory hammer test. 25. All castings shall be free from blow holes, Castin 5?- flaws, scabs, and defects of any description, and shall be smooth, close-grained, sound, tough, and of true forms and dimensions. Great care must be taken to make all castings, as nearly as practicable, of uniform thickness throughout, when not otherwise required. 26. All cast iron used under steam pressure Iron Castings, shall be of good quality, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 22,000 pounds per square inch. 304 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Test bars of the metal, two inches by one inch, when broken transversely, twenty-four inches be- tween supports and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 2,200 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than f-^ of an inch before breaking. The test bars shall be cast as nearly as possible to the above dimensions, without finishing, but cor- rections will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the corrected results must conform to the above requirements. 27. If any two test bars, cast the same day, show a tensile strength less than is required in these specifications, or do not show the required cross breaking load or deflection, all castings made from the melting from which the samples were taken may be rejected. Specimens. 28. Test specimens and samples of castings and forgings, or any other kind of material used in this construction, shall be prepared ready for testing and supplied in the number, shape, finish and sizes required by the water commissioner, and shall be prepared as may be directed at any time during the pouring or working of materials. 29. The stamps put upon the steel sheets by the manufacturer must at all times be preserved for identification, and so placed as to be visible on the outside of boilers ; if any stamp is cut out in process of manufacture, the water commissioner shall first replace it by a duplicate stamp. WORKMANSHIP. 30. The best workmanship on these boilers will be exacted, and it must be equal in all respects to that executed in the best boiler works in this country. 31. All holes for bolts, studs and rivets in castings must be drilled. No cored bolt holes will be allowed. No plugging or other stopping of holes or defects of castings will be allowed. 32. Any rivet which is deformed, cracked, burnt, improperly driven, leaky, or in any way injured, must be cut out and properly replaced. 33. All surfaces of sheets, and other parts to be riveted, must be brought together to close con- tact and accurately fitted, with bearing surfaces SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 305 smooth and clean, and while being riveted to be held firmly in position and alignment without exert- ing injurious strains upon any portion or detail of the boiler. 34. The use of drift pens, to bring rivet holes to match, or come true and central, will not be allowed in the process of riveting, and must be dis- pensed with entirely. The utmost accuracy in punching the rivet holes will be exacted. Rivet holes failing to fit, or come fair and true, must be reamed out accurately, and rivets of suitable size used. 35. All sheets of the boilers must be satisfac- Sheets. torily straightened before being planed, bent, flanged, drilled, fitted, etc. 36. All scarfing to be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. Sufficient allowance of material must be made at all places where scarfs are required. 37. The edges of all sheets to be planed to a suitable bevel. 38. All seams to be caulked on both sides Caulking, where accessible. All caulking to be done in the best manner, with round-nosed caulking tools ; great care to be taken not to mar the sheet or rivets. 39. The threads of all studs, bolts, screw Threads, stays, stay bolts and nuts, to be chased with great care and skill, to insure uniformity in pitch and accuracy in fit. All holes which are to receive bolts, screw stays, studs or stay bolts, to be accurately centered, drilled and tapped, to give a desirable fit and tight- ness of the threads. The stay bolts, screw stays and studs to be entered, screwed in and riveted in a careful and workmanlike manner, to insure true and parallel surfaces and an equitable distribution of the stress upon all of the sustaining members. 40. All expanding of tubes and nipples shall be done in a careful and workmanlike manner, and shall be absolutely water-tight under the test pres- sure. 41. The fire, ash and cleaning doors to be Doors, fitted air-tight to their seating or bearing surfaces. All holes in the lugs for hinges of the doors used in the construction to be drilled and reamed, to accurately fit the turned pins for same. 20 306 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 42. The brick work must be executed in a thorough and workmanlike manner, the brick used to be strictly first-class in every respect. Outside of setting to be laid with stock brick in white mortar ; inside, where exposed to heat, to be lined with best quality fire brick. 43. All red bricks to be laid in mortar of approved quality, and all fire brick to be laid in ground fire clay. FOUNDATIONS. Foundations. 44. The city will furnish complete foundations for the boilers, the position in 'the house to be as shown on plans on file in the office of the water commissioner, and the space occupied by each bat- tery of boilers to be not greater than that shown. GENERAL CLAUSES. Pressure Test. 45. The boilers shall be tested by the con- tractor with a water pressure of 210 pounds per square inch, under which they must be water-tight. Paint. 46. When the boilers shall have been tested to the satisfaction of the water commissioner, they shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, dried and painted outside with one coat of linseed oil. 47. The fire front, fire and ash doors, and other cast and sheet iron parts, except grate bars, after approval shall be painted in the shop with one coat of paraffine varnish, and after erection they shall receive another coat of the same. Erection. ^3. Xhe contractor shall, at his own expense and risk, transport the boilers and appurtenances to BisselPs Point, furnish all necessary labor, tools and appliances, and erect the same complete, as above specified. Every possible and necessary care must be taken in handling and transporting the boilers, to prevent injury of any description to the same. 49. i The contractor shall so conduct his work as not to interfere with the operation of any boilers under fire, and the disposal of his tools and materi- als, during storage and erection, will be subject to the approval of the water commissioner. 50. The contractor shall, at his own cost, make good all damages to masonry, buildings or other property of the city of St. Louis, occasioned by the contractor or his employees in the transportation and erection of the machinery. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 307 t 51. The city of St. Louis will furnish space storage, within its premises for the reception of the boilers and details, but shall not be responsible for the safe keeping of the same, nor for damage caused to them from exposure or other causes. 52. The city will remove the old boilers and prepare foundations below the floor line for new boilers, contractors to furnish castings to be set in underground flue for smoke connections. 53. The contractor shall get all finished mate- rials on the ground at the earliest possible moment, and proceed with the erection of the same as soon as notified by the water commissioner. The work of erection in place, ready for firing, shall be carried on continuously, night and day, and the contractor shall provide for that purpose three, complete erecting gangs. If at any time during the erection the water commissioner shall be of the opinion that the work can be expedited by the employment of additional labor or tools, he shall order the contractor to make such increase in his working force or appliances as he may deem necessary to secure the most rapid progress possible; and it is especially understood and agreed that if the contractor fails to put the required force at work promptly, that the water commissioner shall employ such labor as he may deem necessary, and charge the cost of the same to the contractor. 54. The contractor shall bear the cost of mak- ing all repairs necessitated by defective materials, workmanship or design of the boilers and furnaces for the space of one year after the boilers are put into regular operation. M. L. H. 170. Specifications for an Engine House. The following specifications for an engine house differ from those in the two previous articles inasmuch as they were accompan- ied by complete detail drawings. The contracting and surety clauses are here omitted, since they would be the sa,me as those given in article 168. This engine house covers three large pump pits, designed for three sets of low service pumping engines, and it is entirely without a floor, nearly the entire space being occupied by the pits. The walls rest directly upon the natural rock, and an electric traveling crane is carried by a track ne. r 308 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Work to be done. the top, of the two side walls, this crane spanning the entire opening and running the entire length of the building. The side walls, therefore, were made very. strong and substantial. i. The work to be done consists in building and finishing complete Low Service Engine House at Chain of Rocks, St. Louis City Water Works Extension. The foundation on which the structure will rest is now completed. The work is shown in detail on the following drawings : No. 1. Elevation of side walls. " end walls. Longitudinal section. Transverse sections. Plan below traveler. " above " Gallery plan. Roof plan. Roof plan for iron trusses. Cut stone courses. Details of stone faced door and window openings, terra cotta details. Details of cut stone in cornice, fire walls and brick arches. Details of windows, doors, ceiling and cast iron door sill. Details of large sliding doors and hangers . Details of door and window frames. Details of sky lights . Details of galleries, stairs, ladders, balcony and door sills . Details of iron trusses. Strain sheet. Details of brick cornice, fire walls, etc. Sand. Cement. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. " 13. " 14. " 15. " 16. ''17. "18. " 19. "20. MORTAR. 2. All sand for mortar shall be clean, sharp, coarse, Mississippi river channel sand. 3. All cement used in the masonry shall be H. H. Meier's Puzzolan cement, put up in well-made barrels. 4. It shall be subject to such tests as may be necessary to fully determine its character, and any cement which, in the opinion of the water commis- sioner, is unfit for the work herein specified will be rejected. 5. All short weight or damaged barrels of cement, or cement without the maker's brand, will be rejected without test. .Samples for testing shall be furnished at such times and in such manner as may be required. On all barrels accepted inspection marks will be placed, and the contractor shall care- SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 309 Colored Mortar. fully preserve these marks and not allow them to be imitated. 6. All cement for use on the works shall be kept under cover, thoroughly protected from moist- ure, raised from the ground by blocking or other- wise and dry until used. The contractor shall keep in storage a quantity of accepted cement suffi- cient to insure the uninterrupted progress of the work. 7. Cement may be reinspected at any time, and, if found to be damaged or of improper quality, will be rejected. All rejected cement shall at once be removed from the line of work. 8. All mortar used in the masonry shall be Mortar, cement mortar, and shall be made of three parts of sand and one part of cement, each of the quality above specified. All mortar shall be made fresh for the work in hand, and any mortar which has begun to set shall not be used. 9. All brick in outer face of walls shall be laid in mortar, colored with a red mortar stain that is even in color and durable, and approved by the water commissioner. STOXE MASONRY. 10. The base, ashler and water table courses Granite - shall be of Missouri red granite, sound, free from discolorations, and of even color. All visible rock face shall be free from drill-holes or tool-marks. Base course and water table shall be six-cut work, ashler course, rock face. 11. Base course shall be 12 inches high, 8j^- inch bond, with 4-inch by 4-inch chamfer on top. Ashler course shall be i foot 4^ inches high, 13- inch bond on the setting bed and 8^ inch bond on the top bed, and cut for iron anchors. Water table shall be 75^ inches high, 6-inch bond, cut for iron anchors and chamfered on top as shown. The ashler and water table course shall be anchored to the brick backing with tarred wrought iron anchors. 12. All of the granite work shall be laid in the most workmanlike and substantial manner, with even and equal joints, % inch thick. Each stone must have perfect and level beds. All joints shall be pointed well and neatly with pointing mortar, col- ored red. Pointing joints must show equal size throughout, and be struck with pointing tool and straight edge. 310 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Sandstone. Limestone. Brick, 13. Eight stones, 2 feet o inches by 15 inches by 18 inches, and ten stones, 2 feet o inches by 14 inches by 15 inches, shall be furnished and set as directed, to be used as bed stones for roof trusses; said stones shall be of granite, sound in all respects, top and bottom beds dressed true and level. 14. Window sills, sill courses, belt course, coping, pediments, range work around door and window openings, and all cut stone work above the water table, shall be of Lake Superior red sand- stone ; fine Crandall finish, laid with equal and even i^-inch joints in full beds of mortar. All joints shall be without chipping and beds of stone level and perfect. Spalls shall not be used in leveling any portion of the work. Window sills shall be cut with drips and seats, the seats not being cut to exact size until after the frames are set. 15. All the sand stone work shall be cut and set in the very best manner, and the whole cleaned down perfectly, and pointed with red pointing mor- tar, with concave joints, and backed up as soon as set. 16. The stone must be perfect in all respects, even color, free from all defects or pockets. 17. In cleaning down the work, care must be taken that the joints are rubbed to a level surface. 18. The stone bed course for the track of the crane shall be made of lime stone from approved quarries, dressed smooth on top bed, bysh-hammered on face, and with true and parallel beds. This course shall extend the entire length of the building on each side, and it shall be 14 inches wide and 8 inches high, set in a swimming bed of cement mor- tar. W T hen set same must be leveled perfectly, the entire length of the building, taking each side out of wind with the other. Special care must be exer- cised in cutting and setting this course. See detail sheet No. 20. BRICK WORK. 19. All the exterior faces of the walls, jambs, etc., shall be executed with even-colored dark red and hard brick. All other portions of the brick work executed with strictly red and hard quality. Light red brick shall not be used in any portion of the building, nor will salmon or defective brick be allowed in any part of the walls or on the premises. SPECIFICATIONS FOE ENGINE HOUSE. 311 20. Brick in exterior of walls shall be laid in Face Wails. red mortar, with even and full bed and end joints, struck with a concave tool, as the work progresses. 21. The standard height for laying all brick Height of shall be 2 courses to 5 inches, unless otherwise ( ordered by the water commissioner. 22. Figured thickness of walls will govern. T1 JvaU S eSS f 23. The brick in every fifth course shall be Bond, headers, and face work shall be laid to bond with Flemish bond headers, as directed by the water commissioner, during the progress of the work. The different courses shall be slushed, and all joints thoroughly filled with cement mortar. All courses shall be laid to a line, front and rear; plumb, true, straight and level. 24. All arches shall be turned with arch-brick, Brick Arches . ground to proper radiating lines, and the face of same shall be laid, alternately, 8*4 inches and 4]^ inches, and backed up with row locks laid with shove joint. All jambs shall be returned and neatly pointed. All arches shall be full depth of wall. Turn brick arches over seats of each truss, as shown on sheet No. 18. 25. Brick must be thoroughly wet before lay- How Laid - ing, if required. Stone walls shall be well swept off and sprinkled with water before any brick is laid on them. 26. Cut a sufficient number of recesses through Notches in the stone foundation walls for passage through same of the copper down-spouts, and build them in with stone work, as shown on sheet No. i. 27. All frames, anchors, wood, bricks, etc., Setting Cut .i ini_i_*ii.* Stone above that are necessary shall be built in. Water Table. 28. All cut stone above the water table shall be set, and the walls carefully leveled for the recep- tion of the iron trusses. After the walls are built all sills shall be under-pinned with red mortar. 29. All necessary wood plates for the fasten- ing of tin flashing shall be built in. 30. All terra cotta shall be bonded firmly to the sgjja* Terra brick work and neatly pointed with red mortar at completion. 31. Two iron I beams shall be built in and Iron J Beams, covered with a y% -inch plate, where shown on sheet No. 3, in the side wall over the traveler off-set and above the circle head windows, leaving the wall open on the under side, so that the traveler can be carried through this opening. After traveler has been set 312 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Cleaning Down. in position the opening shall be closed up with brick work, leaving the I beams in the walls, but not exposed. 32. All exterior brick walls shall be cleaned of all dirt and mortar stains at completion. TERRA COTTA. Quality. 33. All the terra cotta letters and border around same, on east and west walls, to be hard burned, best quality red, even in color, and of designs and dimensions shown, free from "flashing" or warp- ing. Moulds. 34. xhe letters shall be first modeled and a plaster mould made, and from the mould the letters shall be pressed. Fitting. 3^. After terra cotta has been burned it shall be laid out and carefully fitted and shaded and trimmed if necessary, after which each piece shall be lettered to correspond with a setting plan which shall accompany the delivery of all terra cotta. The details for the terra cotta will be found on sheet No. ii. HOW Set. 36. All terra cotta to be set in putty, colored to match, and properly bonded to the brick backing. The bricklayers shall set all terra cotta. COPPER WORK. Down-Spouts. 37. Four io-inch square down-pipes, i6-ounce copper, to lead water from roof and connect same with sewer, shall be furnished in place. Each down- pipe shall have square copper head of 2O-ounce copper, and moulded copper bands of double thick- ness of i6-ounce copper placed not more than 4 feet apart, and secured with 3-inch copper holdfasts, with rosette heads. Gutters, etc. 38. Gutters shall be formed with roofing tin of form and size shown on drawings for same, and constitute a part of the roof-covering, and graded so as to carry the water from the center to the four corners of the building and open into the copper down-spouts. Tin gutters shall be carefully flashed and counterflashed into the brick fire-walls, and nailed to wood strips provided for said flashing, as provided for in clause No. 44. Finialt. 29. The copper finials for the skylights shall be furnished and secured in place. SPECIFIC ATIOKS FOB ENGINE HOUSE. 313 Flashing. 40. Copper drip strips, i^ inches wide, i Dri P- inch to project into the mortar joint, and ^ mc h to be exposed and bent to an angle of 30, as shown on detail sheet No. 12, shall be furnished the brick- layers on the scaffold. TIN. 41. The roof shall be covered with roofing plates, standing seam, with joints well tacked, anchored and soldered, using rosJn as a flux, and 8-pound soldering coppers, and tin well and closely cleated to roof. 42. The roofing plate used shall be Scott's IX Tin Plate. extra coated American roofing tin plate, and must bear a coating of not less than 36 pounds to the box, and must be fully guaranteed, with the maker's name stamped in each sheet, and each sheet must be coated in perfect uniformity and free from "wasters." 43. The gutters shall be lined with Scott's IX Gutters and roofing t^n, flat seam, and shall conform to the gutter plan as shown on sheet No. 8, and shall be carefully flashed against the brick fire-walls, and be firmly nailed to the wood flashing strips, after which all of this gutter flashing must be well and carefully counterflashed. 44. The wood flashing strips shall be built into the brick fire-walls 8 inches above the wall edge of gutter at center of roof and 24 inches above at each of the four corners. 45. The flashing around the skylights shall extend against and 8 inches up the wood skylight frame, and shall be finished before the carpenter lays the base. 46. Tin shall be painted, before being laid, with two coats of the best quality of iron oxide, ground in pure linseed oil, on the under side, and must be perfectly dry before laying ; and that part of the roof covered with tin shall have two layers of heavy straw building paper laid over sheathing boards before putting down the said tin. Each layer of paper to overlap and be fastened down smooth and flat, and to be kept free from moisture. (See clause No. 51.) LUMBER. 47. All the lumber used in the construction of the building shall be graded as follows: Sk ashing. 1 * J nd 314 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Carpenter Work. Purlins 4-inch by lo-inch, yellow pine, long leaf, surfaced three sides and stub moulded. Lower Roof Sheathing i^ inches by 4 inches, tongued, grooved and beaded on under side, "B" select, surfaced one side. Upper Roof Sheathing 7/% inch by 8 to 10 or 12 inches No. I ship lap, surfaced one side. Skylight Frame Posts and plates, 5^ in. x 5^ in. yellow pine No. 1. Rafters, 4 in. x 4 in. yellow pine No. 1. Nailing girths, 2 in. x 6 in. white pine No. 1. Outside casing, % in. "B" select. " base, l}^ in. "B" select. Inside casing, % in. "B" select. " lining, % in. x 4 in. beaded white pine, "C" select. Plinth and base blocks, lj^ in. "B" select. Flashing str ps 2 in. x 4 in., No. 1 white pine. 1st gallery floor girders. 3 in. x 8 in. and 2 in. x 6 in. No. 1 long California yellow pine, surfaced three sides. 1st gallery floor. 1} in. x 3 in., first and second yellow pine, tongued and grooved.* Mill Work. Tread board 2 in. x 12 in. white oak. Window frames "B" select. Sash "A" select. Doors "B" select. Quality. ^ ^11 i um ber must stand strictly on grade, kiln dried, free from large loose knots, sap, shakes, rot, stain or any other defects foreign to their respective grades. CARPENTER WORK. Roof> 49. The roof shall be covered with two courses of sheathing. The lower sheathing shall be white pine, tongued, grooved and beaded, and shall be i y?, inches thick by 4 inches wide; under side dressed and smoothed at the bench to a perfect smooth surface, and fastened to place and left free from hammer-marks or other defects. Upper sheathing shall be -|- inch by 8, 10 or 12 inches wide, No. i ship lap, laid diagonally, and nailed to the lower sheathing. Care must be taken that nails shall not go through the lower sheathing; the nailing to be in the purlins. 50. All purlins shall be 4 inch by 10 inch long leaf yellow pine, surfaced three sides, stub moulded, dry, sound and straight grained. They shall be spaced on centers, as shown on detail sheets Nos. 1 8 and 9, and secured to upper cord of truss by angles and bolts, as detailed. * There is no floor proper in the building only a narrow gallery around the sides. AUTHOR. SPECIFICATIONS FOE ENGINE HOUSE. 315 51. Cover the entire roof with two (2) layers of heavy straw building paper, laid over the ship lap sheathing before putting down the tin. Each layer of paper to overlap and be fastened down smooth and flat, and to be kept free from moisture. This work shall be performed by the carpenter, tinder the direction of the tinner, and laid in such sections only as required to keep in advance of the tinners. The upper sheathing, paper and tin shall be laid as fast as the lower sheathing is nailed in place, so as to protect the ceiling at all times from the weather. 52. Skylights shall be three (3) in number. Skylights. and framed in accordance with details for same, as shown on sheet No. 16 (this sheet shows details for the two end lights only ; the center light shall be of same construction, but of sufficient length to reach the distance of two truss centers, as per longitudinal elevation and roof plan). The principal posts shall be of 55^ inch by 55^ inch yellow pine, and shall be fastened to purlins with wrought iron anchor straps firmly bolted to both purlins and posts. The upper end of all posts shall be tenoned. 53. Wall plates shall be 5^ inch by 5^ inch yellow pine, and mortised to fit the post tenons, and all fastened together with strap iron anchors and bolts. 54. The hip rafters shall be made of 4 inch by 4 inch yellow pine and dressed four (4) sides, and shall be backed same as for wood sheathing, and upon the top of plates between heels of rafters spike a triangular strip of wood secured rigidlv to the plate to receive the thrust of the skylight bars. The center cage shall have the necessary rafters shown on sheet No. 8, and be firmly bolted at apex through a ridge piece of 2 inch yellow pine, top edge of ridge beveled. 55. Nailing girths shall be 2 inch by 6 inch white pine, No. i, and be firmly spiked to the framing. 56. The outside shall be cased up with inch "B" select, to form the finish above the base. A baseboard of i l / 2 inches thick, "B" select, beveled on top edge, shall run around the entire frame and be firmly nailed to the casing. See clause No. 45. 57. The inside shall be trimmed by casing up the posts with 7/ inch thick fc 'B" select, fluted and nailing on plinth and base blocks as shown. The inside below the window stool shall be ceiled with 316 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Ceiling. Gallery Floor. Centers, Templets, etc. Frames. Window Frames. % inch x 4 inch beaded "B" ceiling, nailed on diag- onally, with the nails countersunk and finished at the bottom with a 2-inch band mould. 58. (For specifications of skylight roof, see clause No. 112.) 59. The roof ceiling shall be finished by run- ning a mould along the truss and purlins, forming the different panels, as per detail sheet No. 13. 60. The floor of lower gallery shall be made of i^ inch by 3 inch tongued and grooved first and second yellow pine in continuous lengths. It shall be blind nailed to girders and the nailing joist. 61. The nailing joist shall be 2 inch by 6 inch No. i long leaf yellow pine, and in continuous lengths from bracket to bracket and bolted to chan- nel bar. 62. The floor girders shall be 3 inch by 8 inch No. i long leaf yellow pine, surfaced three sides, notched on brackets. All joints shall rest on brackets. 63. The carpenters shall furnish all centers and templets, and shall put up and take down same. The centers and templets shall be made in a proper manner, strong and well braced. 64. The carpenter shall set all frames, and verify their plumb after the brick arches are turned. MILL WORK. 65. Window frames below the traveler shall be solid frames for top and bottom pivoted sash, and shall be made of form and dimensions called for by the drawings. The lumber used in their construction shall be clear, dry, and sound Wisconsin white pine, "B" select, free from knots or sap. Faces of all frames shall be moulded as per detail. 66. All frames shall be given a heavy coat of paint all around, including back of jambs, and shall be set perfectly plumb ; and the sill shall rest on a bed of cement mortar, ^ inch higher on the inside, so as to make a water tight joint. Casings, mul- lions, transoms, etc., shall be moulded as shown on details. The frames shall be put together in a strong manner, well and closely nailed, and the stop-beads fastened with i^-inch blued round- headed screws. All the lumber in frames shall be Wisconsin specified. white pine, "B" select, as above SPECIFICATIONS FOE ENGINE HOUSE. 317 67. The frames shall be provided with moulded stool, terminating with mould against plaster. Mullions and jambs shall be cut down square on stone seats. 68. Stiles, heads, mullions and transoms shall be solid. All circular portions of frames shall be worked in the solid and put together with white lead, so as to break joints throughout, and firmly spiked.. A 2 inch by 4 inch bond strip shall be spiked to all frames (except the two door and the two large window frames), extending from sill to spring of arch for anchoring same to brick backing. The heads of frames shall have wood blocks of 2 inch by 4 inch by 8 inche nailed to same and spaced a distance of 18 inches on centers. 69. The two door and window frames above mentioned shall be anchored to the brick backing with wood blocks of bone dry white pine 4 inch by 12 inch by 12 inch, built in the brick work, and spaced as shown on detail sheet No. n. The frames shall be bolted to same with ^ inch by 8 inch lag screws. The frames shall fit in a recess of one inch in the brick work. 70. Inside mould and stools will not be nailed in place until plastering is perfectly dry. 71. Two iron dowels shall be placed in the bottom of each jamb and mullion. The dowels shall be of i-inch round wrought iron, and sunk i^ inches in stone sill. 72. All frames above the traveler shall be solid frames for side pivoted sash and for 1 3-inch walls, and shall be made of "B" select. 73. All window sashes shall be of the form and dimensions called for by the drawings. The lumber used in their construction shall be clear, dry and sound Wisconsin white pine ("A" select), free from knots or sap. 74. All sash shall be moulded and rebated 2^ inches thick, and divided into lights as shown. Each sash shall be neatly fitted and properly hung with Wollensak's plain bronze sash centers, No. 144, and shall be secured with bronze cupboard turns, and provided with casement rods or shutter holders. No. 8020, p. 1876, "Simmons." 75. All transom sash that are fixed shall be closely fitted and secured in place with heavy coat of white lead in the stop joints, so that all joints shall be water tight. 318 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 76. Skylight sash shall be 2^ inches thick, and divided as shown on sheet No. 16, center piv- oted and made water tight. 77. The door frames at each end of the build- ing shall have rebated solid plank frames, beaded and moulded on outer face to match window frames. They shall be built in same manner as specified for window frames, using "B" select, and shall be secured to brick work in the same manner as speci- fied for other frames. The frame for the double door, south end, shall be rebated for 2^ inch doors, and shall have a transom bar 3^ inches thick. The single door at north end shall be made without tran- soms and shall have i^ inch rebate. Doors. ^3 < The doors at the south end shall be double, and each door shall be hung with four 6 inch by 6 inch real bronze butts, rebated at center joint and beaded. 79. The doors shall be 2^ inches thick and made of dry "B" select, with stationary sash divided in lights as shown ; lower portions of the doors shall be paneled and moulded as shown by detail sheet No. 13; the panels shall be made of tongued and grooved 7/% inch "B" select, 2 inches wide, with all joints beaded and driven up in white lead. 80. The S1 ngle door in the north end shall be made of "B" select, i^ inches thick. It shall have stationary sash panels, and be built as specified for south door. 81. Doors shall be secured with mortise locks, rebated for double doors, bronze knobs, plates and trimmings, and flush spring bolts, top and bottom of real bronze. 82. The sash in all doors and transoms for same shall be as specified for the window sash, and the transom sash pivoted and hung with the same kind and quality of hardware. 83. The large sliding doors shall be made of the same quality of lumber as specified for ;he small doors, and in two thicknesses of i ^ inches each, mak- ing a total of 3^4 inches, framed separately, and put together with white lead, and firmly screwed up with 3 inch screws, countersunk ; they shall have tenoned stiles, rails and muntin's ; all tenons shall be double pinned with y 2 inch white oak pins, and all shall be bolted together with iron rods, as shown by dot lines on detail sheet No. 14. The panels shall SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 319 be made of tongued and grooved "B" select, 2 inches wide and beaded both sides. 84. Small swing doors shall be framed into each large door, making four in all. They shall be hung with three (3) 4 inch by 4 inch real bronze butts, and fitted with Yale mortise locks, with keys to pass. 85. Each pair of the large sliding doors shall have wrought iron drop bars, made of 2 inch x ^ inch iron, bolted at one end and made to drop into a hook at the other ; with a turned iron hand lift as shown on detail sheet No. 14. 86. An oak brace frame for each door opening, having form, size and radius as shown on detail sheet No. 14, rounded on each edge, shall be secured to the brick work with expansion bolts, in the most substantial manner, and framed into a girder made of i^ inch by 7^ inch oak, of length equal to the run of both doors, and firmly bolted to the wall with bracketed bolts, as detailed. All to be put in posi- tion before plastering, in the most careful and sub- stantial manner. Oak Brace Frame for Large Doors. HARDWARE. for hard- Windows. 87. The numbers and pages given ware refer to Simmons' Catalogue. 88. All pivoted windows shall be hung with Wollensak's plain bronze sash centers, No. 144, and secured with plain bronze cupboard turns, No. 8535, page 1650, and real bronze casement stays, No. 8020, page 1876. Pivoted transoms shall be fitted with similar sash centers, and with Payson's solid grip transom lifts, real bronze, ^ inch by 6 feet, No. 0336. . 89. All doors, except large sliding doors, shall Doors, be hung with butts, and fitted with Yale mortise locks and keys to pass, and top and bottom bolts for the double doors. 90. The two double doors in south end shall each be hung with four 6-inch by 6-inch real bronze butts, and fitted with rebated mortise Yale lock, plain bronze, for 2^ inch door, with keys to pass, and real bronze extension flush bolts, plain, same as Yale pattern No. 788E., B. 34, page 1675. 91. The single door in north end shall be hung with four 6-inch by 6-inch real plain bronze butts, and fitted with lock for i^ inch door of same kind as specified for double door. 320 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 92. The four small swing doors that are built in the large sliding doors shall each be hung with three (3) 4 inch by 4 inch real plain bronze butts, and fitted with lock as specified for the north door. Finish. 93. The finish of all hardware shall be real plain bronze throughout, and all locks shall be Yale, with keys to pass. iron Work 94. Construct for the two sets of large sliding Doors. ing doors a hanger and track as per detail sheet No. 14. The hanger shall be made of wrought iron n inches wide and % inch thick, bent to correspond with profile shown, and fitted with a steel track-wheel, turned with a groove, and necessary bearings. The hanger shall be firmly bolted to the doors with heavy screw-bolts, as shown. 95. The track for above hanger shall be made of steel Z bars, 4.72 pounds per foot (Carnegie catalogue No. 295), with the short flange ground to fit groove in wheel, and the large flange firmjy bolted to oak girder. The track shall be equal to the run of both doors. These doors must be made to run easy and work perfectly. PLASTER. 96. The side and end walls from the stone foundation to the top of the brick walls in the inside of the building, including window-jambs and stools, shall be plastered with Acme plaster, and given a granulated finish with white sand, applied according to the directions of agent. All walls shall have straight, true surfaces, angles plumb, jambs and stools plastered. Walls shall be laid off to repre- sent stone courses, as directed. Joints shall be marked off when plaster is green, and shall be % inch throughout, and cut with clean edges, the joints to continue around window-jambs and to be struck to represent arch stones over openings. 97. A plaster base and wainscot moulding shall be made around the building of height shown, base 12 inches by i inch, chamfered on top; wain- scot cap, 5 inches by i inch, moulded and cham- fered top and bottom, as shown on sheets Nos. 3 and 4. PAINTING AND GLAZING. 98. The contractor shall furnish all material and perform all labor necessary for the proper paint- ing of the building. All sap, knots, etc., of the wood-work shall be covered with a good coat of strong shellac before priming. SPECIFICATIONS FOE ENGINE HOUSE. 321 G Tina " d d iron. inside 99. All wood-work to be painted shall be Priming. primed with French ochre and boiled linseed oil, and all iron-work shall be primed with oxide of iron and boiled linseed oil. All holes and cracks in the wood-work shall be puttied and stopped on the priming coat, and again before applying the last finishing coat. 100. All outside wood-work, usually painted, shall have four (4) coats of pure white lead, ground in linseed oil, and mixed with pure boiled linseed oil. The exterior of all frames, doors, sashes, sky- lights, etc., shall have the last two (2) coats in colors, as directed by the water commissioner. 101. All tin and galvanized iron shall have, after completion, three (3) coats of Dixon's Silica Graphite paint, thinned with pure boiled linseed oil ; each coat shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the next is applied. Each coat of paint on the tin roof must be of a different shade, and each shade shall be approved by the water commissioner. 102. All of the inside wood-work, including sash, doors and frames, etc., shall be painted four (4) coats of pure white lead, ground in oil, and mixed with pure boiled linseed oil, brushed on smooth *and even, and grained a perfect oak on the last coat, after which it shall receive a heavy coat of coach varnish, evenly flowed on and left in the gloss. 103. The ceiling, including purlins, skylights, etc., shall be painted with four (4) coats of paint of quality specified above, and of such colors as the water commissioner may direct, and each suc- ceeding coat must be of a different shade, as per direction of the water commissioner. 104. The first gallery floor shall receive four Wood Floor - (4) coats of pure boiled linseed oil, and the floor girders shall be painted to match the iron channel bar and brackets. 105. All iron and steelwork before leaving iron work. the shop shall be thoroughly cleaned from all loose scale and rust, and after inspection be given one good priming coating of pure, raw linseed oil and iron oxide, well worked into all joints and open spaces. 1 06. In riveted work the surfaces coming in contact shall be painted before being riveted together. Bottoms of bed-plates, bearing-plates, and any parts which are not accessible for painting after erection, shall have two coats of paint. 21 322 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Workman- ship. Glazing. Manufacture. Bars. Gutters. 107. After the structure is erected the iron work, both wrought and cast, shall be thoroughly and evenly painted with three additional coats of paint, of quality specified for the wood-work, mixed with strictly pure linseed oil, and each succeeding coat shall be of a different shade, and each shade must be determined and approved by the water commissioner. 108. The painter must see that all wood-work is perfectly clean before priming or painting, and putty up all nail heads and other defects, and sand- paper smooth and perfectly prepare all wood before applying a second coat. The whole of the painting work throughout to be done in the best and most workmanlike manner, and all paint and varnish spots must be cleaned off the glass, walls and galleries at the completion of the work, and all left clean and perfect, without exception. 109. All paint must be mixed at the building, and under the direction of the water commissioner, except the priming for the iron work. no. All of the glass throughout shall be American, double thick, perfectly free from any blemish, flaw or defect. All shall be set in oil putty, carefully tacked with tin glazing tacks, and back puttied. in. All glass to be cleaned after glazing, and again after painting sash. SKYLIGHT ROOFS. 112. The skylight roofs used on this building shall be of the Vaile & Young patent, and shall be adapted to the wood cage construction, as detailed on sheet No. 16. 113. The bars shall be of galvanized iron, except the parts exposed to the weather, which shall be of 2O-ounce copper, and the said bars must be rigid enough to support the glass without deflection. The apex shall not be finished to a point, but shall be fitted to the square of the size of the copper finial, and said finial shall fit over the apex and cover all joints. This finial shall be made of iS-ounce cop- per and furnished with the skylights. 114. All bars not resting on rafters shall be wrought iron, encased with galvanized iron. 115. All skylights shall have hanging gutters of 2O-ounce copper, with a fall to one corner, and SPECIFICATIONS FOK ENGINE HOUSE. 323 from this corner the water shall be v conveyed to the main roof by means of a copper down-spout, which shall be furnished with the skylight. 116. All glass used in the skylights shall be 3/& Glass> inch thick and ribbed. It shall be furnished by the manufacturers of the skylights, and it shall be set with special care, and under rigid inspection, and shall be of a continuous length. ROOF TRUSSES. 117. The castings shall be made from a Cast iron, superior quality of iron, tough and of even grain, and must conform in shape and dimensions to the draw- ings. Castings must be clean and perfect, without flaw or sand holes or defects of any kind. 118. With the exception of the bearing plates, Soft Steel, the roof trussing shall be of soft steel throughout. 119. The steel must be uniform in character. The finished parts must be free from cracks on the faces or corners, and have a clean, smooth finish. No work shall be put upon any steel at or near the blue temperature, or between that of boiling water and of ignition of hardwood saw-dust. 1 20. All tests shall be made by samples cut from the finished material after rolling. All broken samples must show uniform fine grain fractures of a blue, steel grey color, entirely free from a fiery luster or blackish cast. Soft steel shall have an ultimate strength of 54,000 to 62,000 pounds per square inch; an elastic limit not less than 30,000 pounds per square inch, and a minimum elongation of 25 per cent, in 8 inches. Before or after heating to a light yellow heat and quenching in cold water, this steel must stand bending 180 degrees to a curve, whose inner radius is equal to the thickness of the sample, without sign of fracture. 121. Specimen pieces of a size and form suit- able for the testing machine shall be cut from any plate, angle or bar, when directed by the water commissioner. 122. If any specimen shall not conform to above requirements, all the material of the same form and manufacture as the piece from which this specimen was taken will be rejected. 123. All rivets shall be made of soft steel, and the steel for rivets must, under the above bending 324 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. test, stand closing solidly together without sign of fracture. Specimen Bars. 124. For all material taken by the water commissioner for testing there will be added to the final estimate the following prices, viz. : For all steel, the sum of five cents per pound. For all cast iron, the sum of three cents per pound. All broken material to belong to the party of the second part. Finish. 125. The workmanship and finish throughout shall be thorough and of the very best, and any piece or part, however perfect it may be in other respects, if defective in workmanship, will be rejected. Planed. 126. That part of the bed plate on which rests the three eighth inch bottom plate of the truss shall be planed or faced to a true plane surface. All abutting joints in top and lower chord shall be planed or faced. Punching. 127. In punching rivet holes, the diameter of the die shall in no case exceed the diameter of the punch more than one sixteenth inch, and all holes must be clean cut, without torn or ragged edges. Rivet Holes. ^g, ^11 rivet holes shall be so accurately spaced and drilled or punched that when the several parts are assembled a rivet one-sixteenth inch less in diameter than the hole can be entered hot into any hole without straining the iron by drifting. Occa- sional variations shall be corrected by reaming. Rivet Work. 12 143. Winding stairs shall consist of cast iron center column, treads, rail and newels. 144. The center column shall be cast ^ inch metal and be 7 inches in diameter, terminating at upper end with a newel, as shown on sheet No. 17. 145. The center column shall be supported by two 12 inch steel I beams, 42 pounds per foot, located diagonally across one corner of the stone foundation, with bolts and separators, and set in place before commencing the brick work. The col- SPECIFICATIONS FOK ENGINE HOUSE. 327 umn shall have a square iron flange on the lower end of i inch metal, and said flange must be firmly bolted to the steel I beams. 146. Steps or treads shall be cast without risers, but shall have thimble height of step, cast on each step, with tread nosing continued around. 147. These thimbles shall have freedom fig- ured on drawing, and the vacant space shall be well and thoroughly calked with sulphur. 148. Steps shall be cast of ^ inch metal, dia- mond pattern tread. Each step-thimble, bracket and flange shall be cast in one piece, each step being bolted to the next at connections. The first risers shall be housed into the wood floor, if neces- sary. 149. Stair rail shall be made of 2 inch gas pipe, bent to proper sweep and curve, terminating top and bottom at newels. Newels shall be cast iron 5/& inch metal. All shall be executed according to drawings, each and every portion put up, bolted and secured in the strongest and most workmanlike manner, and to the satisfaction of the water commis- sioner. 150. The third or balcony gallery shall be con- Balcony Gal- structed of wrought iron brackets, made of j^ inch by 2 inch metal, and fastened to the brick work with expansion bolts. It shall be provided with an oak tread board. This tread board shall be furnished by the carpenter and put in place by the gallery contractor. 151. This balcony shall extend across north end of building, as shown on section plan No. 4. 152. Two wrought iron ladders with % inch Ladders, by 2 inch sides and ^ inch round rungs, passing through side pieces and riveted, shall be furnished, put in place and properly secured. One ladder to start on the first 'or lower gallery and extend up and through the balcony gallery as per drawings. One ladder shall be located on the exterior of the building and commence about 10 feet from the ground and extend upwards to and be anchored into the fire-wall coping, as shown on elevation sheet No. i. The details for these iron ladders will be found on sheet No. 17. 153. There shall be cast and set in place cast iron door sills for the doors in the north and south ends and the two large doors in each sids. 328 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Hand Rail. Traveler Track. 154. Sill for the south door shall be 5 feet 8 inches long and 3 feet 4^ inches wide, ^ inches thick, and cast in diamond pattern, with door saddle and seats for wood frame drilled for ^ inch expan- sion bolts. 155. Sill for the north door shall be 3 feet 6 inches long and 3 feet 4% inches wide, cast same as specified for south door. 156. Sills for the large doors shall be cast dia- mond pattern, i inch thick, and shall have a square flange on outside and inside edge as shown. These sills shall be cast in three separate sections, as shown and figured in sheet No. 17. 157. A hand rail made of i^ inch gas pipe shall be provided and put in place and continued along both sides of the building its entire length, 3 feet 6 inches above the traveler I beam. This rail- ing shall project from the wall 6 inches, and be firmly bracketed to the wall at sufficient intervals to insure ample stiffness. The ends shall be secured to the wood window frames. See sheet No. 3. 158. The traveler track shall consist of an iron I beam, 8 inches in height, and weighing 34 pounds per lineal foot, Carnegie catalogue, No. 8 C, page 22, extending the entire length of building on each side. It shall be firmly bolted to the stone sill course with y^ inch expansion bolts, and the space between the web of beam and sandstone sill shall be filled with hard burned brick, laid in the best of cement mortar. 159. Upon the top flange of this 8 inch I beam a flat top steel rail, weighing 52 pounds per lineal yard, shall be bolted, extending the entire length on both sides of the building. This rail must be drilled in each flange, and these flanges bolted with ^ inch bolts into the flanges of the I beam. The rail shall be connected at joints with fishplates and bolts. 160. Two 8-inch I beams, weighing 34 pounds per foot, with bolts and separators, shall be built in brick work, as shown on plan and specified in clause No. 31, and covered with a ^-inch iron plate. GENERAL CLAUSES. Finish 161. All of the materials and work required >mpiete. for the ull com pi et i on o f tne building herein speci- fied, to the entire satisfaction of the water commis- sioner, shall be furnished and done by the contractor, and should anything not mentioned within this spec- I Beams in Side Walls. SPECIFICATIONS FOB ENGINE HOUSE. 329 ification be necessary to fully complete the work, the same shall be furnished and done without extra charge. 162. No masonry work of any description Fr st. shall be laid in freezing weather, except with special permission of the water commissioner. 163. All unfinished work shall be properly protected from injury by frost. 164.. Any masonry work found damaged by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt at the cost of the contractor. 165. When the work is completed, the build- Cleaning up. ing, substructure and surrounding grounds shall be cleared of all rubbish caused by construction, and left in a neat and presentable condition for imme- diate use. 1 66. Measures shall be taken by the contract- p u biic Safety. or, whether required by city ordinance or not, to in- sure the safety of the public, by such precautions of fencing, watching, lights, etc., as the exigencies of the case may call for. 167. The contractor shall furnish, at his own Erection, cost and expense, all necessary centering and scaf- folding, and remove same at the completion of the work. 1 68. Due facilities must be afforded the water commissioner for giving the lines, grades and points, and all stakes or marks given by him must be pre- served undisturbed. 169. The contractor shall keep on the work, accessible at all times, the plans furnished him by the water commissioner, and a copy of these spec- ifications. 170. At all times, when work is in progress, there shall be a foreman or head workman on the grounds. 171. Necessary conveniences shall be construct- ed for the use of the contractor's employees, and dur- ing the progress of the work herein specified the contractor shall not use or interfere in any manner with the present buildings, pipes or appurtenances of the waterworks. 172. The use of the. railroad tracks and switch- es belonging to the waterworks will be permitted to the contractor for the work herein specified at such times only as will not interfere with the deliv- ery, switching and handling of coal cars. 330 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 173. Particular care must be exercised in the protection of all finished work as the building pro- gresses, such as exterior projections, cut stone, iron stairs and galleries, etc., which must be fully protected from injury or defacement during the erection and completion of the building. 174. The erection shall be carried on in such manner as will in no way interfere with the erection, completion and operation of the pumping engines or machinery. The extra cost of handling the erection in this manner must be included in the sum bid for the work. 175. The directions of the water commissioner as to the disposition of building materials and loca- tion of sheds, temporary buildings, etc., must be strictly observed. Examination 176. Whenever required by the water com- >f Work m i ss i onerj (;h e contractor shall furnish all facilities and labor to make an examination of any work, com- plete or in progress, under this contract. If the work so examined is found defective in any respect, or not in accordance with this contract and specifica- tions, the contractor shall bear all expenses of such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If the work so examined is found to be in accordance with the contract and specifications, the expense of the examination and reconstruction will be estimated to contractor at a fair price, to be determined by the water commissioner. M. L. H. 171. General Specifications for Highway Bridges and Viaducts of Iron and Steel. The following general specifications for highway bridge work have been prepared by Mr. G. Bouscaren, M. Am. Soc. C. E., who has had a very large experience in structural designing of a superior grade of railway and highway bridge work. These specifications were revised and reissued in 1890. General Clauses. Plans & stress i. Structures shall be built in accordance with the general plans exhibited or furnished by the engineer of 2. Unless stress sheets and plans are also fur- nished by the engineer, bidders must submit with their proposals, complete stress sheets for the structure and detail plans showing the form and connections of each typical member. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOE HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 331 Material. 3. The stress sheets must show for each mem- ber the total maximum stress or stresses caused by the dead load, the live load, the wind, and the effect of temperature, separately, and the dimensions and area of cross section ; also the dead weight assumed in the calculation which must not be less than the actual weight of the structure as built. 4. Complete detail drawings must be submit- ted for approval of the engineer, and work shall not be commenced until the stresses and details relating thereto have been approved. v A copy of every approved stress-sheet and drawing shall be furnished without charge to the engineer within ten days after its approval. 6. All parts of the structure, excepting the floor timbers hereinafter specified under the head of "floor," shall be of iron or steel or both combined, as may be approved by the engineer. The kind of metal to be used for each member, or class of mem- bers, must be noted on the stress-sheet. Cast iron may be used in minor details at the discretion of the engineer. 7. Through bridges shall be built of two trusses, unless otherwise specified, and shall have a clearance Provisions. above floor of not less than fourteen feet, measuring from top of floor to the lowest point of portals. The depth from center to center of chords of trusses shall not generally be less than one-eighth of the span. The depth of plate girders shall not generally be less than one twelfth of span. The length of span used in calculation of stresses shall be the distance from center to center of end pins for trusses, and the distance from center to center of bearings for plate or lattice girders. . 8. Through spans shall be designed, when practicable, with inclined end posts. 9. Iron trestles and piers shall have, when prac- ticable, a width of base sufficient to give a moment of stability on the masonry, exclusive of the anchor- age, greater than the overturning moment of the wind. 10. Provision must be made in all structures for the free expansion and contraction of all parts, corresponding to a variation of 150 degrees Fahren- heit in temperature. Loads. All parts of structures shall be proportioned to sustain the stresses produced : 332 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 11. ist. By the weight of the structure itself, considered integrally and separately for each partic- ular member. 12. 2d. By the live load I, II or III, as speci- fied for each particular case on the general plan, considered in positions and conditions, namely: continuous or discontinuous, standing or moving, giving the greatest results. 13. 3d. By the specified wind pressure, giving the greatest results. 14. 4th. By the effects of a variation of tem- perature of 150 degrees Fahrenheit. 15. The bending effect produced on every indi- vidual member by the side pressure of the wind and the weight of the member itself shall be considered. Dead Load. 16. In determining the total weight of the structure for the purpose of calculating stresses, the weight of the iron shall be assumed at the rate of ^ pounds per lineal foot of bar of one square inch area. The weight of the steel at the same rate as for iron, with two per cent, added. The weight of the timber shall be assumed at the rates of five pounds per foot, board measure, for creosoted timber, four pounds for oak and yellow pine, and three pounds for white pine. Live Load. ij. The live load shall consist of either class I, II, III or any other load designated by the engineer for each structure. Load I shall consist of one hundred pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 10,000 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. Load II shall consist of eighty pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 7,500 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. Load III shall consist of sixty pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 5,000 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. 18. The live load per square foot shall be applied to the width in clear, specified for the wagon way, and to the width in clear, specified for the side walks. The distribution of the uniform load shall be considered continuous or discontinuous, such as may give the largest result. The concentrated loads shall also be taken in position giving the largest result in conjunction with the uniform load. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOE HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 333 To provide for the effect of impact and vibra- tion, additions to the stresses produced by the above specified live load shall be made as follows: 19. Riveted connections of stringers and floor beams, and hangers two feet long or less 50 per cent. 20. Hangers and suspenders over two feet long 25(1-] y-) per cent., where /= length of hanger or suspender. 21. Floor beams, stringers and other plate girders, 25(1 ^-) per cent., where d=one half length of girder. 22. Web members of trusses, and trestle posts 2^(1 ^ ) per cent., where c/=distance of mem- bers from center of trusses. 23. Chords of trusses 25(1 -) per cent, where d=one half length of span. No addition shall be made where d in above formula exceeds 125. Wind stresses shall be calculated : Wind Pressure. 24. i St. For a wind pressure of thirty pounds per square foot on the exposed surfaces of floor, of both trusses and railings, and on a moving load sur- face of six square feet per lineal foot of bridge. 25. 2d. For a wind pressure of fifty pounds per square foot on the exposed surfaces of floor and of both trusses and railings, the direction of wind giving the largest surface being assumed in the cal- culation and the greatest results shall be taken in the proportioning of parts. 26. Coefficients of fric- tion shall be assumed as fol- lows: For wheels sliding on iron or steel rails For plane surfaces of iron or steel . . For plane surfaces of wood on iron or steel For steel rollers between plane sur- faces of iron or steel When acting to Friction. Increase I Decrease the Strain, (the Strain. 30 IOO 50 IOO 5 IOO 15 IOO 25 IOO Description and Dimensions of Parts. All parts of structures jshall be so proportioned, that the combined effect of temperature and of all 334 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. the loads specified, except the wind, shall not cause the stress per square inch to exceed the following maximum limits: f Rolled bars . . 12,000 pounds. For iron. 27. In tension, < Plates and L shapes .... 10,000 pounds. 28. In compression for lengths less than 50 times the least radius of gyration . 9,000 pounds. 29. In shearing across fibers . 9,000 " 30. On pins closely packed, tension and com- pression on extreme fibers . . . 18,000 pounds. 31. On bearing surfaces . . 15,000 " 32. The bearing surfaces of pins and rivets shall be reckoned from the diameter, not from the semi-circle. The stress per square inch in compression shall be reduced with the ratio of diameter to length o*f member whose length exceeds fifty times the least radius of gyration, according to the following form- ula: 33. For members with square bearings E= I 2 1+ 34. For members with square bearing at one end, and pin bear- 9>000 ing at the other R= I 2 1+ 35. For members with pin bearings 24,000r 2 I 2 1+ 18,000r 2 36. For top flange of rolled I 10,000 beams between supports . . . R= I 2 1+ 5,000b 2 37. For top flange of built I 9>000 beams between supports . . . R= ! 5,000b 2 Where R=Modulus of allowable stress per square inch of cross section. 1= Length in inches of member between sup- port. GENEKAL SPECIFICATIONS FOB HIGHWAY BBIDGES. 335 r=Least radius at gyration of cross section. b= Breadth of top flange of girder in inches. 38. In tension ... . . 14,000 pounds. 39. In compression for lengths less than fifty times the least radius of gyration 12,000 " 40. In shearing 10,000 u 41. In bending on pins closely packed .... 22,000 " 42. On bearing surfaces . . 18,000 " 43. For compression steel members whose lengths exceed fifty times the least radius of gyration, the stress per square inch shall be determined by the same formulas as prescribed for iron members, but a sufficient number of tests shall be made on full size members to determine the value of the constants in the formulae, with a factor of safety of 4. 44. On extreme fibers in bend- For Wood. , (Oak & Yel- ing, tension and compres- low Pine), sion i, 200 pounds. 45. On bearing surfaces trans- versely to fibers . . . 400 " 46. Members subjected to alternate tensile and compressive stresses shall be designed and propor- tioned to resist both. The moduli of allowable stress per square inch of such members, shall be : rFor rolled j bars . 12,000 (i J^l) 47 ien ) l aud sha P 6S 'O' 000 ' '-'lr > [For steel . . . 14,000(1 */>.*-) 48. In compression for lengths less than fifty times the least radius c For iron 9,ooo( i ^ L) of gyration . < 1^ For steel 12,000(1 /4~) When s and S are respectively the smallest and largest of the two maximum stresses regardless of sign. 49. For compression members, whose lengths exceed fifty times the least radius of gyration, the constunt in the numerators of the formulas, used to determine the moduli, shall be: For iron 9,000(1 } For steel P (i : 336 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Wind Stresses. Eye Bars and Upset Rods. Compression Members. Where P represents the numerical value derived from the results of tests on full size members. 50. In shearing of riveted connections : For iron 9,000 ( JL) For steel 10,000 (i _?_) 51. An addition of twenty-five per cent, to all specified limits of stress per square inch, shall be allowed for wind stresses. These limits shall apply wherever the wind stresses are added to the stresses due to other loads. 52. Independently of the wind stresses, lateral struts shall be proportioned to resist the resultant of an initial stress of 10,000 pounds per square inch on all rods attached to them. No lateral or sway rods shall be less than one inch diameter. 53. The eye and threaded parts of all bars and rods must not be less in strength than the body of the bar. The shape, size and mode of manufacture of the heads of eye-bars shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. Welding the head to the body of the bar will not be allowed. 54. In upset-rods, the area of section at base of thread shall exceed sectional area of rod by not less than seventeen per cent. 55. Long tension members shall be supported at suitable intervals, to avoid rattling and undue stress by bending. 56. When practicable, compression members in trusses shall be designed with pin bearings. Long compression members, supported at intervals by lat- eral bracings, such as top chords of trusses and trestle posts, shall be considered and calculated as columns with pin bearings. 57. The thickness of metal in compression where the stress per square inch is 9,000 pounds, shall not be less than one sixteenth^ ) of the dis- tance between supports in line of stress, and one thirtieth (^ -) ^ distance between supports at right angles to line of stress, nor less than one eighth(J) of distance from edge of plate or flange to line of support. When the stress per square inch is less than 9,000 pounds, the limits aforesaid can be in- creased proportionately, but the thickness of metal shall in no case be less than one quarter(^) inch when both faces are accessible for painting and five sixteenths (-j^-) inch when one face only is accessible. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOE HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 337 58. The ratio of length to diameter shall not exceed fifty. 59. In built posts and struts, the segments shall all be of one length without break, and shall be rigidly riveted together to act collectively as one solid body. 60. The sectional area of rivets in one seg- ment in a distance from the end as short as the spec- ified minimum spacing of rivets will allow, shall be sufficient to resist the entire stress on that segment. 61. In lattice work, the distance between riv- ets shall not be more than length of segment of equal strength per square inch as the column itself. The sizes and stiffness of the lattice bars shall be propor- tioned to the weight and spacing of the segments joined by them, so as to resist bending from rough handling of the finished member, and all stresses that they may be subject to, from eccentricity of the line of pressure, and from the inclination or curv- ature of the segments. 62. Pins shall be proportioned to resist the bending as well as the shearing forces acting upon them. The limits of stress specified for shearing and for the pressure on bearing surface of holes, shall determine the number and size of rivets. The sectional area of rivets before driving shall be taken for the effective shearing area. The allowable stress per square inch on hand driven field rivets shall be only three fourths of the specified limits for shearing. 63. Shall be so proportioned that the top and pl ( |jf* Gird bottom flanges will resist the bending moments with- out considering the web, and the \veb will resist the shearing forces without considering the flanges. 64. The thickness of web of girders shall not be less than one fourth inch. When shearing stress 9,000 on same exceeds d 2 (Where t= thickness of i+ 6,000 t 2 web, and d=vertical depth between flanges), stiff - eners must be provided at intervals not greater than depth of girder. Stifieners of sufficient strength to resist the shear shall be provided at the ends and at all points of concentrated load. Webs of plate- girders shall be splice.d with a plate on each side. The top and bottom flanges of plate girders shall have the same gross area. When flange plates are 22 338 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Connection & Attach ments. Bed Plates and Fric used, the flange angles must be as large and heavy as practicable. 65. Of all members shall be so designed, that the stress on each member can be correctly calculated. The lines of stress shall coincide with the lines of center of gravity of members, and intersect at the joint point. The strength of all connections shall be at least equal to that of the member or members which they are designed to connect. This shall be demonstrated by testing, if required by the engineer. 66. Bed-plates and bearing plates shall be tionRoii- truly planed on all sliding and rolling surfaces, and shall be so proportioned that the maximum pressure per square foot on masonry will not exceed 30,000 pounds. They shall be securely anchored against upward and sideway motion. 67. The rollers shall be of steel, and not less than two inches in diameter; they shall be truly dressed to a smooth finish. The pressure in pounds per lineal inch on friction rollers shall not exceed 700 Vd^ (d) being the diameter of rollers in inches. The rollers and rolling surfaces of bed-plates shall be protected by approved wrought iron casings tp keep out foreign matter. When practicable, adjacent ends of consecutive spans shall have a common bed-plate. General. Pin Holes. Eye Bar Workmanship and Details of Construction. in 68. All workmanship shall be first-class every particular. 69. As far as practicable, all parts shall be accessible for inspection and painting. 70. All members shall be free from undue twists and bends. 71. All parts working together as one member of the truss, shall be uniformly stressed. 72. Tensile stress shall be avoided in a trans- verse direction, and shearing stress in a direction parallel to the fibers of the iron. 73. Shall be bored, not punched, exactly per- pendicular to the center lines of stress, and not more than one fiftieth ( ^V) J " nc ^ larger than the diameter of the pin. 74. Shall be straightened before boring. Bars working together shall be bored in one operation, piled and clamped together, and at the same tem- perature. The eye shall be in the center of the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOB HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 339 Pins. head and on the center line of the bar. A discrep- ancy in length from center to center of eye, exceed- ing 2~o~o~o o^ f tne ^ngth of the bar will not be allowed. 75. All forging shall be done at the tempera- ture best suited to the kind and quality of the metal. No work shall be done on iron or steel at a black heat. 76. Steel eye bars, upset rods, and all pieces Annealing. of steel which have been partly heated, or bent cold, must be properly annealed. 77. Shall be turned true to size, and straight. They shall be turned down to a smaller diameter at the ends for the thread and driven in place with a pilot-nut, when necessary to save the thread. There shall be a washer under each nut. 78. No discrepancy in length of pins through the bearing parts will be allowed. 79. The several members attached to the same pin shall be so arranged as to produce the least bending moment on the pin ; they shall be held and closely packed in position by rilling rings between them. Fillers shall be of wrought iron. So. Abutting ends shall be planed or turned, in a plane perpendicular to the line of stress. They shall be in contact throughout, and held in position by suitable splices. Abutting Joints. Si. All segmental joints in riveted work shall Riveted be square and truly dressed, and in contact through- out. They shall be fully spliced, no reliance being placed upon the contact of abutting parts. Sheared edges of steel plates shall have not less than one quarter inch of metal removed by planing. 82. In the effective area of riveted members, pin, bolt and rivet holes shall be counted out for tension ; bolt and pin holes shall be counted out for compression. Rivet holes shall be assumed to be one eighth inch larger than diameter of rivets. 83. No tensile stress shall be allowed on rivets. Rivets shall be used in preference to bolts for all rigid connections to resist shearing. Where bolts must be used in place of rivets, they shall be in double shear; the holes shall be drilled or reamed and the bolts shall be turned to fit tightly in their holes. 84. Rivet holes shall be accurately spaced and shall be drilled or reamed to fit exactly opposite to each other without drifting. The space between the edge of a piece and the edge of rivet holes shall be Work. 340 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. such that the iron will not crack nor split by punch- ing. It shall not be less than one and a half diame- ters of rivet. The pitch of rivets shall not be less than three diameters of rivet nor more than sixteen times the thickness of plate. 85. Rivet holes in steel, if punched, shall be reamed not less than one eighth inch larger than the die sides of the punched holes, and the sharp edge of holes under the rivet heads shall be trimmed. 86. When practicable all riveting shall be done by a machine capable of holding on to the rivet, after the upsetting is complete. 87. Rivets when driven, shall completely fill the holes. 88. Rivet heads shall be full size, well formed and concentric to the holes. 89. No loose rivets will be allowed. 90. All rivet holes for field riveting shall be reamed in place. Adjustment. ^ K ^11 members requiring adjustment, shall be provided with adjusting screw-threads, nuts and check-nuts convenient of access. Where sleeve-nuts are used, they must be open so that the threaded lengths of rods engaged at each end can be verified. Counter and 92. When practicable, counter rods will be Bracing, dispensed with, by designing all web members to resist counter, as well as direct stress. Preference will be given to a system of lateral bracing designed to resist compression as well as tension. Portals. 93. The end posts shall be rigidly connected by riveted portals of approved design, as deep as the specified clearance above the floor will allow. Vertical 94. Shall be provided between posts at each Bracing, panel in deck bridges, and in through bridges where practicable. This bracing shall be proportioned to resist the unequal loading of trusses, the effect of the wind on the moving load being taken into consider- ation. 95. The top chord of through girders or pony- trusses shall be rigidly braced sideways at the ends and at suitable intermediate points. B washer<- 9^' Washers and nuts shall have a uniform ana Nuts, bearing. All nuts shall be easily accessible with a wrench for the purpose of adjustment, and shall be effectively checked after the final adjustment. No round headed bolts will be allowed. All bolts through wood must be provided with wrought iron washers under head and nut: the use of more than GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 341 Floor A. one washer under the head or nut to make up for deficiency in length of thread, will not be allowed. 97. The plan of Moor shall be of the kind A Floor. or B, or any other description specified for each par- ticular case by the engineer. 98. The stringers shall be of iron *or steel, spaced not more than 3 feet 6 inches from center to center under the wagon-ways and capped with nail- ing pieces 5 inches thick of creosoteci wood. The flooring of the wagon-ways shall be made of two thicknesses of plank, 3 inches thick each for "load I," 2^ inches thick each for "load II," and 2 inches thick each for "load III," the under flooring shall be creosoted, and the top flooring of white oak shall be laid transversely, breaking joints with the under flooring. The top flooring pieces shall not exceed 8 inches in width. The sidewalk floors shall consist of 2x6 inch planks nailed on creosoted joists laid transversely on the iron or steel stringers and spaced not more than 2 feet from centers. The joists shall be fastened to the stringers so as to allow for the longitudinal motion of expansion and con- traction. The under flooring of wagon-way shall be fastened to the nailing pieces with wrought spikes yx-j^g- inches for load I, 6x^4 inch spikes for load II, and 5x-^g inch spikes for load III ; the top flooring shall be fastened with 60 penny nails of the best quality for load I, 40 penny for load II, and 30 penny for load III. The flooring of the side- walks shall be fastened with 30 penny nails of the best quality. 99. The joints shall be of creosoted wood, not less than 3 inches thick, laid longitudinally with the line of the bridge for the wagon-way and sidewalks, and supported by the floorbeams. The flooring shall be made as for Plan "A" and fastened in the same manner, but the flooring of the sidewalk shall be laid transversely with the line of the bridge. 100. The joists of consecutive panels shall lap by each other on the floorbeams ; they shall be bolted to the floorbeams so as to allow for the motion of expansion and contraction, and shall be fastened to each other by two five-eights (^6) inch bolts or lag- screws; they shall be braced between floorbeams bv rows of bridging spaced not more than 6 feet apart. 101. Guard-timbers not less than 8x8 inches shall be securely bolted to the floor on each side of the wagon-way, to give a clearance of 24 inches between Flopr B. Floor Gen- eral. 342 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Railings. Camber. Anchorage. the inside faces of the guard and the inside faces of the widest part of the truss for through bridges, and the inside lines of sidewalks for deck bridges and viaducts. 102. All floor timbers, guards and railings shall extend over all piers and abutments, and make suitable connection with the embankments at the ends of the structure. Cast iron aprons or cover-joints shall be provided at the free ends of spans if required. 103. Stresses due to the friction of the floor on the stringers and floorbeams, shall be considered and treated the same as stresses due to regular load. 104. Should one or more street railroad tracks be required on the bridge, the contractor shall fur- nish all necessary material for the same, and lay the track conformably to the instructions of the engineer. The tread of the rails must not deviate more than six inches from the center line of the stringers. 105. The floor of the sidewalks shall extend to and connect with the floor of the wagon-way so as to leave no open space between them. Openings shall be left at suitable intervals in the floor, if required by the engineer, to dispose of the sweep- ings on the bridge and of the drainage. 106. All framing shall be done to a close fit, and in a thorough and workmanlike manner. No open joints or filling shims will be allowed. All under and top flooring must be passed through the planer so as to secure a uniform thickness. 107. Substantial iron railings of approved design, not less than four feet high, shall be provided for the outward lines of sidewalks. The railings shall be supported directlv by the floorbeams and braced laterally with outside stays riveted thereto. Intermediate stays fastened to the stringers shall be provided at intervals not more than ten feet. The top flange of railings shall be proportioned to resist a transverse horizontal thrust of not less than one hundred pounds per lineal foot. 108. The camber measured on the center line of the pins of chords shall not be less than one twelve hundredth (y-^rg-) of the span. The camber line shall not deviate from an arc of a circle, more than one quarter (j^) of an inch at any place. 109. All bridges and viaducts shall be suffi- ciently anchored to the masonry, to resist displace- ment by the strongest wind specified. The base of GENEKAL SPECIFICATIONS FOK HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 343 all piers and trestles shall, when practicable, be sufficient to avoid tension under the most unfavora- ble circumstances of load and wind, but sufficient anchorage shall, nevertheless, be provided to resist not less than one half (^) of the overturning moment of the wind. no. All the necessary drilling and dressing of masonry shall be done, and all the necessary fast- enings and anchorage provided and put in by the contractor without extra allowance. Quality of Material. in. Shall be double rolled, tough, ductile, Wrou s htlron - uniform in quality, and shall have a limit of elastic- ity of not less than 26,000 pounds per square inch. When tested in specimens of uniform sectional area of at least one half (^-2) square inch, cut out of the full size finished piece, it shall stand without breaking, the following tensile stresses and elonga- tions in the distance of 12 diameters. 112. For bar^j iron 4 sq. in. and >52,ooo pounds.per square inch ; less in sect'al area, J elongation, 20 per cent. 113. For bars over 4 square inches in area, a reduction will be allowed in the strength per square inch and elongation of specimen of 500 pounds and one half per cent, respectively for every additional square inch of area of the bar, down to the limits of 48,000 pounds per square inch, and 16 per cent, elongation. 114. For ain shapes and plates V 50,000 pounds per square inch; 24 in. wide and less, J elongation, 15 per cent. 115. For plates 1 over 24 inches > 48,000 pounds per square inch ; wide, J elongation, 10 per cent. 116. The ultimate strength of full size tension bars shall not be less than 45,000 pounds per square inch, with elongation not less than 10 per cent, in ten feet, measured on any part of the bar. Their elastic limit shall not be less than 25,000 pounds per square inch. Specimens as above shall bend cold without sign of fracture on the convex side. 117. For bar iron, 180 degrees around a circle whose diameter is equal to the thickness of the spec- imen. 344 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 118. For shapes and plates, 90 degree's around a circle whose diameter is equal to twice the thick- ness of the specimen. t " 1 19. Full size pieces shall bend cold 90 degrees without sign of fracture around a circle whose radius is equal to the thickness of the piece. For bars, angles, shapes and plates 24 inches wide and less, the radius shall be equal to twice the thick- ness, and for plates more than 24 inches wide to four times the thickness. Full size rivet iron shall bend cold and set flnt on itself 180 degrees without sign of fracture on the convex side. 120. Iron plates rolled in a universal mill shall be used in preference to others, when practicable. steel - 121. Shall be tough, ductile, uniform in qual- ity and incapable of tempering; it shall not contain more than one tenth (-^Q-) of one per cent, of phos- phorus. 122. Test pieces three fourths (^) inch in diameter, cut out of the finished pieces, shall stand without breaking, a tensile stress not less than 64,000 pounds and not more than 70,000 pounds per square inch, with an elongation not less than twenty per cent, in a length of 12 diameters. The same allowance as for iron specimens shall be made in the strength and elongation of the specimens according to the sizes of the bars from which they are cut, down to the limit of 60,000 pounds and 16 per cent. They shall bend cold and set flat on themselves without sign ot fracture. Heated uniformly at a low cherry red and cooled in water at 82 degrees Fahrenheit, they shall bend around a circle one and one half (i^) inches in diameter, 180 degrees, without fracture. 123. Full size pieces shall bend cold 90 degrees without sign of fracture, around a circle whose radius is equal to the thickness of the pieces, and shall have an ultimate strength of not less than 56,000 pounds per square inch, with elongation not less than ten per cent, in ten feet measured on any part of the bar; their elastic limit shall not be less than 33,000 pounds per square inch. 124. Steel for rivets shall have in test pieces an ultimate strength of from 56.000 to 62,000 pounds per square inch, with 25 per cent, elongation ; it shall stand the quenching test at a light yellow heat. Full size rivet bars shall bend cold and set flat on GENEKAL SPECIFICATIONS FOE HIGHWAY BEIDGES. 345 themselves without sign' of fracture on the convex side. 125. All steel plates must be rolled in a uni- versal mill. 126. Shall be of the best quality of tough gray Cast iron. metal. A cast bar five feet long, one inch square, four feet six inches between supports, shall bear, without breaking, a weight of 550 pounds suspended at the center. 127. Castings shall be smooth, well-shaped, General. free from air-holes, cold shorts, cracks, cinders and other imperfections. All finished pieces of iron and steel shall be smooth, free from injurious seams or flaws, blisters, buckles, cinder spots and imperfect edges. Hammering and heating for the purpose of straightening will not be allowed. 128. The timber shall be of the sound heart Timber. wood of long-leaf yello\v pine or white oak. It shall be sawed true and out of wind, full size, free from wind shakes, large or loose knots, decay, brash or sap-wood, worm holes, or any defect impairing its strength or durability. 129. All timber shall be inspected and accepted by an authorized inspector before being used. 130. Shall be prepared in the following man- ner unless otherwise specified. i st. By a thorough seasoning of the wood at a temperature not to exceed 230 degrees Fahrenheit in a vacuum of twenty-four inches of mercury, a sufficient length of time being used in this operation to avoid the cracking or splitting of the timber. 2d, By the injection into the wood under a pressure of not less than 150 pounds per square inch, of not less than ten pounds of heavy creosote oil to each cubic foot of timber. All framing and trimming shall be done before injection. 131. The creosote oil used shall generally be solid at a temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit, and entirely liquid at a temperature of 100 degrees Fah- renheit. It shall contain not less than five per cent. of tar acids. It shall contain not less than twenty- five per cent, of constituents that do not distill over at a temperature of 600 degrees Fahrenheit. It shall be free from water, ammonia, naphtha, and other the 346 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. impurities, and shall be subject to the acceptance of the engineer. Inspection and Tests. 132. An expert inspector appointed by the engineer will inspect the material, supervise the work at the shops, the work of erection and all tests to be made. All finished parts of the structure shall be inspected and weighed by him before ship- ment. 133. All facilities for inspection, testing, and weighing, shall be furnished by the contractor free of charge. The following tests shall be made by the inspector at the expense of the contractor : 134. ist. For every lot of 50,000 pounds or less of the same kind (iron or steel) and the same class (bars, angles, plates or other shapes) of mate- rial: Three specimen tensile tests. Three specimen bending tests. One full size bending test. One specimen quenching test, if the material be of steel. 135. 2d. All additional tests required to dup- licate any of the above, by reason of faulty material or manipulation in the first tests. 136. All other tests required by the engineer, shall be made by the inspector, and paid for at cost, less the scrap value of the material, if the test proves satisfactory. If the test is not satisfactory, the con- tractor shall receive no compensation. 137. Failure to stand the foregoing tests, or a discrepancy in weight of materials of more than 2^ per cent, shall be a sufficient cause for rejection. 138. The acceptance of any material or fin- ished member by the inspector, shall not prevent the subsequent rejection of the same if found defective after delivery, and {he contractor shall replace the rejected material or member without extra compen- sation. 139. Before the final estimate is paid, a thorough test of the structure shall be made by the engineer, by loading each span with the nearest equivalent load obtainable to that described under the head of "loads," distributed and moving in such a way as the engineer may see fit. The load will be allowed to remain on the structure any length of GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOB HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 347 time deemed necessary by the engineer. Each span shall not deflect under such a load more than one eighteen hundredth (y-sVo") ^ ' lis length, and shall return to its original camber, when the load is removed. There shall be no permanent changes in the position or condition of any part of the structure as a result of the test. Paint. 140. All iron and steel before leaving the shop shall have all loose scales scraped off, and shall be thoroughly coated with boiled linseed oil. All planed or turned surfaces shall be coated with white lead mixed with tallow. 141. All inaccessible surfaces shall be painted before being put together with two coats of red lead or other metallic paint, approved by the engineer. After erection, the entire structure, excluding tim- bers, shall be painted with two coats of the same paint. 142. No painting shall be done in wet or freez- ing weather. 143. All depressions in the erected structure where water is liable to collect, shall be drained by suitable drain holes or rilled with approved water- proof mastic. Travel and River Navigation. 144. The contractor shall conduct all his oper- ations so as not to impede travel on the road or street for which the bridge is designed, nor travel and operation of trains on any road, street or rail- road, crossing under or above the bridge. 145. When rivers are navigable, they shall at all times during the construction and erection of the structure be kept open for navigation. 146. All staging, coffer-dams, and other tem- pbrary structures used in the construction of the bridge, as also the old bridge, if any exists, shall be removed by the contractor. Risks. The contractors shall assume all risks from floods and storms, damage to persons and properties, and casualties of every description, and shall furnish all materials, tools, machinery and labor incidental to, or in any way connected with the manufacture, 348 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. transportation, erection, and maintenance of the structure until its final acceptance, without addi- tional compensation. Additional Clauses. G. B. 172. Advertisement, Instructions, Specifications and Proposals for Improving St. Mary's Falls Canal. The following complete set of papers illustrate the practice of the U. S. Engr. Corps, and also describe one of the finest pieces of masonry construction in this country. The work was done under Col. O. M. Poe, of the U. S. Engr. Corps, with Mr. E. S. Wheeler, M. Am. Soc. C. E., as Chief U. S.. Asst. Engr. The lock gates, buildings, and operating machinery were no part of this contract. No PROPOSAL OF Opened Jazmary 27, -fSpJ, FOR FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, ETC., AND BUILDING THE MASONRY OF A LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. Under Acts of Congress of August 11, 1888, and September 19, 1890. EXTRACT FROM ACT OF CONGRESS, Approved Sept. 19, iSgo. Improving St* Mary's River at the Falls, Michigan: Con- tinuing improvement on new locks and approaches, nine hun- dred thousand dollars: Provided, That such contracts as may SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 349 be desirable may be entered into by the Secretary of War for materials and labor for the entire structure and approaches, or any part of the same, to be paid for as appropriations may from time to time be made by law. ADVERTISEMENT. UNITED STATES ENGINEER OFFICE, 34 West Congress Street, DETROIT, MICH., November 28, 1890. Sealed proposals, in triplicate, for furnishing all materials and labor and building the Masonry of a Lock at St. Mary's Falls Canal, Michigan, will be received at this office until 2 o'clock, p. m., January 27, 1891, and then publicly opened. Preference will be given to materials of domestic produc- tion or manufacture, conditions of quality and price (import duties included) being equal. Attention is invited to Acts of Congress, approved Feb- ruary 26, 1885, and February 23, 1887, Vol. 23, page 332, and Vol. 24, page 414, Statutes at Large. The Government reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; also, to award the contract upon other considera- tions than the price. For further information apply at this office or to the U. S. Engineer Office, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. O. M. POE, Col. Corps of Engineers, Bvt. Brig. General, U. S. A. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS. 1. All bids must be made in triplicate, upon printed forms to be obtained at this office. 2. The guaranty attached to each proposal must be signed by two responsible guarantors, to be ceriified as good and sufficient guarantors by a United States District Attorney. Collector of Customs, or any other officer under the United States Government, or responsible person known to this office. 3. When a firm bids, the individual names of the mem- bers should be written out, and should be signed in full, giving the Christian names; but the signers may, if they choose, describe themselves in addition as doing business under a given name and style as a firm. 4. Anyone signing a proposal as the agent of another, or of others, must file wfth it legal evidence of his authority to do so. 5. All signatures must have affixed to them seals of wax or wafer. o -r 50 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 6. The place of residence of every bidder, with postoffice address, county and state, district or territory, must be given after his signature, which must be written in full. 7. All prices must be written, as well as expressed in figures. S. Alterations by erasures or interlineations should be explained or noted in the proposal over the signature of the bidder. 9. A firm will not be accepted as a surety, nor will a partner be accepted as a surety for a co-partner, or for a firm of wfiich he is a member. 10. An officer of a corporation will not be accepted as surety for such corporation. 11. A contract will not be awarded to a corporation until it shall have furnished satisfactory evidence of its legal capacity to enter into the same. 12. The bidder must satisfy the United States of his ability to do the work for which he bids. 13. Reasonable grounds for supposing that any bidder is interested in more than one bid for the same item will cause the rejection of all bids in which he is interested. 14. The United States reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and to w r aive any informality in the bids received ; also to disregard the bid of any failing contractor known as such to the Engineer Department. 15. Contingent upon such appropriations as may from time to time be made by law, payments will be made upon monthly estimates, but ten (10) per cent, will be reserved from each payment until the completion of the contract. 1 6. The contract, which the bidders and sureties promise to enter into, shall be in its general provisions in the form adopted and in use by the Engineer Department, blank forms of which can be inspected at this office, and will be furnished, if desired, to parties proposing to put in bids. Parties making bids are to be understood as accepting the terms and conditions contained in such form of contract. 17. The bond required under the contract will not be greater than one fourth nor less than one fifth the estimated amount of the contract. 1 8. Transfers of contracts, or of interests in contracts, are prohibited by law. 19. In the form for proposal, the materials to be furnished and the work to be done are itemized for the purpose of com- paring the bids, and as a basis for the monthly estimates ; but if the contract be awarded it will be as *a whole. 20. Any bid in which the prices stated for the several items seem to be "unbalanced" may be rejected on that account alone. SPECIFICATIONS FOB A CANAL LOCK. 351 21. The character of the materials proposed will be con- sidered, and if it be deemed to the interest of the United States, for this or any other reason, to accept any proposal other than the lowest in price, the right to do so is expressly reserved. 22. No advantage shall be taken of any error or omission in the following specifications, as full information will be given upon application. 23. Envelopes containing proposals must be endorsed, * 'Proposals for Lock at St. Mary's Canal, Michigan," and addressed to COLONEL O. M. POE, Corps of Engineers, Detroit, Mich. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTING THE MASONRY OF A LOCK IN THE ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. I. Description. 1. The work required by these specifications is the ing of the main walls, miter walls, and stairways of the 800 foot Lock at Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, and the furnishing of all material, labor and appliances needed for this purpose. 2. The general character of the proposed work is similar to that of the lock now in use, which will be called the lock of 1881 in these specifications; and the general outline of the work will be as shown in the drawings to be seen at the U. S. engineer office, 34 West Congress street, Detroit, Mich. The location of the work and of all parts of it will be made under the direction of the U. S. agent in charge, who will also furnish the contractor with detailed drawings of the various parts of the work as they become necessary for the construction. 3. The United States will be responsible for the mainte- nance of the coffer-dam that surrounds the site of the lock, and for keeping the lock-pit free from water. 4. For landing and storing material and carrying- on the work, the contractor will have the use of such portions of the U. S. canal lands and piers as may from time to time be designated by the U. S. agent in charge. 5. Bidders are requested to visit the locality of the pro- posed work and obtain from personal investigation the informa- tion necessary to enable them to make intelligent proposals, as the United States will not be responsible for any lack of accurate information on the part of the contractor, regarding the work. II. Stone. 6. The masonry of the lock will be of two kinds, cut stone and backing. Each bidder shall state the location of the quarries from which he intends to obtain each kind of stone, and shall submit with his proposal, at his own expense, a sam- ple of each kind of stone ; each sample to have the name and 352 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. location of its quarry, . and the name of the bidder plainly marked thereon; each sample shall be a "six-inch" cube, one face showing natural fracture, and the other faces showing dif- ferent styles of finish. The samples submitted with the pro- posals will be retained. 7. Each bidder, when requested, shall also furnish, at his own expense, "two-inch" cubes for testing purposes, from such portions of his quarries as the engineer officer in charge may direct ; t and all stones delivered by the contractor shall be of as good quality as the samples and test cubes furnished by him. 8. Stones quarried after October 15 shall not be laid in the work until the following season, and no stone shall be quarried between November i and April 15. When placed in the work all stones shall lie on their natural beds. No lewis holes shall have an opening larger than i inch by 4 inches, and only one lewis hole will 'be permitted in each stone. Lewis holes, dog holes, letters, or marks of any kind shall not appear on show surfaces ; but, in the top face of each coping stone, one lewis hole will be permitted. All lewis holes shall be thor- oughly filled with stiff cement mortar of the same quality as that in which the stone is set. Stones having defects concealed by cement or otherwise will be rejected. 9. Cur STONE. The cut stone shall be uniform in appearance, and of at least as good quality as the cut stone of the lock of 1 88 1. It shall be free from all defects that, in the judgment of the engineer officer in charge, will impair its strength or durability. Sandstone will not be accepted. No stone shall be used that weighs less than 148 pounds to the cubic foot. The cut stone shall conform approximately in dimensions to the bill of materials appended to these specifica- tions, but exact drawings of the stones will be furnished the contractor when he needs them. The character of workman- ship, style of finish, chamfer, etc., shall be the same as that of the corresponding cut stone of the lock of 1881, except where otherwise specified below. 10. The stones for the miter walls shall be cut to ^ inch joints throughout. The coping stones shall be cut to 3/& inch joints, except for the t?ed joints that overlie the backing, which shall not exceed one inch in thickness. The stones for the face of the main walls, and the facing of the well holes and passages for the gears for operating the gates and valves shall be cut to $/% inch joints on their upper and lower beds, except for such portions of the bed joints as overlie the backing, which shall not exceed i inch in thickness ; the vertical joints of these stones shall be cut to y% inch for 18 inches from the face, and the remainder of each of these joints shall not exceed i inch in thickness. No joint shall vary in thickness from the dimensions SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 353 specified, and the dimensions of all stones shall be such that the center of each vertical joint shall not vary more than -^ inch on either side of a vertical line through the center of the lowest corresponding joint. Any excess in width of stretchers or length of headers in the face walls will be paid for as "back- ing stone." 11. All beds and joints shall be fair and true, out of wind and have an equal bearing throughout; the faces of all the walls, shall be out of wind, and true to line both horizontally and vertically ; and the top surface of each course of stone and of the coping of each wall shall be horizontal throughout, and of the levels given by the U. S. agent in charge. 12. All edges on show lines shall be perfect, and no stones will be accepted that are in any way marred or nicked. Show faces shall be cut true and even, without depressions of any kind ; but within the draft lines the show faces of stones in courses below the upper 12 courses of the main walls (coping not included), may be rough finished, with no depression below the plane of the face, and no projection greater than i inch above the plane of the face ; the face stones of the gate recesses, however, shall be finished throughout, as those in the lock of 1 88 1. All cut stones shall be laid by clamps or by the lewis, and all lewis holes in cut stone kept over winter shall be carefully protected from the weather by the contractor. 13. BACKING. The backing stones shall be of some good quality approved by the engineer officer in charge. They shall have an average area of bed of at least 8 square feet; the smallest shall have an area of bed of at least 5 square feet, except when the U. S. agent in charge may occasionally specially authorize the use of a smaller stone, and no stone shall have an overhanging top. Backing stones shall be at least 8 inches thick and shall have their faces approximately parallel and their joints at right angles to the faces. No irregu- lar or three-cornered stones will be accepted. The bed joints of the backing shall not exceed one inch in thickness. No ver- tical joints shall, at any point, exceed four inches in thickness, and the average shall not exceed two inches. 14. About 4,000 cubic yards of stone, now piled on the U. S. canal lands, shall be taken by the contractor from where it now lies and laid in the w 7 ork as backing. The U. S. agent in charge will designate the stones to be so taken, and the con- tractor shall furnish only the difference between the total amount of backing required and the amount of this supply. III. Sand, Cement and Concrete. 15. SAND. All sand used in mortar or concrete shall be clean, sharp and silicious. It shall be subject to the approval 23 354 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. of the U. S. agent in charge as to fineness, and shall be screened and washed if required by him. The cost of all sand used in the work shall be included in the contractor's prices for. laying masonry and concrete. 16. CEMENT. All cement shall be well packed in strong barrels of standard size, lined with paper, so as to be reasonably secure from air. It shall be delivered as directed by the U. S. agent in charge, in a U. S. warehouse at Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. As soon as possible after its delivery it will be inspected, and, if accepted, the United States will be responsible for its preservation until it is issued at the ware- house to the contractor to use in the work. 17. Tests of cement will be made at a summer tem- perature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit or above. In making tests samples may be taken from each and every barrel delivered, and a failure of one tenth of the samples tested shall be suffi- cient cause for the rejection of all barrels in the same lot as those from which the samples have been taken. The amount of cement accepted will be such that the United States will not be responsible, at any time, for more cement than will be needed during the succeeding month , and only so much cement will be issued to the contractor as will be needed from day to day for immediate use in the work. Should the contractor delay the work at any time by an insufficient delivery of cement the United States reserves the right to annul so much of the con- tract as relates to the delivery of cement, and to purchase else- where all the cement re ded to complete the work; and all increase in cost to the United States resulting from such pur- chase shall be deducted from the percentages retained under the contract; and thereafter the contractor shall make no claim against the United States on account of any delays caused by cement not being furnished to him as rapidly as it is needed in the work. 1 8. The U. S. agent in charge shall direct where Port- land Cement mortar is to be used, and where Natural Cement mortar is to be used. Each shall be thoroughly mixed dry of equal parts by measure of cement and sand, and only enough clean water added afterwards to form a paste that can be read- ily handled with a trowel. The mortar shall be thoroughly mixed and used before it has begun to set, and if required by the U. S. agent in charge, the mortar beds shall be protected from the sun. 19. PORTLAND CEMENT. This cement shall be of the best quality of hydraulic Portland ; no barrel shall weigh less than 375 pounds gross, 'and the average gross weight per barrel shall not be less than 400 pounds. At least 95 per cent, of the cement, by weight, shall pass through a sieve with 2.500 meshes to the square inch. The cement shall stand a tensile stress of at least SPECIFICATIONS FOB A CANAL LOCK. 355 400 pounds to the square inch when mixed neat, and exposed one day in air and six in water, and when mixed in propor- tions by weight, of one part cement to three sand, and exposed in the same manner, it shall stand a tensile stress of at least 125 pounds per square inch. A cement that cracks or checks when made into thin cakes or that begins to set in less than 30 minutes will not be accepted. 20. AMERICAN NATURAL CEMENT. This cement shall be of the best quality of natural hydraulic cement, of domestic production. The average gross weight per barrel shall not be Jess than 300 pounds. At least 90 per cent, of the cement, by weight, shall pass through a sieve with 2,500 meshes to the square inch. The cement shall stand a tensile stress of at le-ast 60 pounds per square inch when mixed neat, and exposed one hour, or until set, in air, and the remainder of the 24 hours in water, and at least 100 pounds per square inch when mixed neat, and ex- posed one day in air and six in water, and when mixed in pro- portions, by weight, of one cement to one sand, and exposed for seven days as described above, it shall stand a tensile stress of at least 50 pounds per square inch. A cement will not be accepted that cracks or checks when made into thin cakes, or that, when made into stiff mortar, sets hard enough in less than 30 minutes, to bear a weight of one pound on a wire one twen- ty-fourtn of an inch in diameter. 21. CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be composed, by measure, of one part cement, one part sand and four parts broken stone, The concrete for rilling sha'l be com- posed, bv measure, of one part cement, two pai t* sand and four parts broken stone. The stone for the concrete may be obtained from such of the stone in the spoil banks of the lock- pit as may be designated by the U. S. agent in charge, who will also designate the kind of cement to be used in each case. It shall be broken by the contractor to pass in every w r ay through a ring 2 inches in diameter, and shall be screened and washed clean before being used. But the proportions of any or all of the component materials of the concrete, either for foundation- or for filling, may be varied 1 v the engineer officer in charge, or additional stone in the form of pebbles, boulders of the locality crushed to pass through a half-inch ring, or crushed quartz from stamp mills may be required by the same authority, and when so required the changes shall be made, or the additions shall be supplied by the contractor without any increase in the price per cubic yard to be paid for the concrete in place. 22. The cement and sand shall first be thoroughly mixed dry. the proper quantity of clean water shall then be mixed in and the clean moistened stone shall then be added to the mass 356 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. and the whole thoroughly mixed. The amount of water added s 'all be such that no sign of water shall appear until the ram- ming of the concrete, as specified below, is nearly finished. The concrete shall be thoroughly rammed in place before its cement has begun to set. IV. Construction. 23. The contractor must clean all broken stone and rub- bish from the rock upon which the concrete foundation is to- rest, and must thoroughly clean and scrub it before any con- crete is placed upon it. 24. The concrete foundation shall extend under the bot- tom course of masonry of all walls, but shall not be so laid as to interfere with the subsequent laying of the lock floor timbers. The top surface of the concrete foundation shall be horizontal throughout, and of the levels given the contractor by the U. S. agent in charge. The concrete shall be deposited in layers not more than 6 inches in thickness, and thoroughly rammed, as soon as laid, with rammers weighing not less than 35 pounds. 25. Unless specially directed otherwise by the. engineer officer in charge, the walls shall be carried up in such a manner that not more tiian' three courses shall be unfinished at a time. The stones shall be prepared for their respective places they are to occupy in the work before they are brought on the walls ; moving stones about on the walls will not be permitted, and no dressing, except by special permission of the U. S. agent in, charge, will be allowed on any stone after it is in the wall. 26. Generally the backing shall be laid in courses not ex- ceeding two feet in height, and must be leveled off with the top surface of each course of the face stone. But the engineer officer in charge may occasionally permit the use of backing stone of more than two feet in thickness, in which case the course shall not exceed four feet in thickness and must be level- ed off with the top surface of every second course of face stone. The bottom stones of each course of backing shall brea'c all vertical joints at least 9 inches with the top stones of the course below. Whenever possible, in each course, all stones shall break joints at least 9 inches with all stones adjacent to them.. The backing shall not be laid in advance of the face stones. 27. No cut stone shall be laid after d-ark. Every stone, both cut stone and backing, shall be laid in a full bed of mor- tar, and shall be carefully settled in place in a manner satisfac- tory to the U. S. agent in charge. All vertical joints shall be completely filled with mortar. The spaces in vertical joints due to irregularities of form of the backing stones, shall all be filled solid with selected hammer shaped stones and spalls, carefully laid and settled in mortar, but no spalls or wedges of any kind SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANAL LOCK. 357 will be permitted in horizontal joints. The use of grout is pro- hibited. 28. Where the work is in progress the masonry and con- crete shall be kept wet and free from dirt. All stones shall be washed clean just before they are brought on the wall, and the beds and joints of all stones shall be moistened with water just before they are laid. 29. All irons that must be built in or attached to the masonry, such as gate anchorages and pivot p'ates, snubbing hooks, miter wall bolts, etc., will be furnished the contractor at the site by the United States. The contractor must place all these irons in the positions indicated by the detailed drawings that will be furnished him at the time, and, as no additional compensation will be allowed for this work, its cost must be included in the prices bid for laying masonry. 30. Before filling of any kind is placed behind the walls, the exposed joints of the backing must be rough pointed by the contractor, with stiff cement mortar. The cut stone masonry 'will be pointed by the United States before the completion of the contract, and the contractor is not to interfere in any way with the employees of the United States engaged in this work. 31. Neither masonry nor concrete shall be laid from November 15 to April 15 inclusive, nor at any other time dur- ing freezing weather. The U. S. agent in charge will inform the contractor when the laying of masonry or concrete shall be stopped on this account. Xo holes that will hold water shall be left in the walls during winter. All portions of the walls remaining unfinished over winter must be thoroughly protected by the contractor by suitable covering against the action of frost. Before laying any masonry in the spring, all mortar that has been injured by frost shall be removed from all the joints by the contractor, and they shall then be properly refilled by him without additional compensation. 32. The space between the back of the walls and the rock face of the lock-pit shall be filled with concrete, laid as described for the concrete foundations and carried up simulta- neously with the walls. 33. Except where indicated by the U. S. agent in charge, the space behind the walls, above the concrete filling, shall be filled with material taken from such parts of the spoil banks of the lock-pit as may be indicated by the U. S. agent in charge. It shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding one foot in thickness, and after being well dampened with water shall be thoroughly rammed with rammers weighing not less than 35 pounds each. Between the south wall and the lock of 1 88 1, all depressions below the level of the coping of the two locks shall be filled to this level ; and behind the north wall the top surface of the filling shall be on a level with the 358 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. coping, and shall extend back to a line parallel to the face of the north wall and 50 feet from it. All slopes of the filling shall be at least I on 2. No stones will be permitted in the filling of a greater volume than one cubic foot, and the filling shall be carried up simultaneously with the walls. 34. The contractor shall be responsible for the preserva- tion of the slopes of: the lock-pit until the completion of work under the contract, and immediately thereafter he shall remove all of his machinery, all rubbish and loose material, from between the walls. V. General. 35. The approximate estimate of materials to be fur- nished, and the work to be done under these specifications, is as follows: Portland cement to be delivered, 22,000 bbls. (more or less). Natural cement to be delivered, 75,000 bbls. (more or less). Cut stone to be delivered, 20,000 cubic yards, solid meas- ure (more or less).. Cut stone to be laid, 20,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Backing to be delivered, 55,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Backing to be laid, 59,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Concrete to be laid, 5,000 cubic yards, measured in place (more or less). Earth to be filled behind walls, 70,000 cubic yards, meas- ured in place (more or less). 36. Bidders will state th price per unit for the several items separately, but the aggregate determined from the prices and the above approximate quantities will be considered as one bid. No claim shall be made against the United States on account of any excess or deficiency, absolutely or relatively, in the amounts as stated above. Sufficient material shall be fur- nished, and sufficient work done, to complete the masonry, etc., as specified, and bidders are n quested to make the estimate of quantities for themselves. The contractor's prices for the various items shall cover all costs of labor, appliances, and materials, and all expenses of whatever nature (except super- intendence by U. S. agents), that may arise during the progress of the work. The best quality of materials and workmanship will be required and the cost to the United States will be but one element in determining the award of the contract. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANAL LOCK. 359 37. The work will not be finally accepted until the con- tractor shall have made good any injury that may have been done to work included in any previous estimates, and the con- tract shall have been completed. The United States will not be responsible for the safety of the employees, plant, or mate- rials used by the contractor, nor for any damage done by or to them from any source or cause whatever. While in the canal, the contractor's plant shall be subject to the rules which govern vessels passing through it, and to this extent shall be under the orders of the superintendent of the canal. * 38. All the work under these specifications shall be car- ried on under, and in conformity \vith, the direction of the U. S. agent in charge. Should any changes in any of the plans be made by the engineer officer in charge during the progress of the work, the contractor shall conform to them, and a fair allowance will be paid for any changes, which, in the judgment of the engineer officer in charge, materially increase the cost of the work. No "extras" of any kind will be paid for, however, unless they have been specially ordered in writ- ing, and their price stated in writing, by the engineer officer in charge, before work on them has begun. All rejected mate- rial shall be removed from the work immediately by the con- tractor at his own expense. 39. Contingent upon such appropriations as may from time to time be made by law, payments will be mad.e upon monthly estimates of the amounts of work and materials accepted during the preceding month. The monthly estimates will be made as follows: 1. Portland cement delivered and accepted. 2. Natural cement delivered and accepted. 3. Seventy-five per cent, of the cut stone delivered and accepted (before it is laid). 4. Twenty-five per cent, of the cut stone delivered and accepted (after it is accepted in the wall). 5. Laying of cut stone after it is accepted in the walK 6. Backing delivered and accepted (after it is laid). 7. Laying of backing, after it is accepted in the walls. 8. Laying of concrete, after it is accepted in place. 9. Earth filling behind walls, after it is accepted in place. For all cut stone and backing items, payment will be made only for the volume actually occupied by the stones in the completed wall. No payment will be made for the volume lost in cutting stones to their proper shapes. Until the completion of the contract, the contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all previously accepted work or material, the cement while in custody of the United States alone excepted, and e;ic i monthly estimate to be dimin- ished first by the ten per cent, to be retained from each pay- 360 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. ment, and second, by the estimated value of all previously accepted work or material injured or wasted during the pre- ceding month. 40. In case it be deemed advisable, at the request of the contractor, to extend the contract or modify it in any manner, all cost to the United States resulting therefrom may be deducted from the final payment, and only the remainder will be paid to the contractor. 41. Work under the contract shall be begun on or before May 15, 1891, and entirely completed on or before November 15, 1893. The total amount of the contractor's monthly esti- mates by the end of the first season's work under the contract shall be at least one fifth of the total amount of the approxi- mate estimate given above ; and by the end of the second sea- son's work, the total of the contractor's monthly estimates shall be at least three fifths of the same approximate estimate. In case the total estimates for the work done by the end of any season shall be less than specified above, the United States^ shall have the right to annul the contract and finish the work, and the contractor and his bondsmen shall be liable for any increase of cost to the United States over that proposed and agreed upon for the entire work as specified. In case the con- tract is annulled as described above, all amounts that may be due the contractor at the time shall be forfeited to the United States. 42. The River and Harbor Act of September 19, 1890, in making the appropriation for continuing the work of improv- ing St. Mary's river, provides: " * * * That such contracts as\ may be desirable may be entered into by the Secretary of War for materials and labor for the entire structure and approaches, or any part of the same, to be paid for as appropriations may from time to time be made by /aw." The amount of funds available at any time for work under the contract w r ill be obtained by deducting from the total funds on hand for improving St. Mary's river, the estimated amounts necessary for all the contingencies of engineering, superintend- ence, etc., etc. 43. If any person employed by the contractor on any part of the work, or upon any work pertaining thereto, should appear to be incompetent or objectionable, he shall be discharged immediately upon the requisition of the engineer officer in charge, and such person shall not again be employed in con- nection with the work or any part of it. In case of differences arising between the contractor and the U. S. agent in charge, in regard to the work or to these specifications, appeal may be made to the engineer officer in charge, and his decision shall be final. SPECIFICATIONS FOE 800 FOOT LOCK. 361 No advantage shall be taken of any error or omission in the foregoing specifications, as full information will be given upon application. APPROXIMATE BILL OP CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. ; in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 36 2 5 5K 55 6 2 < W Ill 7752 2 3 6 36 8 2 5 iy* 75 186 2 6 6^ 78 10 2 3 4M 26 348 2 3 7 42 4 2 5 % 53 102 2 4% 6 57 32 2 5^ 6 66 194 2 3 6% 40 2 2 6fc 7^ 102 138 2 4 6 48 4 2 3^ 7 49 166 2 3 6K 33 6 2 4^ 6fc 60 186 2 sk 6 42 16 2 3^ 5 35 276 2 3 Wz 39 8 2 4 7^ 60 ; 152 2 4K 6 51 36 2 4^ 5 45 230 2 5 6 60 8 2 2% 7 39 38 2 2^ 6 30 61 2 3 4^ 27 10 2 5 7 70 16 2 4 5> 44 12 2 5 6^ 65 28 2 3 3> 21 227 2 4> 6 54 172 2 2 4 16 12 2 334 6 39 190 2 2^ 5 28 64 2 3^ 6 45 77 2 2% 6 33 66 2 6 7^ 87 12 2 2K 4 20 36 2 3 5^ 33 8 2 2 5K 21 30 2 6 6 72' 4 2 2 2^ 10 273 2 3 5 30 10 2 3 3 18 362 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. APPROXIMATE BILL OF CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 6 2 3 4 24 4 2 4K 5K 50 8 2 2 *\ 23 4 2 3 8^ 50 6 2 3 VA 34 26 2 2% 4% 26 2 2 ^A 5% 36 28 2 3% 4K 33 34 2 2 5 20 21 2 4 4K 36 8 2 2 2% 11 14 2 3 8% 53 4 ^ 2 3^ 14 14 2 3 7% 47 4 2 2>^ G>4 31 12 2 4^ 4> 41 12 2 6^ 9K 120 4 2 VA 8^ 57 74 2 5% 6 69 8 2 ^A 7 46 74 2 3 5K 32 14 VA 6 29 2 2 4K 7M 65 11 2^ 5 6 75 2 2 3>^ 6% 47 10 2^ 3 5 38 14 o 4 6> 52 4 3 3K G% 63 100 2 3 7^ 45 7 3 3 1% 70 2 2 6 7 84 6 3 3M 3^ 37 2 2 6 G^ 81 6 3 3 m 32 14 2 8 8^ 136 5 3 3^ 7M 76 14 2 7K 7^ 113 5 3 3^ 6>4 66 98 2 2% 4K 25 2 3 3^ 73^ 79 91 2 5% 7^" 86 12 3H 3^ 6 68 4 2 6 8^ 102 28 3K 3 ^ 6 74 SPECIFICATIONS FOE 800 FOOT LOCK. 363 APPROXIMATE BILL OF CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. u Each Piece. No of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 5 2 3K 4K 7K 118 52 IK 3 23 2 3K 4 4K 63 8 IK 3 % 24 2 3K 4K 6 95 64 IK 3 4K 20 2 3K 5K 7K 144 36 IK 3 7K 34 2 2% 3K 4K 43 12 IK 3 5K 25 2 3K 8 8K 238 8 IK 5^ 6 47 2 3K 7K 7K 197 2 IK 5 7 53 50 % ! 8 6 2 IK 4 7 42 2 % 12 8 8 8 IK. 3 o% 30 1052 IK 3 6 27 4 IK 4 7K 45 42 IK 3 7 32 6 IK 4 6 36 22 IK 5 6 45 2 IK 3K 5 26 8 IK 4>4 6 39 4 IK 4 4K 27 28 IK 3* 6K 29 4 IK 3 4 18 30 IK 3K 6 32 6 IK 4K 5 34 8 IK 2K 6 23 2 IK 6 6 54 30 IK 3% 6 34 134 I* 3 5 2/5 2 IK 2K 4K 17 132 13* 5 6 53 36 2 14 4 IK IK IK IK 4K 2K 6 4K 6 7K 7 41 28 65 47 2 1% 5 5 43 Total No. Stone 13,904 ^| Z Total Vol. Cu. Yds .... 19,688 / f J NOTE. The quarter of a foot, They describe a may be cut. linear dimensions are given to the nearest and the volume to the nearest cubic foot, prism from which the required finished stone 364 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Payments are not to be made by this bill, but upon the volume of stone laid in the wall after being cut to the proper dimensions. PROPOSAL. TO COLONEL O. M. POE, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., Detroit, Mick. _i8 9 . SIR In accordance with your advertisement of Novem- ber 28, 1890, inviting proposals for furnishing all material and labor and building the Masonry of a Lock, at Saint Mary's Falls Canal, Mich., and subject to all the conditions and requirements thereof, and of your instructions to bidders and specifications dated November 28, 1890, copies of all of which are hereto attached, and, so far as they relate to this proposal, are made a part of it, we (or) I propose to furnish all mate- rials, appliances and labor, and do the work as specified, at the prices named below, namely: Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., twenty-two thousand (22,000) barrels (more or less) of Portland Cement at the rate of ( -) dollars and ( ) cents per barrel. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., seventy-five thousand (75,000) barrels (more or less) of Natural Cement, at the rate o ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per barrel. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., twenty thousand (20,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, cut stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the lock walls twenty thousand (20,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, cut stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., fifty-five thousand (55,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, backing stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the lock wall fifty-nine thousand (59,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, backing stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the foundations, etc., of the lock, five thousand (5,000) cubic yards (more or less) concrete, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard measured in place. Fill behind walls seventy thousand (70,000) cubic yards (more or less) earth, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic vard, measured in place. SPECIFICATIONS FOE 800 FOOT LOCK. 365 We [or] I make this proposal with a full knowledge of the kind, quantity, and quality of the articles required, and of the work to be done, and, if it is accepted, will, within ten (10) davs after icceiving written notice of such acceptance, enter into contract, with good and sufficient sureties, for the faithful performance thereof. WITNESS: . (Signature) [SEAL] ( Address) . . (Signature) . . . [SEAL] (Address) . .(Signature) [SEAL] (Address) . .('Signature) [SEAL] (Address).. . (Signature) [SEAL] (Address) . (Signature) [SEAL] (Address) (Sign in Triplicate.) GUARANTY. We, , of , in the state of , and , of . in the state of , hereby guarantee and bind ourselves and each of us, our and each of our heirs, executors and admin- istrators, to the effect that if the bid of herewith accom- panying, dated , 189 . for furnishing all materials and labor, and building the Masonry of a Lock at Saint Mary's Falls Canal, shall be accepted, in whole or in part, within sixty (60) days from the date of the opening of proposals, the said bidder , will, within ten (10) days after being notified of such acceptance, enter into a contract with the United States in accordance with the terms and conditions of the advertisement, and will give bond with good and sufficient sureties for the faithful and proper fulfillment of the same. And in case the said bidder shall fail to enter into con- tract within the said ten (10) days with the proper officer of the United States, and furnish good and sufficient bond for the faiihiul performance of the same according to the terms of said bid and advertisement, v\ e and each of us hereby stipulate and guarantee, and bind ourselves and each of us, our and each oi our heirs, executors and administrators, to pay unto the United States the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said bidder and the amount for which the proper officer of the United States may contract with .another party to furnish said materials and la'-.or and build the Masonrv of a 366 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Lock, as specified, if the latter amount be in excess of the for- mer, for the whole work covered by the proposal. WITNESSES : -[SEAL.] -[SEAL.] Dated 189.. [Executed in Triplicate.] JUSTIFICATION OF THE GUARANTORS. STATE OF- COUNTY OF- JSS. I, , one of the guarantors named in the within guar- anty, do swear that I am pecuniarily worth the sum of two hundred thousand dollars, over and above all my debts and -liabilities. (Signature of Guarantor.) Before me, (Signature of Officer administering oath, with seal, if any.) STATE OF- COUNTY OF- JSS. I, , one of the guarantors named in the within guar- anty, do swear that I am pecuniarily worth the sum of two hundred thousand dollais, over and above all my debts and liabilities. (Signature of Guarantor.) Before me, (Signature of officer administering oath, with seal, if any.) CERTIFICATE. I, , do hereby certify that and , the guarantors above named, are personally known to me, and, that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, each is pecun- iarily worth, over and above all his debts and liabilities, the sum stated in the accompanying affidavit subscribed by him. (Signature of certifying official.) NOTE. The certificate maybe given separately as to each guarantor, and modified accuidingly. O. M. P. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 367 173. Complete Specifications and Contract for Dam No. 5, Southborough, of the Boston Water- works, July, 1893. ADVERTISEMENT. TO CONTRACTORS. Sealed proposals addressed to the Boston Water Board, and endorsed "Proposals for building Dam No. 5 in the Town of Southborough," will be received by the Boston Water Board, at their office, City Hall, Boston, Mass., until 12 o'clock M., of Monday the seventeenth day of July, 1893, and at that time will be publicly opened and read. Each bidder must make a personal examination of the loca- tion of the dam. All bids must be .made upon blank forms, to be obtained of the City Engineer, Boston, must give the prices proposed, both in writing and in figures, and be signed by the bidder, with his address. Each bid is to be accompanied by a certified check for two thousand dollars ($2.000), payable to the City of Boston, said check to be returned to the bidder unless he fail to execute the contract, should it be awarded to him. A bond for one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) will be required for the faithful performance of the contract, the sure- ties to be residents of Massachusetts, and satisfactory to said Boston Water Board. The person or persons to whom the contract may be award- ed will be required to appear at this office with the sureties offered by him or them, and execute the contract within six days (not including Sunday) from the date of notification of such award, and the preparation and readiness for signature of the contract ; and in case of failure or neglect so to do, he or they will be considered as having abandoned it, and the check accompanying the proposal shall be forfeited to the City of Boston. All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's estimate of quantities of work to be done, which is as follows : (#) 14,000 cubic yards soil excavated and placed in spoil- banks. (aa) 13,900 cubic yards soil excavated from spoil-banks and placed on dam. (<5) 1,610 square yards sodding. () 5 acres seeding. (c) 230,000 cubic yards earth excavation (trenches, embank- ments, and backfilling). (cc) 10,000 cubic yards rehandling of excavated materials. 368 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 13,400 cubic yards rock excavation. (^) 2,000 feet board measure timber work. (ee) 2,000 feet board measure timber work (tongued and grooved). (_/") 800 barrels Portland cement. Of) 14,000 cubic yards concrete masonry. (<") S cubic yards concrete masonry. (h) 927o square yards plastering. (i) 256 cubic yards brick masonry. (/) 75 CUD i c yards paving. * () 10, 100 cubic yards riprap. (/) 5?4 cubic yards broken stone. f (/) 22,200 cubic yards rubble-stone masonry. (;z) 13,300 square feet facing stone masonry (broken ashlar work). (^) 8565 cubic yards facing stone masonry (range work). (^) 320 linear feet coping. (^) 290 cubic yards dimension stone masonry. (r) 4,110 square feet hammered work. (5) 1,000 cubic yards masonry laid in American cement mortar r to i, an additional price per cubic yard. (2?) 1,000 cubic yards masonry laid in Portland cement mortar i to i, an additional price per cubic yard .(u) i, ooo cubic yards masonry laid in Portland cement mortar i to 2, an additional price per cubic yard. (v) i, ooo cubic yards masonry laid in Portland cement mortar i to 3, an additional price per cubic yard. (iv) J >575 linear feet of walk. These quantities are approximate only, and the Boston Water Board expressly reserves the right of increasing or dimin- ishing the same, as may be deemed necessary by its Engineer. Plans can be seen, and specifications and forms of proposal and contract obtained, at the office of the City Engineer, City Hall, Boston. The Boston Water Board reserves the right to reject any or all bids, should it deem it to be for the interest of the City of Boston so to do. ROBERT GRANT, JOHN W. LEIGHTON, THOMAS F. DOHERTY, Boston Water Board. OFFICE OF BOSTON WATER BOARD, CITY HALL, BOSTON, JULY i, 1893. * 3,200 cubic yards if riprap is used. \ 2,800 cubic yards if riprap is used. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 369 PROPOSAL TO THE BOSTON WATER BOARD FOR BUILDING DAM NO. 5 IN THE TOWN OF SOUTHBOROUGH. The undersigned hereby declares that he has carefully ex- amined the annexed form of contract and specifications and the drawings therein referred to, and made an inspection of the site of the proposed dam, and will provide all necessary ma- chinery, tools, apparatus, and -other means of construction, and do allthe work and furnish all the materials called for by said contract and specifications and the requirements under them of the Engineer, for the following sums, to wit: (a) For the removal of soil excavated and placed in spoil banks, including all incidental work, the sum of - ($ - ) per cubic yard. (00) For the removal of soil taken from spoil banks or from other places and placing on the slopes of the embank- 'ment, including all incidental work, the sum of - ($ - ) per cubic yard. (6) "For sodding, including all incidental work, the sum of - ($ - )p er superficial square yard. () For seeding, including all incidental work, the sum of -- ($ - ) per acre. (c) For earth excavation, including its disposal in em- bankments and refilling, or as otherwise ordered by the engi- neer, and all incidental work, the sum of - ($ - ) per cubic yard. t (cc) For rehandling of excavated materials from spoil banks and placing, including all incidental work, the sum of - ($ - ) per cubic yard. ( The sods to be of good quality of earth covered with heavy grass, sound and healthy, and not less than one foot square, and generally of a uniform thickness of three inches. These sizes may be altered by the engineer during the progress of the work. The sods will be cut with a bevel on all SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT F01J. DAM. 377 sides, so that when laid they will lap at the edges; to be properly set so as to have a full bearing on their whole lower surface ; to be padded down firm with a spade or wooden bat made suitable for the purpose ; each sod is to be pinned with one wooden pin, not less than fifteen inches long, so as to be secured to the ground beneath it, and to be so laid that the upper surface shall conform to the true slope of the bank or ground and to the lines given by the engineer. No lean, poor, or broken sods will be allowed in the work, but on the outside edges of the bank sods may be cut to such size and shape as will make a proper finish to the same. The engineer may alter all the above sizes during the progress of the work. The sodding that shall have been laid shall be well and carefully sprinkled with water as often as the engineer shall deem necessary. 6. The engineer may specify the kind, quality, Seeding:, and amount of seed to be used on all surfaces ordered to be seeded, and he may also direct the manner of seeding, including roiling and watering; EARTH EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT. 7. Earth excavation is to be made for the foundations, center walls, etc.. and for any grading that may be required either above or below the dam, or for any other work in connection with the dam, structures, or appurtenances which the engineer may order, but no payment will be made for earth or other excavation unless specifically staked out and ordered by the engineer. The price bid for excava- tion will cover all excavations by the contractor for his own 'convenience or for temporary or protecting work, none of which will be measured or estimated by the engineer. 8. Earth excavation is to be made in accord- Excavation, ance with the lines established by the engineer, and the price herein stipulated for earth excavation- article Q, item (c) is to include the work of clear- ing and grubbing the ground of all trees, stumps, bushes, and roots, and burning or otherwise dispos- ing of the same ; of sheeting and bracing and sup- porting and maintaining all trenches and pits during and after excavation; of all pumping, ditching and draining; of clearing the excavation of all wood or other objectionable materials, of se'ecting the mate- rials, and of hauling and of disposing of the exca- 378 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Measure- ment. Embank- ment. vated materials in making embankments, in filling, refilling, and wasting; of rolling and watering, and all other labor and expenses incidental to the hand- ling of the excavated materials. Spoil Banks. ^ Whenever, in the opinion of the engineer, the material excavated from the pits and trenches can not properly be disposed of in embankment or for other work at one hauling, it shall be deposited in spoil banks, and paid for under article Q, item (c), and if subsequently ordered to be used in the work, it shall be paid for a second time under article Q, item (cc). 10. All earth work paid for under article Q, items (c) and (cc), shall be measured in excavation. 11. The embankments for the dam shall start from a well prepared base, stepped on sloping ground, and shall be carried up in horizontal layers not exceeding four inches in thickness; every layer to be carefully rolled, either with heavy grooved rollers, or steam rollers, and to be well watered. The earth to be well rammed with heavy rammers at such points as can not be reached by the rollers. Special care shall be required in ramming the earth close to the center wall, which shall always be kept at least two feet higher than the adjoining embank- ment, unless otherwise permitted. The embank- ments of the dam shall be kept at an uniform height on both sides of the masonry during construction, and at no time will the down-stream half of the dam be allowed to be higher than the up-stream portion. At all times the earth embankment must be kept three feet above the "masonry portion" of the dam. Watering. 12. Ample means shall be provided for w r at^r- ing the banks, and any portion of the embankment to which a layer is being applied shall be so wet, when required, that water will stand on the surface. The contractor shall furnish at his own cost the necessary steam pumping plant and force-main for forcing water into a tank situated on the side hill, at least fifty feet above the top of the dam when com- pleted. From this tank a three-inch distribution pipe, fitted with gates and hose connections, will lead lengthwise over the dam to supply water wher- ever it may be needed. If the engineer approves, some other method of equal efficiency for the fur- nishing of water may be substituted for the above SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOll DAM. 379 plant. This work is included in the" price to be paid for earth excavation. 13. All the grounds covered by the dam and ^^^^ by the borrow pits shall be cleared of all soil, stones, trees, stumps, or other organic or perishable matter, which shall be deposited at such points as shall be designated. If the borrow pits are, in the opinion of the engineer, sufficiently near the dam, the soil or other useful materials may be removed to the spoil banks and measured, otherwise they will not be measured. Stumps and other vegetable substances shall be burned. 14. The surfaces of embankments shall be dressed smoothly to line and grade to receive the soil or broken stones supporting the paving or riprap, 15. The earth used for the embankments shall Quality of be free from perishable- material of all kinds, and Earth, from stones larger than three inches in diameter, ,md it shall be of a quality approved by the engineer. The portion of the embankment next to the core- wall on the up-stream side of the dam and the refill- ing of all trenches will be composed of hard-pan or other fine, compact, or selected material approved by the engineer, who shall decide upon the quality and character of the earth to be used at various places, and it must be selected and placed in accord- ance with his orders. 1 6. AH excavation and disposal in embank- ciassifica- ments and refilling of earth, hard-pan, and other tion> materials, shall be classified and estimated as earth excavation, and paid for at the price hereinafter stipulated, article Q, item (c). ROCK EXCAVATION. 17. Rock excavation is to include the excava- tion of all solid rock which can not, in the opinion of the engineer, be removed by picking, and of bowlders of one cubic yard or more in size ; the price hereinafter specified article Q, item (aT) to be paid for rock excavation shall include the work of hauling and disposing of the same in spoil banks or other places. 18. Rock excavation shall be measured in excavation, and estimated for payment in accordance How Meas- vvith the lines given by the engineer. No excavation outside of these lines will be estimated. 19. Rock is to be excavated for the foundations of the dam, core-walls, and gate-house, and wherever the engineer may order. 380 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Steps. 20. In the wall and pipe trenches and in the foundation for the gate-house or other structures, the rock is to be shaped roughly in steps or other form that may be ordered by the engineer. The price bid for rock excavation is to include the cost of supporting and maintaining the excava- tions, of pumping and draining, of disposing of the excavated materials as ordered by the engineer, and all other incidental expenses. Explosives. 21. All rock excavation in the wall trenches and at any other place designated by the engineer is to be made with explosives of a moderate power, under his directions, and not w T ith high explosives. Black powder may be ordered by him to be used in special cases. 22. All rock surface intended for masonry foundation must be freed from all loose pieces, and be firm and solid, and prepared as directed by the engineer. FOUNDATION WORK. 23. The foundation w r ork for the centre walls of the dam and for other structures is to be extended to such depth and in such a manner as shall be ordered by the eng'neer. In bad bottom, sheet piling, tonged and grooved, may be ordered to be driven or placed on one or more sides of the work. If the material of excavation is such, in the opinion of the engineer, as to require especial precaution, the trenches for the centre wall and for other struc- tures may be ordered extended to a great depth, beyond the indications of the plans. The position of the bed rock being uncertain, it is impossible to indicate the bottom of the core-wall with accuracy, and it is distinctly understood that the lines for the foundation shown on the plans are not guaranteed by the city to be correct. PROTECTIVE WORK. 24. The contractor will be required at his own expense to take care of all water which may come down the stream during the progress of the work, and to make good any damage done to the dam from freshets or other action of the water or the elements. TIMBER. 25. Timber may be ordered used for platforms, for permanent sheet-piling, and for other permanent SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTKACT FOU DAM. 381 Tongued and Grooved Timber. uses. It shall be of the sizes and placed in the manner ordered by the engineer. 26. All timber and lumber so used shall be spruce, sound, straight grained, and free from all shakes, loose knots, and other defects, that may impair its strength and durability. The price b.d for timber shall cover all incidental expenses incurred for labor, or for tools or materials used in placing, securing, and fastening it. 27. No payment shall be made to the con- tractor for lumber used for bracing, sheeting, scaf- folding, and other temporary purposes. 28. All sheeting and other timber work in the trenches and pits shall be removed unless it is ordered left in, in which case such timber shall be paid for as herein stipulated article Q, item (e) for permanent timber work. 29. The timber to be used for sheet-piling in the foundations and other places may be ordered tongued and grooved. Such timber shall be fur- nished and placed as ordered, and the price herein- after stipulated article Q, item (ee) for tongued and grooved timber is to cover the cost of placing, driving, securing, and fastening the same. MASONRY. 30. All masonry, except where otherwise spec- ified, shall be laid in hydraulic cement mortar, and shall be built of the forms and dimensions shown on the plans, as directed by the engineer from time to time, and the system of bonding ordered by the engi- neer shall be strictly followed. 31. All beds and joints must be entirely filled with mortar, and the work in all cases shall be well and thoroughly bonded. 32. Care must be taken that no water shall interfere with the proper laying of masonry in any of its parts. 33. All means used to prevent water from interfering with the work, even to the extent of fur- nishing and placing pipes for conducting the water away from points where it might cause injury to the work, must be provided by the contractor at his own expense. 34. Under no circumstances will masonry be allowed to be laid in water. 35. All iron-work, except the sluice-gates, is iron-work, to be built in the masonry without other compensa- Water. Pipes. 382 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Freezing Weather. Sprinkling. Cement. tion than the price herein stipulated to be paid per cubic yard of masonry. The pipes, special castings and other iron work will be furnished and deliverd by the city on the site of the dam, and must then be carefully protected, handled and laid by the con- tractor in a thorough manner as directed by the engi- neer. 36. No masonry is to be built between the 1 5th of November and the i5th of April, or in freez- ing weather, except by permission of the engineer. All masonry to be amply protected from the action of frost during the winter. The contractor will be required to make good any damage resulting from frost on any portion of the work. 37. All fresh masonry, if allowed to be built in freezing weather, must be covered and protected in a manner satisfactory to the engineer, and during hot weather all newly-built masonry shall be kept wet by sprinkling water on it with a sprinkling pot until it shall have become hard enough to prevent its drying and cracking, and if necessary canvass coverings must be provided. 38. American cement and Portland cement are to be used. The American cement must be in good condition and must be equal in quality to the best Rosendale cement. It must be made by manufac- turers of established reputation, must be fresh and very fine ground, and in well-made casks. The Portland cement must be of a brand equal in quality to the best English Portland cement. To insure its good quality, all the cement furnished by the con- tractor will be subject to inspection and rigorous tests; and if found to be of improper quality, will be branded and must be immediately removed from the work; the character of the tests to be determined by the engineer. The contractor shall, at all times, keep in store at some convenient point in the vicinity of the work, a sufficient quantity of cement to allow ample time for the tests to be made without delay to the work of construction. The engineer shall be notified at once of each delivery of cement. It shall be stored in a tight building, each cask must be raised several inches above the ground, by blocking or otherwise. 39. Cement is generally to be used in the form of mortar with an admixture of sand, and when so used, its use is included in the price herein stipulated SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 383 for the various kinds of masonry. For the founda- tion work, however, Portland cement may be ordered by the engineer in exceptionally wet and difficult places, to be used with or without any admixture of sand for grouting seams or for such other purposes as he may direct. The cost of plac- ing said cement will be paid by the city, the price to be paid to be estimated by the engineer unless other- wise stipulated. Such cement is to be paid for per barrel of .four hundred pounds, furnished and deliv- ered by the contractor at the place where it must be used. .See article Q, item (_/"). 40. All mortar shall be prepared from cement Mortar of the quality before described, and clean, sharp sand. These ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed dry, as follows: The proportion of cement ordered, by measure, with the ordered proportion of sand, also by measure; and a moderate dose of water is to be afterwards added to produce a paste of proper consistency ; the whole to be thoroughly worked \\ ith hoes or other tools. In measuring cement it shall be packed as received in casks from the manu- facturer. The mortar shall be freshly mixed for the \vork in hand, in proper boxes made for the purpose ; no mortar to be used that has become hard or set. If the mortar ingredients are mixed at some distance from the work, water shall not be added until the mortar has been brought to the dam and is ready for use. 41. The price herein stipulated for the various kinds of masonry is contingent on the use of a mortar made of a mixture of one part in a volume of Amer- ican cement to tw r o parts of sand. Additional prices are herein stipulated for the use of mortars formed with a different mixture of cement and sand. Article Q, items (5), (0, (*0, (*>) 42. The concrete shall be formed of sound broken stones or screened gravel stones not exceed- ing two inches at their greatest diameter. All stones in any way larger are to be thrown out. The mate- rials to be cleaned from dirt and dust before being used ; to be mixed in proper boxes, with mortar of the quality before described, in the proportion of five parts of broken stone to one part of cement ; to be laid immediately after mixing, and to be thoroughly compacted throughout the mass by ramming till the water flushes to the surface ; the amount of water used for making the concrete to be approved or 384 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Plastering. Brick Ma- sonry. directed by the engineer. The concrete shall be allowed to set for twelve hours, or more, if so directed, before any work shall be laid upon it; and no walk- ing over or working upon it shall be allowed while it is setting. Article Q, item Qr). 43. Whenever ordered by the engineer the con- Crete shall be formed of broken stone not exceeding one inch at their greatest diameter, used in the pro- portion of three parts of broken stone to one part of cement. Article Q, item (gg). 44. The up-stream faces of all core-walls, and such other surfaces as the engineer may direct, will be thoroughly plastered with a half inch coat of Port- land cement plastering put on in two portions as fol- lows : Next the concrete a thick coating of Portland cement mortar will be put on, mixed in the pro- portion of one part of cement to one of sand, rubbed to a uniform surface and left rough; over this will be smoothly spread with trowels a coat of neat Port- land cement which shall be thoroughly worked to make a perfectly water-tight surface. All plastering will be measured and paid for by the square yard of superficial surface as per article Q, item (^). 45. The bricks shall be of the best quality of hard- burned bricks; burned hard entirely through, regular and uniform in shape and size, and of compact text- ure. To insure their good quality, the bricks fur- nished by the contractor will be subject to inspection and rigorous tests, and if found of improper quality will be condemned, the character of the tests to be determined by the engineer. They are to be culled before laying at the expense of the contractor, and all bricks of an improper quality shall be laid aside and removed ; the engineer to be furnished with men for this purpose, by and at the expense of the con- tractor. 46. All brick masonry shall be laid with bricks of the quality before described and in Portland cement mortar mixed one part of cement to two of sand. No 4 'bats" shall be used except in the backing, where a moderate proportion (to be determined by the engineer) may be used, but nothing smaller than "half bricks." The bricks to be thoroughly wet just before laying. Every brick to be completely imbed- ded in mortar under its bottom and on its sides. Care shall be taken to have every joint full of mortar and all joints shall be pointed. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOE DAM. 385 Paving. Broken Stones. 47. All centering shall be made, put up, and Centering. removed in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. 48. All stone masonry is to be built of sound, clean quarry granite stone of quality and size satis- factory to the engineer; all joints to be full of mortar, unless otherwise specified. 49. Paving is to be laid without mortar, and is to be used for portions or the whole of the slopes of the dam embankments, and at any other place that may be designated. 50. This work is to be measured in accordance with the lines shown on the drawings or ordered dur- ing the progress of the work. The stones used must be roughly rectangular; all irregular projections and feather edges must be hammered off. No stone will be accepted which has less than the depth represented on the plans or ordered. Each stone used must be set solid on the foundation of broken stone or earth and no interstices must be left. 51. After the slopes which are to receive the paving have been dressed, a layer of broken stone, nine inches thick or less, is to be spread as a founda- tion for the paving wherever ordered. The broken stone must be sound and hard, not exceeding two inches at the greatest diameter. Broken stones may be used also wherever the engineer may direct, and paid for under this head. Article Q, item (/). The cost of the broken stone used for making concrete is included in the price hereinbefore stipu- lated for concrete laid. 52. Riprap instead of paving may be used for covering a large portion of the dam slopes, and Rl P ra P- wherever the engineer may order. It shall be made of stone of such size and quality and in such manner as he shall direct, and must be roughly laid by hand. It will generally be put on in thick layers, and if found cheaper will probably be substituted for paving on the lower slopes of the dam below the berm. 53. Rubble-stone masonry is to be used for the Rubb ie. central part of the dam, for the wing-walls of the earth embankments, for the gate-house, and wherever ordered by the engineer. It shall be made with sound clean stones of com- pact texture, free from loose seams and other defects. They must have roughly rectangular forms, and all irregular projections and feather edges must be hammered off before the stones are set. The beds 25 386 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Broken Ashlar. Rangework must be good for materials of this class and must present such even surfaces that when lowering a stone on the surface prepared to receive it, there may be no doubt that the mortar will fill all spaces. After the bed-joints are thus secured, a moderate quantity of spalls can be used in the preparation of suitable surfaces for receiving other stones. No spalling up under a stone after it is laid will be allowed, neither will any grouting or filling of joints be allowed after the stone is set. Especial care is to be taken to have every stone entirely surrounded by mortar. The quality of the beds is to regulate, to a large extent, the size of the stones used, as the difficulty of forming a good bed-joint increases with the size of the stones. Various sizes must be used. Generally the largest stones are not to measure more than twenty cubic feet, and they are to be used in the proportion of about twenty-five per cent, of the whole, but they must be omitted partially or entirely if their beds are not satisfactory. It is expected that one quarter of the stones used will be of such size that two men can handle them. The balance to be composed of intermediate sizes. Regular coursing to be avoided. 54. The exposed faces of the wing walls, retaining walls, and of any other rubble work that the engineer may designate, are to be made of broken ashlar with joints not exceeding one half inch in thickness; the stones not to be less than 12 inches deep from the face, and to present frequent headers. The joints shall be pointed with neat Portland cement. This face work is to be paid for by the square foot of the superficial area for which it is ordered in addition to the price paid per cubic yard of rubble-stone masonry, but the right is reserved to change this masonry to range work, should it be for the interest of the city so to do. Article Q, item (72). 55. The outer faces of the masonry dam, and if found best the gate-chamber and any other masonry that may be d signated, are to be made of range stones, as shown on the plans, the stones to be of unobjectionable quality, sound and durable, free from all seams and other defects, and of such kind as shall be approved by' the engineer. They shall be pointed with neat Portland cement. All beds, builds, and joints are to be cut true to a depth of not more than 4 inches, and not less than SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOB DAM. 387 3 inches from the faces and to surfaces allowing of one. half inch joints at most; the joints for the remaining part of the stones not to exceed 2 inches in thickness at any point. 56. All cut arrises to be true, well defined, and Arrises, sharp. 57. Where this class of masonry joins with dimension stone masonry the courses must corres- pond, and the joining with arches and other dimen- sion stone masonry must be accurate and workman- like. Each course to be composed of two stretchers Bon d- and one header alternately, the stretchers not less than 3 feet long nor more than 7 feet long. 58. The rise of the courses may vary from bot- Courses, torn to top from 30 inches to 15 inches in approxi- mate vertical progression, and the width of bed of the stretchers is not to be at any point less than the height nor less than 24 inches. The headers are not to be less than 4 feet in length. This class of masonry, including the headers, is M ^ a e s ^ t re * to be estimated at 30 inches thick throughout. In no case are the tails of the headers to be estimated. 59. The coping of the wing walls will be c P in s- classed as coping stone masonry. The surfaces will be rough pointed to the circular forms given. v The capping stones to the posts will be estimated as dimension stone with hammered surfaces. 60. The prices herein stipulated for range and Price s. broken ashlar stone masonry are to cover the cost of pointing, of cutting chisel drafts at all corners and angles in the work, and of preparing the rock faces ; but if any six-cut work is ordered in connection with this class of masonry it shall be paid for at the prices hereinafter stipulated for such work. Article Q, item (r). 61. The face bond must not show less than 12 inches lap unless otherwise permitted. 62. The pointing of the faces of all masonry Pointing, in the dam, gate-house, and wings to be thoroughly done with neat Portland cement after the structures are completed, every joint to be raked out therefor to a depth of at least 2 inches, and if the engineer is satisfied that the pointing at any place is not properly done it must be taken out and done over again. The cement is to be mixed in small quantities and applied before its first setting. 388 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Dimension sonry. Rock-face. Hammered Work. Grooves. Walk. 63. Dimension stone masonry must be made o f first-class granite of moderately uniform color, free from all seams, discoloration, and other defects, and satisfactory to the engineer. The stones shall be cut to exact dimensions, and all angles and arrises shall be true, well defined, and sharp. All beds, builds, and joints are to be dressed for the full depth of the stone, to surfaces allowing of one quarter (^) inch joint at most. No plug-hole of more than 6 inches across or nearer than 3 inches to an arris is to be allowed, and in no case must the aggregate area of the plug-hole in any joint exceed one quarter of its whole area. The stone shall be laid with one quarter (5O inch joints, and all face joints shall be pointed with mortar made of neat Portland cement, applied before its first setting. All joints to be raked out to a depth of two inches before pointing ; the cost of pointing to be included in the price stipulated for cut stone masonry. 64. In rock face work the arrises of the stones enclosing the rock face must be pitched to true lines; the face projections to be bold, and from 3 to 5 inches beyond the arrises. The angles of all walls or structures having rock faces are to be defined by a chisel draft not less than i^ inches wide on each face. 65. In fine hammered work the face of the stones must be brought to a true plane and fine dressed, with a hammer having six blades to the inch. For fine hammer-dressing (six-cut work) the price stipulated in article Q, item (r), per superfi- cial square foot of dressing will be paid in addition to the price per cubic yard of masonry. 66. No payment will be made for cutting grooves and recesses other than the price paid for the dressing of their surfaces, which are to be fine hammered. 67. The contractor will build a walk upon the top of the earthen embankments. It will be 8 feet wide and i foot in depth, composed of broken stone 9 inches in depth and a thin layer of selected screen- ings and binding gravel (as ordered). The surface will be moistened and rolled with a hand roller as directed. The broken stone screenings and gravel used in this walk will not be included in any other measurement. Payment will be made for the fin- SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTEACT FOB DAM. 389 ished walk according to the number of linear or run- ning feet it may contain. GENERAL CLAUSES. 68. If any person employed by the contractor In ^y r p k e I J 1 e e I1 I J on the work should appear to the engineer to be incompetent, or to act in a disorderly or improper manner, he shall be discharged immediately on the requisition of the engineer, and such person shall not be again employed on the work. 69. Any materials condemned or rejected by the engineer or his representatives may be branded, or otherwise marked, and shall, on demand, be at once removed to a satisfactory distance from the work. 70. Any unfaithful or imperfect work which may be discovered before the final acceptance of the work shall be corrected immediately, and any unsat- isfactory materials delivered shall be rejected on the requirement of the engineer, notwithstanding that they may have been overlooked by the proper inspector. The inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of any of his obligations to perform sound work, as herein prescribed ; and all work, of whatever kind, which, during its progress and before it is finally accepted, may become dam- aged from any cause shall be removed, and replaced by good and satisfactory work. .71. Whenever the contractor is not present on Orders any part of the work where it may be desired to give directions, orders will be given by the engineer to, and shall be received and obeyed by, the super- intendent or foreman who may have charge of the particular work in relation to which the orders are given. 72 . In all the operations connected with the work herein specified, all laws or regulations controlling or limiting in any way the actions of those engaged on the works, or affecting the methods of doing the work or materials applied to it, must be respected and strictly complied with ; and during the progress of the work the contractor shall provide such precau- tions as may be necessary to protect life and property. 73. After the completion of the work the con- tractor is to remove all temporary structures built by him, and all surplus materials of all kinds from the site of the work, and to leave them in neat condition. Obe y ed - Laws . 390 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Ways and Means. Subletting. H. The contractor agrees that he will give his per- sonal attention to the fulfillment of this contract ; and that he will not sublet the aforesaid work, but will keep the same under his control, and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, any 'por- tion of the said work, unless by and with the previous consent of the water board, to be signified by endorsement on this agreement. I. The contractor shall furnish the necessary scaffolding, ways, and all necessary means and con- veniences for the transfer of the material to its proper place and for its erection. And it is also to be understood that the city shall not be held respon- sible for the care or protection of any materials or parts of the work until its final acceptance. Access. J It is further agreed that the engineer, or his authorized agent and assistants, shall at all times have access to the work during its progress ; and he shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the work being done is in accord-' ance with the requirements and intention of this contract. Alteration. K. Should it be found desirable by* the water board to make alterations in the form or character of any of the work, the said water board may order such alterations to be made, defining them in writing and drawings, and they shall be made accordingly; provided, that in case such changes increase the cost of the work, the contractor 'shall be fairly remunera- ted ; and in case they shall diminish the cost of the work, proper deduction from the contract price shall be made ; the amount to be paid or deducted to be decided by the city engineer. Extra work. L. The contractor hereby agrees that he will do such extra work as may be required by the water board for the proper construction or completion of the whole work herein contemplated ; that he will make no claims for extra work unless it shall have been done in obedience to a written order from the said water board or their duly authorized agent ; that all claims for extra w T ork done in any month shall be filed in writing with the engineer before the fifteenth of the following month; and that, failing to file such claims within the time required, all rights for pay for such extra work shall be forfeited. The price to be paid for all extra work done shall be its actual rea- sonable cost to the contractor, as determined by the city engineer, plus fifteen per cent. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOE DAM. 391 M. The contractor is to use such appliances for the ^ liances> performance of all the operations connected with the \vork embraced under this contract as will secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which, in the opinion of the engineer, will secure the completion of the work within the time herein speci- fied. If, at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work, such appliances ap- pear to the engineer to be inefficient or inappropriate for securing the quality of the work required or the said rate of progress, he may order the contractor to increase their efficiency or to improve their character, and the contractor must conform to such order; but the failure of the engineer to demand such increase of efficiency or improvement shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to secure the quality of work and the rate of progress established in these specifications. N. The said contractor further agrees that if the work to be done under this contract shall be aban- doned, or if at any time the engineer shall be of the opinion, and shall so certify in writing to the water board, that the said work is unnecessarily or unrea- sonably delayed, or that the said contractor is willfully violating any of the conditions or agreements of this contract, or is not executing said contract in good faith, or fails to show such progress in the execution of the work as will give reasonable grounds for an- ticipating its completion within the required time, the said \vater board shall have power to notify the said contractor to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, under this contract; and thereupon the said contractor shall cease to continue said work, or such part thereof, as the said water board may designate ; and the said water board shall thereupon have the right, at their discretion, to contract with other par- ties for the delivery or completion of all or any part of the work left uncompleted by said contractor, or for the correction of the whole or any part of said work. And in case the expense so incurred by said water board is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the said contractor, then the said con- tractor shall be entitled to receive the difference ; and in case such expense shall exceed the last said sum, then the contractor shall, on demand, pay the amount of such excess to the said city, on notice from the said water board of the excess so due ; but such ex- 392 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. cess to be paid by the contractor shall not exceed the amount of the security for the performance of . this contract. O. The said contractor further agrees that the said water board may, if they deem it expedient to do so, retain out of and amounts due to the said contractor sums sufficient to cover any unpaid claims of mechanics or laborers for work or labor performed under this contract; provided, that notice in writing of such claims, signed by the claimants, shall have been previously filed in the office of the city clerk. P. The said contractor further agrees that he will indemnify and save harmless said city from all claims against said city, under chapter one hundred and ninety-one of the Public Statutes of Massachusetts, and any laws passed since the Public Statutes, with reference to liens on buildings and lands, for labor done and materials furnished under this contract, and shall furnish the said water board with satis- factory evidence, when called for by them, that all persons who have dorre work or furnished materials under this contract, for which the said city may become liable, and all claims from the various departments of the city government, or private cor- porations, or individuals, for damage of any kind caused by the construction of said work, have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured ; and in case such evidence is not furnished, an amount necessary and sufficient to meet the claims of the persons aforesaid shall be retained from any moneys due, or that may become due, the said contractor under this contract, until the liabilities aforesaid shall be fully discharged or satisfactorily secured. The said contractor further agrees that he will indemnify and save harmless the said city from all suits or actions, of every name and description, brought against the said city for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, by or from the said con- tractor, his servants or agents, in the construction of said work, or by or in consequence of any negli- gence in guarding the same, or any improper mate- rials used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the said contractor or his agents ; and the said contractor further agrees that so much of the money due him under and by virtue of this agreement as shall be considered necessary by the said engineer may be retained by the said city SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOE DAM. 393 until all such suits or claims for damages as afore- said shall have been settled, and evidence to that effect furnished to the satisfaction of the said engi- neer. Q. And the said contractor further agrees to receive the following prices as full compensation for furnish- ing all the materials, and for doing all the work con- templated and embraced in this agreement ; also, for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen obstruction or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the same ; and for all risks of every description con- nected with the work ; also, for all expense incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discon- tinuance of said work as herein specified, and for well and faithfully completing the work, and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the plans and specifications, and the requirements of the engineer under them, to wit: (a) For the removal of soil excavated and placed in spoil banks, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (#) For the removal of soil taken from spoil banks or from other places and placing on the slopes of the embankment, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (3) For sodding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square yard. (<5) For seeding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per acre. (c) For earth excavation, including its dis- posal in embankments and refilling, or as otherwise ordered by the engineer, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (cc) For rehandling of excavated materials from spoil banks, and placing, including all incident- al work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For rock excavation, including its dis- posal, and all incidental work, the sum of : ($ ) per cubic yard. (tf) For permanent timber work, except tougued and grooved timber, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. 394 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (ee) For permanent timbet work, tongued and grooved, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. (jO For Portland cement ordered by the en- gineer, delivered where ordered on the work, in bar- rels containing four hundred pounds, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per barrel. (") For concrete masonry, in place, formed of five parts of broken stone or screened gravel, to one part of cement, and made with American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (gg) For concrete masonry, in place, formed of three parts of broken stone or screened gravel to one part of cement and made with American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For plastering all concrete w r alls with Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square yard. (z) For brick masonry, laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, and including all pointing, centering, etc., and removing the same, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (_/') For paving in place, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. () For riprap in place, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/) For broken stone in place (other than that used in making concrete and the walk), including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. () For rubble-stone masonry, laid in Ameri- can cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (TZ) For face work of broken ashlar, in addi- tion to the price paid per cubic yard as rubble, including pointing in neat Portland cement, and all SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTKACT FOE DAM. 395 incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square foot. (0) For facing stone masonry of range stones laid in American cement mortar mixed in the pro- portion of one part of cement to two parts of sand and pointing in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/) For coping laid in place, and pointed in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per linear or running foot. (^) For dimension stone masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including pointing in neat Portland cement, centering, etc., and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (r) For fine hammer dressing (six-cut work) the sum of : ($ ) per superficial square foot. (.?) For all kinds of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one part of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (tf) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one part of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. () For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (x>) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part 396 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. of cement to three parts of sand, in addition to the price per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (w) For building walk, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per linear or running foot. (#) For all extra work done by written order of the Boston Water Board, its actual reasonable cost to the contractor, as determined by the engineer, plus fifteen per cent, of said cost. R. And it is agreed that payment for the work embraced in this contract shall be made in the fol- lowing manner: A payment will be made, on or about the first day of each month, of 85 per centum of the value of the work completed in place by the contractor on the fifteenth of the previous month, as estimated by the engineer. Provided, however, that the making of such payment may be deferred from month to month, when, in the opinion of the engineer, the value of work done since the last estimate for payment is less than one thousand dollars. The said contractor further agrees that he shall not be entitled to demand or receive payment for any portion of the aforesaid work or materials, until said work shall have been completed to the satisfac- tion of the city engineer and the said city engineer shall have given his certificate to that effect ; where- upon the said city will, within forty days after such completion, and the delivery of such certificate, pay the said contractor the whole amount of money accruing to the said contractor under this contract, excepting such sum or sums as may be lawfully retained by said city. Provided, that nothing herein contained be con- strued to affect the right hereby reserved of the said water board to reject the whole or any portion of the aforesaid work, should the said certificate be found or known to be inconsistent with the terms of this agreement, or otherwise improperly given. S. The parties hereto further agree that this con- tract shall be in writing, and executed in triplicate, one of which triplicates shall be kept by the said engineer, one to be delivered to the city auditor of SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOB DAM. 397 said Boston, and one to the said contractor; that this contract shall be utterly void as to the said city if any person appointed to any office, or employed by virtue of any ordinance of said city, is either directly or indirectly interested therein. And the said contractor further agrees that he will execute a bond in the sum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and with such sureties as shall be approved by the said Boston Water Board, to keep and perform well and truly all the terms and conditions of this contract on his part to be kept and performed and to indemnify and save harmless the said water board as herein stipulated. T. And it is also to be understood and agreed that, in case of any alterations, so much of this agreement as is not necessarily affected by such alterations shall remain in force upon the parties .hereto. U. And the said contractor hereby further agrees that the payment of the final amount due under this contract and the adjustment and payment of the bill rendered for work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the city from any and all claims or liability on account of work performed under said contract or any alteration thereof. In Witness Whereof, the parties to these pres- ents have hereunto set their hands the year and day first above written. The City of Bos- ( ton, by its Boston 1 Water Board. SIGNED in the presence of Know all Men by these Presents, That we are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BOS- TON, in the sum of . dollars, to be paid to the CITY OF BOSTON, or 398 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. its certain attorney, its successors and assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The Condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bounden shall well and truly keep and perform all the terms and conditions of the foregoing contract for building Dam No. 5, in the town of Southborough on part to be kept and performed, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said CITY OF BOSTON, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall be of no effect; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. In Witness Whereof, we hereto set our hands and seals on this day of in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-three. SIGNED AND SEALED in presence of 174. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STRUCTURAL IRON WORK OF A HOTEL BUILDING, TO BE ERECTED ON THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF 34-TH STREET AND 5TH AVENUE FOR JOHN JACOB ASTOR. H. J. HARDENBERGH, PURDY & HENDERSON, Architect, Consulting Engineers, New York. New York and Chicago. MAY, 1895. In order to understand the business relations involved in the following specifications, some explanation of them is neces- sary. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 399 Messrs. Purdy and Henderson, the consulting engineers, are under contract with Mr. H.J.Hardenbergh, architect, to furn- ish those parts of the plans and specifications for the building which relate to the iron and steel frame work. They are also under contract with Mr. Downey, the agent of the owner, to prepare all the shop drawings, to supervise the inspection, to su- perintend the erection of the steel frame work, to check all bills rendered by the contractor for this portion of the work, and, in general, to see that all the contracts relating to this part of the building are faithfully fulfilled. The contract for the iron and steel work was let on a pound basis erected. A separate set of specifications were prepared for the inspection of the work, and also one for the use of the computers and draftsmen in pre- paring detail plans. It will thus be seen that the consulting engineers are under contract to do a great deal more in this matter than is usually expected of the architect, and much more, therefore, than the architect could afford to pay for, if all this service had to be remunerated out of his professional fees. In the most common practice, the owner checks his own bills, pays the contractor for the shop drawings and divides the remaining portion of this additional service with the architect. Only a small portion of the additional fee paid the engineer by this arrangement is consequently an added expense. It is important that consulting engineers should make contracts with the owner for the additional detail work and supervision as well as with the architect for the preparation of the general plans. This kind of a double connection is desirable and likely to secure the most satisfactory service. The steel construction described in these specifications is that for a new hotel adjoining The Waldorf on the north, cor- ner 34th street and Fifth avenue, New York city. The building is in plan 350 feet by 100 feet, and is sixteen stories high above the sidewalk, with basement and sub-basement, extending 35 feet belovv ground. It is the largest steel con- 400 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. structed building ever designed, containing over 10,000 tons of structural iron. The exterior of the building is finished with stone to the height of three stories above the sidewalk, and with brick, with terra cotta trimmings, above that line. The construction involves many unusual conditions, such as a ballroom on the second story 100 feet long, and 85 feet wide, with vaulted ceiling reaching to the fifth floor. The floors above this great room, and also the roof, are carried on two trusses extending through four stories, the total load carried by the two being about nine million pounds. The columns in the walls around this ballroom are from 60 to 70 feet in length, and some of them carry over three million pounds each. There is also a large dining room on the first floor, which necessitates the use of very heavy trusses, and difficult and costly work. The spaces between the columns are unusually long, 35 and 40 feet being common, thus requir- ing an unusual quantity of plate girder work. In several other places in the building, rooms extend through two stories, and the roof on three sides has a Mansard slope fifty feet in height, with large towers on the three street corners. All the details have been worked out with great care, and the business rela- tions of the engineer of construction to both the architect and the owner are considered ideal. Specifications Explained: These specifications are sup- plemental to the contract already entered into for the construc- tural iron and steel work of this building, between , parties of the first part,* and , parties of the second part. They are the specifications referred to in the first clause of said contract, and which are to be considered a part of that contract. These specifications are intended to cover all the structural iron work in said building. They are intended to co-operate with the drawings for the same, both those furnished by the architect and those furnished by the engineers as hereinafter specified, and what is called for by either, is as binding as if called for by both. They are intended to describe and provide * Mr. Astor's agent, who stands as the party of the first part in these specifications, is Mr. John Downey, and he is so named in various parts of the document. SPECIFICATIONS FOE STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 401 for a finished piece of work. The contractor will understand that the steel construction herein described is also to be complete in every detail, and in every portion of the work, and all mate- rial entering into it is to be first-class, and he will be expected to thoroughly understand the construction and to fully inform himself in regard to any points that he may not clearly under- stand, for what is herein intended to be described, viz. : The complete and perfect construction of the building is the thing required. When necessary or desirable, he must apply to the architect or the engineers for further details or specifications during construction or before proceeding with his work. Requirements Outlined: This contractor must furnish and set all the iron and steel shown or referred to in these specifica- tions and called for by the said drawings hereinbefore referred to, and when the erection is completed, he must remove all the materials used in performing the work. He must furnish in all cases the exact sections, weights and kinds of material that are called for, and he must follow exact details, methods and in- structions called for by these specifications and said drawings. He must set the iron work as fast as may be considered practi- cal in the judgment of the architect, always keeping at least one story in advance of the masonry. He will be expected to give this work his personal supervision, or have a capable man at all times to take care of it. He must also do all the cutting and fitting that may be required in his work to receive the work of other contractors. Reference in Case of Dispute: Should any difference of opinion or dispute arise in relation-to the meaning of these specifications, or of the said drawings furnished by either the architect or the engineers as hereinafter specified, reference must be made to the engineers, but if their decision is not sat- isfactory appeal may be made to the architect, whose decision on all such points shall be final and conclusive. Drawings: The general dimensions, arrangement and sec- tions required for the structural iron work herein specified, are shown on the general structural iron drawings prepared and fur- nished by the architect, and included in pages to , inclusive. The sections given are those of the Carnegie Steel Com- pany's manufacture. In general, these drawings are made to scale, but scale dimensions must never be used. These draw- ings, together with these specifications, are the property of the architect, to whom all copies must be returned on the comple- tion of the work. Detail or shop drawings, including drawings of every part and piece of the work, with all the lists, schedules, indexes, erection plans or other directions necessary lor the proper manufacture, finish and erection of the work covered 2G 402 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. by these specifications, and the said general drawings prepared by the architect, will be made and furnished by the engineers. Blue prints of the shop drawings, lists and schedules, as many copies of each as are necessary, but not more than five, will be furnished to the contractor for his use in the manufac- ture of the material. Another complete set of these prints, together with one complete set of prints of the erection draw- ings, will be furnished to the contractor for use in erection. One complete set of all the drawings, plans, lists and schedules will be furnished to the inspector. All the above-mentioned prints will be furnished by the engineers, free of expense. Additional prints of any of these drawings may be taken by said contractor or inspector, if desired, at their own expense, but originals taken from the office for that purpose must be promptly returned. Orders: All materials required to be furnished or work to be done under these specifications or by the said general structural iron drawings, prepared by the architect, will be ordered by the engineers from time to time with the shop drawings, lists, schedules, etc., for the same, as fast as they can be prepared, and the contractor for the structural iron work must order no material and perform no work under these specifications until he has received the said detail drawings, lists and schedules for the same. Bolts or other material used temporarily for erection purposes are not included in this specification. Extras and Bills : No additional work or material, over and above what is called for by said detail drawings, lists and sched- ules, prepared and furnished as hereinbefore provided, will be allowed unless ordered by the architect in writing. When said detail drawings, lists and schedules are received by the con- tractor, they -must be immediately examined to determine whether the material and work called for by the same may be properly classified in the price classification contained in the contract hereinbefore referred to, and of which these specifica- tions are considered a part ; or, in any supplemental agreement that may be made to said contract. In case either or both may not be properly classified, in said price classification, the engi- neers must be promptly notified of the fact in writing, and a copy of such notification must also be sent to the architect. If no reply, verbal or written, to such notification is received within three days, a second notification must be sent the same as the first, but, in any case, the work called for by such detailed drawings, lists or schedules must proceed without delay, unless the contractor shall receive written instructions to the contrary from the architect or engineers. No bill for extra work ordered by the architect as herein provided, or not called for by said drawings, lists or schedules will be approved by the architect unless it is rendered imme- SPECIFICATIONS FOB STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 403 diately upon the completion and acceptance of said work. All bills for material or work not properly included in the price classification hereinbefore referred to, must be made separate from the bills for work and material properly covered by said price classification. All bills must be made sufficiently in derail to permit of their ready verification. The originals of all bills must be sent to the engineers, Purdy & Henderson, and exact duplicates must, at the same time, be sent to John Downey, parties of the first part in the contract hereinbefore referred to. Building Laws: This contractor must comply with all municipal or corporation ordinances and the laws and regula- tions relating to buildings in the city of New York. Risks: This contractor will be liable and responsible for any damage to life, limb or property that may arise or occur to any party whatever, either from accident or owing to his negli- gence, or that of his employees during the operations of con- structing or completing the works herein specified. Rubbish : This contractor must remove from the premises all rubbish arising from his operations as the work proceeds and at completion of same. Signs: No signs of any description will be allowed to be placed on or about the building or premises. Co-operation and Cleaning Up : This contractor must co- operate with the contractors for the other parts of the building, so that when completed it shall be in accordance with the architect's design and a complete and perfect piece of work. He must arrange and carry on his work in such a way that the other contractors shall not be delayed, subject always to the architect. When his work is finished he must remove from the premises all the tools, apparatus, machinery, scaffolding, and the debris pertaining to his part of the work, and leave the job free from all obstruction. Kind of Material Required: All material required for the trusses, and all the material required for the flanges of riveted girders must be open hearth steel. All other material required for riveted members, and the beams and channels used in the floors with their connections, may be made of Bessemer steel, unless in special cases, it shall be otherwise specified. Pins over five inches in diameter must be of forged steel. All machine driven rivets must be of steel. Tie rods, bolts, anchors, lateral ties and all hand driven rivets must be of wrought iron. Bearing plates in masonry, bases under columns, separa- tors, brackets under plates, and filler blocks more than i^ inches thick, must be made of cast iron. 404 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Shoes for trusses and column blocks where required must be made of cast steel. Character and finish of materials : All the steel used in this building must comply with the following specifications : Medium Steel. Soft Steel. Maximum ultimate strength inlbs. per sq. in. . Minimum ultimate strength in Ibs. per sq. in. . Minimum elastic limit in Ibs per sq in. . . . 68,000 60,000 32 000 60,000 30 000 Minimum percentage of elongation in 8 inches . . 22 & 26^ Test pieces of medium steel must bend cold 180 about a diameter equal to the thickness of the piece without any sign of fracture on the convex side of the bends. Test pieces of soft steel must bend cold 180 flat without any sign of fracture on the convex side of the bend. They must also stand the same bend after being heated to a light cherry red and quenched in water whose temperature is 82 Fahrenheit. Soft steel must be used for rivets and medium steel for all other material. All steel must have a smooth surface and must be free from all faults or defects of any kind or of any indication of unsoundness. Each piece must be straight, free from wind and of proper section. A variation in weight either way of more than 2 per cent, from that specified shall be cause for rejection.. Eye bars used in trusses must comply w r ith the following specifications in full size tests: Ultimate strength in Ibs. per sq. in. not less than ............... . . 58,000 " more Elastic limit in Ibs. per square inch not less than Elongation in 2 ft. length of bar nearest fracture . Reduction of area . 66,000 ..29,000 The fracture must take place in the body of the bar and must be generally silky. The mill requirements for material for eye bars must be as specified for by the manufacturers of the bars. All wrought iron used in this building must have an ulti- mate strength of not less than 48,000 Ibs. per square inch, an elastic limit of not less than 26,000 Ibs. per square inch, and an elongation of 20 per cent, in 8 inches. The wrought iron required for bolts and rivets must be so ductile that test pieces will bend cold 180 degrees flat without any sign of fracture on the convex side of the bend. All the wrought iron must be perfectly welded in rolling, fihrous, uniform and free from all defects. Each piece must be straight and of proper section. SPECIFICATIONS FOE STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 405 All the cast steel used in this building must have an ulti- mate strength of not less than 60,000 Ibs. per square inch, an elastic limit of not less than 32,000 Ibs. per square inch, and an elongation in 8 inches of not less than 15 per cent. All cast- ings must be annealed and all test pieces must be cast as coupons and detached after annealing. All the cast iron used in this building must be tough gray iron, free from cold shuts, blow holes or other serious defects. Its quality must be such that sample bars i inch square cast in sand moulds must be capable of sustaining on a clear span of 4^ feet a central load of 500 pounds when tested in the rough bar. Painting: All iron must receive a coat of pure raw lin- seed oil at the rolling mills just before being loaded on the cars. The covered surfaces (surfaces in contact and surfaces enclosed) of all parts of riveted members must receive one good coat of graphite paint, after the pieces are punched and before they are assembled. All finished members must receive one complete coat of the graphite paint before they are taken from the shop or exposed to the weather. All surfaces that can be reached must have one coat of the graphite paint after erection. All truss members must have two coats of paint in the shop and the enclosed surfaces of these members must have the two coats before they are assembled. Foundation beams and connections must have two coats of paint at the shop. All bolts used in erection and remaining permanently in the building must be dipped in graphite paint before being placed in position. All pins and bored pin holes or other planed surfaces in the trusses must be coated with white lead and tallow before leaving the shop. All painting must be done on dry surfaces and preferably warm ones. All dirt and foreign matter of any kind must be removed from the iron before painting. All scale must be removed from finished members before painting the first coat in the shop. All scale must be removed from material required for the trusses before it is oiled at the rolling mill. The paint used must be the superior graphite paint, pre- pared and mixed by the Detroit Graphite Manufacturing Com- pany, of Detroit, Michigan. Inspection : The inspection hereby provided will be made by inspectors employed by John Downey. The contractor for the structural iron must furnish full and ample means for the inspection of all the materials called for by these specifications, and of all the work required in fitting such materials for erection; and to this end, he shall admit the arch- 406 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. itect, engineers, and inspectors to any part of the mills or shops where work under these specifications is being carried on. To secure proper material, as herein specified, one pulling test must be made from every heat or blow of steel or rolling of iron, and one bending and one quenching test; when such requirements are specified, if these are satisfactory, the whole will be accepted. If they are not satisfactory, others may be made as the inspector may deem expedient. All test pieces must be prepared at the expense of the contractor for the s;ruc- tural iron. The test pieces of rolled steel and wrought iron must be cut out of finished material, and must not be less than YZ square inch in section. They must be at least 10 inches long between fillets when turned down. When possible they must be cut from the full thickness of the section, from which the tests are taken. The method of selecting test pieces for mate- rial for eye bars must be as required by the manufacturer of the bars. The number of test pieces of cast steel must be fixed by the inspector. Full sized tests of eye bars must be made as required by the architect or engineers. Test bars for such tests will be selected by the inspector from the lot after forging and before boring, the results of the test to determine the acceptance or rejection of the entire number w r hich the test bar represents. Other full sized tests must be made if required. The material used for all full sized tests will be paid for at cost, less the scrap value of the material to the contractor when the pieces are tested to destruction, and the test proved satis- factory ; otherwise it must be solely at the cost of the contrac- tor. The use of testing machines capable of testing both specimens of material and the full sized members, together with all necessary assistance in handling and operating the same, must be furnished by the contractor free of all expense. All surfaces of all materials must be carefully examined by the inspectors, and all pieces that are of full section free from flaws straight and in every way satisfactory, must be accepted. This inspection will not, however, prevent the rejection of any piece at any later time, but before it is riveted in place in the building, if it is discovered that the piece is in any way unsuit- able. Ample assistance must be given by this contractor to the inspector in making this examination. All material manufactured under these specifications must be tested and examined as herein provided before the same is oiled or loaded on the cars for shipment from the mill, and as soon after rolling as maybe convenient for the mill, and failure to comply with these specifications will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the material. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL The inspection in the shop must, in general, cover the identification of material, the accuracy of work, and ful- fillment of specifications and drawings in every respect, and reports of finished weights and progress of the work, in all of which the inspector must have ample opportunity to do his work. All rejected material must be made good to the satis- faction of the inspector. All long measurements in the shop made by the inspector, must be made with a steel tape which must be compared with the shop's standard measure to assure their agreement. In case of any disagreement between the inspectors and the contractors regarding the inspection, appeal may be ha 1 to Purely & Henderson, Consulting Engineers, but their decision shall be final. Yearns: In general not more than ft of an inch will be allowed by the drawings for clearance at each end of beams connecting to beams and not more than % of an inch at each end of beams connecting to columns. All beams supported by connection angles riveted to the webs when finished, must measure out to out of such connection angles, not more than the length given on the drawings, and not more than ft of an inch less than that length. All beams connecting to columns may be ^ inch shorter than shown on the drawings, but must not be longer. All open holes must be true to the drawings, and an error in the distance from end to end, between the open holes in the flanges at the ends of beams of more than 1-16 of an inch must not be approved by the inspector. Where connections are marked standard, the standards adopted for this particular job must be used. Beams or other material used in floor construction, excepting bent plates used in connections, must not be heated for bending, cutting, or fitting, unless so marked on the drawings. Beams split or permanently injured by work in the shop must not be used. Beams which are required to be bolted together with sep- arators in the building, must be assembled and bolted together in shop when practicable. Columns: The distance from the center of the columns out to the open holes required for the connection of beams, must be 'verified by the inspector. If, on account of the material overrunning in weight or on any other account, these distances are wrong more than 1-16 of an inch, the error must be remedied, as the inspector may des re. All columns must be milled or ground at each end to a smooth bearing surface at right angles to the axis of the column, and the inspector must verify from time to time, the adjustment of the machinery used in this work. 408 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. All columns must be exactly true to length, and any dis- crepancies in such lengths of more than 1-32 of an inch, must be reported promptly to the engineers. If more than 1-32 of an inch too long, they must be milled shorter. Where columns coming over each other are designed to have the same exterior dimensions, a filler about 1-32 of an inch thick must be put under the splice plates where they are riveted to the columns. These fillers must cover the entire area covered by the splice plates. They will not be drawn on the drawings, but will be noted in the bill of material on each drawing where required. Columns must all be straight and out of wind. Riveted Girders : Web plates must be arranged so as not to project above or below the flange angles. The lines show- ing the edges of such plates will be omitted from the drawings. In general, all stiff ener angles must fit tight at both ends. Open holes in flanges must have the same accuracy required for beams. All riveted girders must be out of wind before leaving the shop. Trusses: Eye bars must be entirely free from flaws and of full section. The heads must be so proportioned that the bars will break in the body of the original bar and the process of manufacture and the form of the head must be subject to the approval of the engineers. No welding will be allowed in the body of the bars. They must be perfectly straight before boring and the pin holes must be centered through the center line of the bar. The lengths back to back of pin holes must not vary more than - 6 J 4 - of an inch from the figured lengths when the bars are 20 feet long or less; not more than --$ of an inch when more than 20 feet long. Bars which go side by side in the trusses must be so perfectly bored that the pins will pass through the holes at both ends without driving when the bars are placed in a single pile. The holes must not be more than -*$ of an inch larger the pins. All eye bars must be annealed. Compression members must have all butting ends planed smooth and exactly square to the center line of the member, and they must be assembled in the shop for the fitting of the splice plates and to assure perfect contact throughout. Such members must be entirely free from twists or bends and all work must be neatly finished and first-class in every respect. Pin holes must be bored - 3 i- of an inch larger than the pins, exactly perpendicular to a vertical plane passing through the center line of each member, when placed in a position similar to that which it should occupy in the finished structure. Pins must be turned straight and smooth and to exact size. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 409 Castings: The cast bases required in the column must be planed smooth on top and to exact dimensions. All holes for the bolts connecting to the columns must be drilled also to the exact measurements given, and the holes in the other castings, both steel and iron, must be drilled when so marked. All sur- faces marked planed must be planed smooth and true for a per- fect bearing as designed. Rivets: Drifting that is liable to injure the material must not be allowed anywhere in erection. Shop rivets must be machine driven as far as possible. Rivet heads must be concentric with the necks of the rivets and all rivets when driven must completely fill the holes and be t ght. Rivets will be used in erection wherever possible. All rivets must be uniformly heated. Holes that do not match sufficiently to admit the rivet without drifting, in assembling work in the shop, must be reamed. All riveting must be done to the satisfaction of the engi- neers. Erection: If beams are used in the construction of the foundations, the contractor for the structural iron must put them in position, both as to plan and as to height, using a sur- veyor's level for the purpose, but the grouting and covering of tne beams will be done by the contractor for the masonry. The outside building lines will be given, but the contractor for the structural iron must determine and fix the interior lines, and each cast base must be set in its exact position, both as to alignment and to height, supported on wooden wedges, before the bedding is run in. The center of each base must be true to the column center, as given on the plans, within -j J 6 - of an inch, and its height must be adjusted exactly, using a surveyor's level and referring to a fixed bench mark. Each base must be bedded with a Portland cement grouting, by pouring the same through the center until all the spaces under and inside the base are filled. The cement must be of some imported brand which must be approved by the architect, and the sand must be clean and sharp and fine. The two must be mixed dry in equal quantities in a box all that is required for one base at one mixing. Enough water must then be added to make the whole just flow under its own weight. The whole operation of mixing and setting must be done as rapidly as possible. After the bases are set their heights will be inspected by the engineers, and if they are found to vary more than ^ of an inch from the correct height they must be taken up and reset. The use of iron sledges in driving or hammering beams or columns or other structural iron will not be allowed where it 410 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. can be avoided. Wooden mauls must be used wherever their use is possible. Care must also be exercised to prevent the material from falling or from being in any way subjected to heavy shocks. Especial care must be used to keep the columns plumb and in proper line during erection, and they must be plumbed to the satisfaction of the architects and engineers as often as may be desired. In case the columns are not kept plumb the entire work of erection shall stop at the written order of the architect to that effect, and the measures to be employed to remedy the defect must be approved by the architect before the erection proceeds.* The sections of columns, truss members, beams or girders must nowhere be cut without first obtaining the approval of the engineers. Every failure of the material to come together properly must be noted and reported daily to the engineers. If any serious difficulty occurs during erection, it must be reported to the engineers before any unexpected measures are used to meet the difficulty. The plan or scheme for the erection of the trusses, and tre material connected to the trusses must be submitted to the engineers, before the iron work is erected above the ground floor, for their approval. Pilot nuts must be used in entering all pins. After the truss members are put in position, before they are materially shadowed by temporary flooring or any other construction, and after all surfaces are thoroughly dried by the heat of the sun, they shall be protected by waterproof canvas, tarred paper, or other materials from further exposure to the weather. Such protection to continue until those parts of the building are under the cover of the other construction of the building. Such protection is desired to prevent water from lodging and remaining in the concealed parts of the work. Any inaccuracy in the matching of the holes in the column splices must be removed by reaming and not by drifting. Temporary timber bracing must be put in the building wherever required by the architect or the engineers. The entire work of erection must be done to the satisfac- tion of both the architects and the engineers. *Probably the worst practice in the erection of architectural iron work is the very common use of shims in the joints between the successive column sections, thus con- centrating the loads on the opposite sides of the cross-section. The columns are usually kept plumb in this manner, but the practice is extremely vicious and should not be allowed. If the faces of the ends are properly planed or milled off, and the base plate is set exactly level, it will not be necessary to use shims. The greatest difficulty is in setting the bed plate in a truly horizontal plane. The ordinary carpenter's level is not sufficiently delicate for this purpose. These specifications are not explicit on these points. AUTHOR. CONTRACT BOND OE SURETY. 411 CONTRACTOR'S BONDS. 175. Contract Bond or Surety. It is a very general custom in all important work to require the contractor to fur- nish a bond for the faithful and complete performance of his contract. Sometimes these bondsmen or sureties sign with the contractor, as in the case of the St. Louis contracts, exemplified in article 168. It is more usual, however, to make this bond a separate document, following immediately the signatures of the contract itself. Bonds are always executed under seal, and are therefore special contracts, since the bondsmen are not usually paid a consideration for the service rendered, and a sealed contract does not require a consideration to enforce it. In case the original contract and specifications are deviated from in the execution of the work to any material extent, with- out the consent of the bondsmen, these latter are thereby released from their bond. Since such changes are nearly always made in the execution of engineering work after the contracts are signed, and since these are usually made without consulting the bondsmen, these latter are as a rule thereby released from all obligations, and the bond becomes of no effect. Even though the bondsmen be consulted in the matter of changes, they are not obliged to give their consent, and usually perhaps would not, in which case material changes could be made only by releasing the bondsmen. The practice, therefore, of secur- ing the faithful performance of engineering contracts by means of bonds is a very unsatisfactory one. It would 'be better always to confine the contract strictly to the principals to the agreement, and to secure guaranties of faithful performance in some other manner than by the execution of a bond by outside parties, so far as engineering and building contracts are con- cerned. The form of bond given below is that used by the city of Boston, and may be taken as a general type of such a docu- ment. 412 CONTKACTOK'S BONDS. CONTRACT BOND OR SURETY. Know all Men by these Presents, That we are held and firmly bound unto the City of Boston, in the sum of ... dollars to be paid to the City of Boston, or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and adminis- trators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The Condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bounden.... shall well and truly keep and perform all the terms and condi- tions of the foregoing contract for excavation for stripping and shallow flowage and for building two roads, at Basin No. 5, in Southborough, on part to be kept and performed, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said City of Boston, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall be of no effect; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. In Witness Whereof, we hereto set our hands and seals on this day of in the year eighteen hundred and ninety four. ... [SEAL . ] [Ss AL . ] [SEAL.] . [SEAL.] [SEAL.] Signed and Sealed in presence of INDEMNITY BOND. 413 176. Indemnity Bond. The following is a common form of bond to cover all liens which may arise from a failure of the contractor to pay for his labor and materials. Know all Men by these Presents: That of as principal, and of as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the in the penal sum of dollars, to the payment of which well and truly to be made we bind our- selves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns firmly by these presents. Signed this day of 189 . The Condition of the above Obligation is such that: WHEREAS, the said has this day entered into a con- tract in writing with the said for the grading and con- struction of a certain with ditches, roadways, and other works connected therewith, as more specifically set forth in said contract: Now, THEREFORE: If the said shall well and truly perform his part of said contract, and each and every cov- enant and agreement therein contained, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said from and against all damages \vhich it may sustain by reason of liens for labor and materials furnished for said work, or by reason of the failure of said to pay the wages and earnings of any of the : laborers or mechanics employed by him as such contractor, in and about said work ; or by reason of his failure to pay for any materials, provisions or goods of any kind furnished, or by reason of any just debts incurred in carrying on said work ; and if the said shall pay to the said all sums of money, damages, or costs and expenses which it may be com- pelled to pay, or which it may sustain by reason of his failure as aforesaid, and if the said shall pay all laborers, mechanics and material men, and persons who may have sup- plied provisions or goods of any kind, all just debts due to such persons, or to any person to whom any part of such work was given, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise of full force and eTect. [SEAL.] [SEAL.] 414 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. APPENDIX A. PRELIMINARY SURVEYS AND EXAMINATIONS FOR BRIDGE ^ RENEWALS. The following Instructions to Assistant Engineers are used by the engineer of bridges and buildings on the C., M. & St. P. R'y, and are inserted here as an illustration of the scope and character of the inquiries and investigations necessary for an intelligent solution of the problem in hand. It is only by means of such complete and detailed information that all future contingencies can be foreseen and provided for, so that there shall be no ''unexpected" to happen. It is a common saying that "the unexpected always happens." In good engineering, "It is only the unexpected which can happen," since what was anticipated has been fully provided against. In the best engi- neering designs, however, every possible contingency has been foreseen and provided for, so there is no unexpected left which can happen, and hence security and permanence are assured in advance. The following instructions are a good illustration of this kind of preliminary survey of the problem which puts the engineer in a position to perfectly fit the design to all the con- ditions of the problem : Instructions to Assistant Engineers in Regard to Surveys for the Renewal of Wooden Bridges ivith Perma- nent Structures. (1) Gather information from the chief engineer's office and from the office of the engineer and superintendent of bridges and buildings relative to the grade, alignment, right- of-way for embankment and borrow pits, second track con- struction, contracts relating to crossings or cattle passes, recom- mendations already made by others as to style of reconstruction and any other matters that are liable to have a bearing on work in question. (2) Determine the elevation of base of rail above an assumed datum across the bridge and for a distance of 1,000 feet on each side of it, at intervals of 100 feet, or less when the irregularities of the track make it necessary. (3) Consider the question of changing grade and note the kind, condition and depth of ballast as well as other points SURVEYS FOR BRIDGE RENEWALS. 415 that will assist in determining the expense and practicability of making a change. (4) Obtain particularly notes of the ground surface that will be covered by the proposed structure or embankment, by determining its elevation on the center line of bridge and when necessary on each side of same. These heights may be meas- ured from the base of rail at each bent or panel point but should refer to the datum used in the survey, and additional notes should be made of intermediate irregularities that would con- cern the height of pedestals located between bents. (5) Establish and note two bench marks on solid objects, conveniently located, one each way from the bridge, and which are unlikely to be disturbed during the construction of the per- manent structure. For ordinary cases a track spike driven in a telegraph pole will be suitable. (6) Note the alignment of the track at the structure and consider whether there is any evident reason for changing same. (7) Consider the question of second track construction as concerning any change in alignment or in location of bridge. Conclude on which side of the present track the second track should be constructed and make note of the grounds for your conclusion. (S) When track across the bridge or near the bridge is curved make full notes of elevation of outer rail. If the point of curve is so located that the elevation of outer rail on bridge is varying, determine by eye the location of point of curve and of the point where the elevation is commenced. On iron bridges the elevation should be constant when practicable. (9) Take notes for a sketch of the water course for a sufficient distance on each side of the bridge, to determine whether a change in location of channel or an improvement in the channel is advisable, and indicate your recommendations in this regard, remembering that the most favorable condition for a bridge is usually a deep channel at right angles to the railway for some distance above and below the bridge. Contours in the immediate vicinity of the bridge should be sketched in. Ordinarily this can be done with sufficient accuracy by the eye, or by taking a few offsets. (10) Ascertain the nature of foundations, whether soft, requiring pile foundations, or of sand, or of hard clay, or of rock. Reports should state the character, depth and dip of the strata. (n) Ascertain present, ordinary and extreme high water marks. Inquire into cause of high water ; whether by ordinary heavy rains, by water-spout, by damming from accumulations of drift or ice, or by overflow from other water courses, or from other causes which may be apparent. 416 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (12) Note the probability of ice, drift-wood, hay, corn- stalks, fencing, etc., lodging against the proposed iron bridge. (13) Take notes of the size of channel, area of waterway required, direction of current, etc. (14) Ascertain if there is to be provided under the bridge a public or private roadway, wagon-pass or cattle-pass, with dimensions and conditions controlling the same. (15) If any portion of the bridge is to be rilled, make an examination of the ground and state where the material can be obtained, and whether inside of the boundaries of the right-of way, or on land which will have to be purchased. (16) Ascertain whether any additional right-of-way is required for any purpose connected with the work, and if so note location and amount. (17) Examine as to a suitable location for a stone yard, and for the storing of piles, timber and iron-work ; also as to convenient locations for derricks and what provision will be required for suitable anchorage for derrick guys. (18) If the proposed reconstruction involves any ques- tion of purchasing land or privileges, report the situation with advice, but avoid conversation with property owners which would in any way interfere with relations that may be estab- lished later between them and an agent authorized to make purchases or settle claims. (19) Inquire as to the accommodations for boarding and lodging for workmen and how they can get to and from their work. (20) Inquire into the condition of train service at the location with regard to the frequency of trains and the speed at which they ordinarily run over the bridge. (21) If piles are to be driven, make your recommenda- tion as to whether they should be driven with a land or track driver, and if with a track driver, state the nearest side-track to which it must retreat for passage of trains. (22) Make preliminary estimates of the cost of the per- manent structure, taking your prices from the tables of cost of iron bridges *aid abutments which are furnished you and from them make your recommendation for the permanent bridge. (23) Make your recommendations as to the angles of piers and abutments, remembering that a square span is one in which its ends are at right angles to its longitudinal axis, and in a skew span the angle of skew is the enclosed angle between the end of the span and a line at right angles to its longitudinal axis. (24) Make your recommendation as to what riprapping is required, with the amount and method of using it. SURVEYS FOE BKIDGE KENEWALS. 417 (25) Advise what is the best season of the year in which to do the work with reference to high water, ice, cold weather, interruption of traffic, facility for obtaining labor and material, etc. (26) Report any information you can obtain with refer- ence to using local material in the work, such as piles, timber, lumber, stone, sand, brick, etc. (27) Avoid confusing terms in your notes. For instance the term "base of rail" is preferable to "grade." See B. & B., Rule 7 g. FINALLY. After obtaining information on the points hereinbefore mentioned and all other data which you can find within your reach, consider the question of renewal just as if you had to make the full decision and were responsible for building the best bridge with the greatest economy and least risk; and make your report in such shape that the draughting office will have all the instruction which it requires for making the plans. This information may be furnished in writing and on a profile and map, and you are cautioned that your work will be judged by your giving the fullest accurate information with the fewest notes and the least amount of drawing. O. B. 27 RETURN TO the circulation desk of any University of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 2-month loans may be renewed by calling M&) 642-6753 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date DUE AS STAMPED BELOW MAY 2 01992 9650 Q^/-^U^^n.